(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Bulletin of Wake Forest University"

BULLETIN OF 
WAKE FOREST UNIVERSITY 



CATALOG ISSUE 



WINSTON-SALEM 



NORTH CAROLINA 



400* 



IH 



ill// 



% 



Jjtfs 



JANUARY 1968 



FOR STUDENTS ENTERING IN 
ACADEMIC YEAR 1968-1969 



CORRESPONDENCE 

Inquiries to the University should be addressed as 
indicated below: 

Admissions Director of Admissions 

Alumni Affairs Director of Development 

and Alumni Activities 

Athletics Director of Athletics 

Business Administration. . .Dean of School of Business 

Administration 

Catalogs.' Director of Admissions 

Financial Matters Vice President for Business 

and Finance 
General Policy of the 

University President 

Gifts and Bequests President 

Graduate Studies Graduate School 

Housing — 

Men Director of Residences 

Women Dean of Women 

Law Dean of School of Law 

Medicine Director of Admissions 

Bowman Gray School of 

Medicine, Winston-Salem, 

N. G. 27103 
Placement Director of Placement and 

Student Aid 
Public Relations and De- 
velopment Program President 

Scholarships Committee on Scholarships 

Student Affairs Dean of Students 

Summer Session Dean of Summer Session 

Transcripts Registrar 

All addresses, except Medicine, are: 

Wake Forest University, Reynolda Station 
Winston-Salem, N. C. 27109 




Wait Chapel 




Air Vie 




the Campus 




The Z. Smith Reynolds Library 



New Series 



January 1968 



Vol. LXIII, No. 1 



bulletin of 

Wake Forest 
University 




GENERAL CATALOG ISSUE 

ONE HUNDRED THIRTY-THIRD YEAR 
ANNOUNCEMENTS FOR 1968-1969 



The Bulletin of Wake Forest University is published six times annually at Winston- 
Salem, North Carolina, and includes announcements of Wake Forest College, 
Graduate School, Summer Session, Bowman Gray School 
of Medicine, and the School of Law 

Second-class postage paid at Winston-Salem, N. C. 



1968 



JANUARY 


APRIL 


JULY 


OCTOBER 


SMTWTFS 


S M T W T F 5 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


12 3 4 5 6 

7 8 91011 12 13 

I 1415 16171819 20 

21 22 23 24 25 26 27 

j; 28 29 30 31 


12 3 4 6 6 

7 8 9 10 11 12 13 

1416 16 17 18 19 20 

21 22 23 24 26 26 27 

28 29 30 


12 3 4 5 6 
7 8 9 10 11 1213 
1415 16 1718 19 20 
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 
28 29 30 31 


12 3 4 5 
8 7 8 9 10 11 12 
13 14 15 16 1718 19 
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 
27 28 29 30 31 


i FEBRUARY 


MAY 


AUGUST 


NOVEMBER 


SMTWTFS 


SMTWTF8 


S M T W T F 8 


8MTWTF3 


12 3 

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 
1 11 1213 14 15 16 17 
1 18 19 20 21 22 23 2<J 
25 26 27 28 29 


12 3 4 
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 
28 27 28 29 30 31 


1 2 3 

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 
11 5213 14 15 16 17 
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 
25 28 27 28 29 30 31 


1 2 

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 
10 11 12 13 1415 16 
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 


MARCH 


JUNE 


SEPTEMBER 


DECEMBER 


JSMTWTF8 


S M T W T f S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T VV T F S 


j! 1 2 

S 3 4 6 6 7 8 9 

1011 1213 1415 16 

17 18 19 20 21 22 23 

24 26 26 27 28 29 30 

! 3* 
• 


1 
^346678 
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 

23 24 26 26 27 28 29 
30 


12 3 4 5 6 7 
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 
29 30 


12 3 4 5 6 7 
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 
15 16 1718 19 20 21 
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 
29 30 31 



1969 



j JANUARY 


APRIL 


JULY 


OCTOBER j 


SMTWTFS 


S M T W T F S 


S M T VV T F S 


S M T W T F S 


! 12 3 4 
5 6 7 8 910 11 
12 13 14 1516 17 18 
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 
26 27 28 29 30 31 


12 3 4 5 
6 7 8 91011 12 
13 14 15 16 1718 19 
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 
27 28 29 30 


12 3 4 5 

6 7 8 91011 12 

13 1415 16 17 18 19 

20 21 22 23 24 25 26 

27 28 29 30 31 


12 3 4 

5 6 7 8 91011 

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 

19 20 21 22 23 24 25 

26 27 28 29 30 31 


FEBRUARY 


MAY 


AUGUST 


NOVEMBER 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


SMTWTF8 


SMTWTFS 


1 

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 

91011 1213 14 15 

16 17 18 19 20 21 22 

23 24 25 26 27 28 


1 2 3 
4 5 6 7 8 910 
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 

18 19 20 21 22 23 24 
25 26 27 28 28 30 31 


1 2 
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 
1011 12131415 16 
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 
31 


1 

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 
91011 121314 15 
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 
30 


MARCH 


JUNE 


SEPTEMBER 


DECEMBER 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


8MTWTF8 


SMTWTFS 


1 
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 
161718 19 20 21 22 
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 
30 31 


12 3 4 5 6 7 

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 

15 16 17 18 19 20 21 

22 23 24 25 26 27 28 

29 30 


12 3 4 5 6 
7 8 91011 12 13 
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 
28 29 30 


12 3 4 5 6 
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 
28 29 30 31 ! 



UNIVERSITY CALENDAR 

Summer Session 1968 



June 


10 


Monday 




Registration First Term 


June 


11 


Tuesday 




Classes begin 


July 


16 


Tuesday 




First term ends 


July 


18 


Thursday 




Registration Second Term 


July 


19 


Friday 




Classes begin 


August 


23 


Friday 




Second term ends 






Fall Term 1968 


Sept. 


12 


Thursday 


9:00 


Dormitories open for students 


Sept. 


12 


Thursday 


11:00 


Cafeteria open 


Sept. 


12 
16 


Thursday 
Monday 


f 


Orientation for freshmen and 
transfer students 


Sept. 


16 
17 


Monday 
Tuesday 


f 


Registration (1:00-5:00) 
Registration (8:00-5:00) 


Sept. 


18 


Wednesday 




Classes begin 


Oct. 


4 


Friday 




Last day for dropping a class 
without penalty 


Oct. 


18 


Friday 




I grades of last term become F 


Nov. 


9 


Saturday 




Homecoming (Holiday) 


Nov. 


11 


Monday 




Mid-term reports due in 
Registrar's Office 


Nov. 
Dec. 


28 
1 


Thursday 
Sunday 


1 


Thanksgiving recess 


Dec. 


2 


Monday 




Classes resumed 


Dec. 
Jan. 


18 

2 


Wednesday 
Thursday 


f 


Christmas Recess 


Jan. 


3 


Friday 




Classes resumed 


Jan. 


20 


Monday 




Examinations begin 


Jan. 


23 


Thursday 




Reading Day 


Jan. 


29 


Wednesday 




Examinations end 



Registration in the School of Law will be held Sept. 16-17. 







Spi 


•ing 


Term 1969 


Feb. 


3 

4 


Monday 
Tuesday 


1 


Registration (8:00- 5:00) 
Registration (8:00-12:00) 


Feb. 


5 


Wednesday 




Classes begin 


Feb. 


6 


Thursday 




Founders' Day Convocation 


Feb. 


19 


Wednesday 




Last day for dropping a class 
without penalty 


March 


7 


Thursday 




I grades of last term become F 


March 


27 


Thursday 




Mid-term reports due in 
Registrar's Office 


March 
April 


30 
6 


Sunday 
Sunday 


1 


*Spring recess 


April 


7 


Monday 




Classes resumed 


April 


7 
12 


Monday 
Saturday 


} 


Sophomores sign for conferences 
with major advisers 


April 


10 


Thursday 




Senior testing day 


April 


16 


Wednesday 




Last day for payment of reser- 
vation deposit for next school 
year 


April 
May 


28 
10 


Monday 

Saturday 


f 


Sophomore conferences with 
major advisers 


May 


26 


Monday 




Examinations begin 


May 


29 


Thursday 




Reading Day 


June 


4 


Wednesday 




Examinations end 


June 


6 


Friday 12:00 


Last Senior grades due in 
Registrar's Office 


June 


7 


Saturday 




Alumni Day 


June 


8 


Sunday 




Baccalaureate Sermon 


June 


9 


Monday 




Graduation 



* Spring recess for students registered in Education 251 will 
coincide with the Easter recess of the Winston-Salem/Forsyth County 
Schools. 



CONTENTS 

Page 

Introductory 7 

Administration and Instruction 9 

The University and Its Equipment 31 

Admission 51 

University Charges and Financial Arrangements. 55 

Scholarships, Loan Funds and Student 

Employment 71 

Activities 85 

General Information 96 

Requirements for Degrees 110 

Courses in The College 1 26 

School of Business Administration 240 

Graduate School 256 

School of Law 258 

Bowman Gray School of Medicine 265 

Summer Session , 271 

Degrees Conferred 278 

Summaries 289 

Index 295 



INTRODUCING THE UNIVERSITY 

Location 

Wake Forest University is located at Winston-Salem, 
North Carolina, just off North Carolina Highway 67 
(which follows Reynolda Road at this point), on the 
western outskirts of the city. The University consists of 
the following divisions: Wake Forest College, the School 
of Law, the School of Business Administration, the Bow- 
man Gray School of Medicine, and the Graduate School. 

Recognition 

Wake Forest University is a member of the Southern 
Association of Colleges and Schools, the Southern 
Universities Conference, and the Association of Ameri- 
can Colleges. The University has chapters of the princi- 
pal national social fraternities, professional fraternities 
and honor societies, including Phi Beta Kappa. 

The School of Law is a member of the Association of 
American Law Schools, and is on the approved list 
of the Council on Legal Education of the American 
Bar Association. 

The Bowman Gray School of Medicine, a four-year 
medical college, is a member of the Association of Ameri- 
can Medical Colleges, and is on the approved list of the 
Council on Medical Education of the American Medical 
Association. 

The School of Business Administration is a member 
of the American Association of Collegiate Schools of 
Business. 

Although Wake Forest was primarily a college for 
men for more than 100 years, women have been regu- 
larly admitted to all classes and to the professional 
schools since 1942. 



BOARD OF TRUSTEES 



Terms Expire December 31, 1968 

Murchison Biggb, Lumberton John Dildat, Durham 

Henbt L. Bbidoes, Raleigh G. Mattrice Hill, Drexel 

Wade E. Bbown, Boone J. Dewet Hobbb, Marion 

William J. Conrad, Winston-Salem Robebt Holt, Greenville 

W. Botd Owen, Waynesville 

Terms Expire December 31, 1969 

R. Knolan Benfield, Morganton Lex Marsh, Charlotte 

Rexford R. Campbell, West Jefferson James W. Mason, Laurinburg 
Mbs. Leo Carr, Burlington George W. Paschal, Jb., Raleigh 

J. Sam Holbbook, Statesville Leon L. Rice, Jb., Winston-Salem 

Joseph P j Smith, Gastonia 

Terms Expire December 31, 1970 

Claude U. Bboach, Charlotte C. C. Hope, Jr., Charlotte 

Mabion J. Davis, Winston-Salem Claude A. McNeill, Jb., Elkin 

C. O. Greene, Lawndale James R. Nance, Fayetteville 

John C. Hamrick, Shelby Robert Philpott, Lexington 

James B. Turner, Jr., Raleigh 

Terms Expire December 31, 1971 

William L. Bingham, Lexington Riley M. Jordan, Raeford 

Elmer Lee Cain, Winston-Salem J. Evebette Miller, Raleigh 

Thomas H. Davis, Winston-Salem Carlton S. Prickett, Burlington 

Walter E. Greer, Jr., Greensboro Samuel C. Tatum, Greensboro 

Lonnie Boyd Williams, Wilmington 



Officers 

For One-Tear Term Beginning January 1, 1968 

Leon L. Rice, Jr., Winston-Salem, President 
George W. Paschal, Jr., Raleigh, Vice-President 
Talcott W. Brewer, Box 267, Raleigh, Treasurer Emeritus 
John G. Williard, Box 7354, Winston-Salem, Treasurer and As- 
sistant Secretary 
Mrs. Elizabeth S. Drake, Box 7226, Winston-Salem, Secretary 
Leslie E. Browder, Drawer 84, Winston-Salem, General Counsel 



'ADMINISTRATION 



James Ralph Scales (1967) President 

B.A., Oklahoma Baptist; M.A., Ph.D., Oklahoma. 

Edwin Graves Wilson (1946, 1951) Provost] 

and Professor of English 
B.A., Wake Forest; A.M., Ph.D., Harvard. 

Robert Allen Dyer (1956) Assistant Dean of the College and Associate 

Professor of Religion 
B.A., Louisiana State; Th.M., Th.D., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary. 

Thomas M. Elmore (1962) Dean of Students and Associate Professor 

of Educational and Counseling Psychology 
B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., George Peabody; Ph.D., Ohio State. 

Mark H. Reece (1956) Dean of Men 

B.S., Wake Forest. 

Lula M. Leake (1964) Dean of Women 

B.A., Louisiana State; M.R.E., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary. 

Gaines M. Rogers (1948) Dean of the School of Business Administration 

and Professor of Business Administration 
B.S., Clemson; M.A., Ph.D., Virginia. 

Carroll W. Weathers (1950) Dean of the School of Law and Professor 

of Law 
B.A., LL.B., Wake Forest. 

Manson Meads (1947, 1963) Vice President of Medical Affairs, Dean 

of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine and Professor of Medicine 
B.A., California; M.D., D.Sc, Temple. 

Robert L. Tuttle ( 1 948) Associate Dean of the Bowman Gray School of 

Medicine and Associate Professor of Microbiology and Immunology 
B.S., New Hampshire; M.D., Rochester. 

Nash Herndon (1942, 1966) Associate Dean {Research Development) 

of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine 

and Professor of Preventive Medicine and 

Medical Genetics 
A.B., Duke; M.D., Jefferson Medical College. 



* Date following name indicates year of appointment. More than one date indicates 
separate appointments. 

t Also serving as Dean of the College until a successor has been appointed. 



Administration 



Clyde Hardy ( 1 94 1 ) Associate Dean (Administration) of the Bowman 

Gray School of Medicine 
B.A., Richmond. 

Percival Perry (1939, 1947) Dean of the Summer Session and Professor 

of History 
B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Rutgers; Ph.D., Duke. 

Henry Smith Stroupe (1937) Dean of the Graduate School and 

Professor of History 
B.S., M.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Duke. 

Eugene T. Lucas (1967) Vice President for Business and Finance 

B.A., Phillips; M.A., Denver. 

John G. Williard ( 1 958) Treasurer; Assistant Secretary 

of the Board of Trustees 
B.S., North Carolina; C.P.A., North Carolina. 

Harry O. Parker (1947) Controller of the Bowman Gray School of 

Medicine 
B.S., University of North Carolina; C.P.A., North Carolina. 

Grady S. Patterson (1924) Registrar 

B.A., Wake Forest. 

Mrs. Margaret R. Perry (1947) Associate Registrar 

B.S., South Carolina. 

William G. Starling (1958) Director of Admissions 

B.B.A., Wake Forest. 

Mrs. Shirley P. Hamrick (1957) Associate Director of Admissions 

B.A., North Carolina. 

William M. Mackie, Jr. (1964) Assistant Director of Admissions 

B.S., Wake Forest. 

Ross A. Griffith (1966) Admissions Counselor 

B.S., Wake Forest. 

Robert Clarence Beck (1959) Director of the Office for Research 

and Professor of Psychology 
B.A., Ph.D., Illinois. 

M. Henry Garrity (1964) Director of Development and Alumni Affairs 

B.A., Wake Forest. 

Craven E. Williams (1965) Assistant Director of Development and 

Alumni Affairs 
B.A., Wake Forest; B.D., Southeastern Baptist Theological Seminary. 

H. Donald Griffin, Jr. (1965) Assistant Director of Development 

and Director of the Deacon Club Foundation 
B.A., Wake Forest. 

10 



Administration 



Charles G. Furr (1966) 

B.A., Wofford; LL.B., Wake Forest. 

Robert Moore Allen (1966) 

B.A., Vanderbilt. 

Russell H. Brantley, Jr. (1953) 

B.A., Wake Forest. 

Marvin A. Francis (1955) 
Leon H. Hollingsworth (1959) 

B.A., D.D., Wake Forest. 

Edgar D. Christman (1956, 1961) 



Assistant Director of 
Development and Alumni Affairs 

Assistant Director of Development and 
Alumni Affairs 

Director of Communications 

Director of Sports Publicity 
Chaplain 



Assistant to the Chaplain and 

Director of the Baptist Student Union 
B.A., LL.B., Wake Forest; B.D., Southeastern Baptist Theological Seminary; 
S.T.M., Union Theological Seminary. 



*PaulL. Garrison (1962) 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Howard A. Jemison, Jr. (1964) 

M.D., Bowman Gray. 



Medical Director 
Assistant Medical Director 



Assistant Medical Director and 
Assistant in Preventive Medicine 



Mary Ann Hampton Taylor (1961) 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Merrill G. Berthrong (1964) 

B.A., Tufts; M.A., Fletcher School of Law and Diplomacy; Ph.D., Pennsylvania 

Librarian 



Director of Libraries and Associate 
Professor of History 



Carlton P. West (1928) 

B.A., Boston University; M.A., Yale; B.S. in L.S., North Carolina. 



Mrs. Vivian Lunsford Wilson (1960) 

A.B., Coker; B.S. in L.S., George Peabody. 



Mrs. Erika Love (1967) 

B.A., M.A. in L.S., Indiana. 

Paul M. Gross, Jr. (1959) 

B.S., Duke; Ph.D., Brown. 



Law Librarian 

Librarian of the Bowman Gray 
School of Medicine 



Coordinator of the Honors Program and 
Associate Professor of Chemistry 



John F. Reed (1963) 



A.B., Pennsylvania State; M.A., Washington and Jefferson 

Charles M. Allen (1941) 

B.S., M.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Duke. 
* Died, November 23, 1967. 

11 



Director of Placement 



Director of Concerts and Lectures and 
Professor of Biology 



Administration 



G. Eugene Hooks (1956) Director of 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.Ed., North Carolina; 

Jesse I. Haddock (1952, 1954) 

B.S., Wake Forest. 



Richard T. Clay (1956) 

B.B.A., Wake Forest. 

Harold S. Moore (1953) 

B.M.E., Virginia. 

Royce R. Weatherly (1947) 
Melvin Q. Layton (1951) 

B.S., Wake Forest. 

Thomas P. Griffin (1956) 



Athletics and Associate Professor 

of Physical Education 
Ed.D., George Peabody. 

Assistant Director of Athletics 

Manager of the College Book Store 

Director of the Physical Plant 

Superintendent of Buildings 
Superintendent of Grounds 

Director of Residences 



12 



Emeriti 



*Professors Emeriti 

Charles S. Black (1919-20; 1925-65) Prof essor Emeritus of Chemistry 

B.A., M.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Virginia; Ph.D., Wisconsin. 

Ora C. Bradbury (1925-1961) Professor Emeritus of Biology 

B.S., Ottawa; M.A., Ph.D., Nebraska. 

Coy C. Carpenter (1926-67) Vice President Emeritus for 

Medical Affairs and Professor Emeritus of Pathology 
B.A. in Medicine, Wake Forest; M.D., Syracuse University School of Medicine. 

Forrest W. Clonts (1922-24; 1925-67) Professor Emeritus of History 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ohio State. 

Mrs. Ethel T. Crittenden (1915-1946) Librarian Emerita 

J. Allen Easley (1928-1963) Professor Emeritus of Religion 

B.A., D.D., Furman; Th.M., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary. 

Edgar Estes Folk (1936-67) Professor Emeritus of English, 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.S., Columbia; Ph.D., George Peabody. 

Owen F. Herring (1946-1963) Professor Emeritus of Religion 

B.A., M.A., Wake Forest; Th.M., Th.D., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary;. 
D.D., Georgetown College. 

Lois Johnson (1942-1962) Dean of Women Emerita 

B.A., Meredith; M.A., North Carolina. 

Hubert A. Jones ( 1 908- 1 959) Professor Emeritus of Mathematics 

B.A., M.A., LL.B., Wake Forest. 

Henry Broadus Jones ( 1 924- 1 959) Professor Emeritus of English 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Chicago. 

Eugene I. Olive (1940-1961) Director Emeritus of Alumni Activities 

B.A., Wake Forest; Th.M., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary. 

Kenneth Tyson Raynor (1926-1961) Associate Professor Emeritus 

of Mathematics 
B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Duke. 

Albert C. Reid (1917-18; 1920-65) Professor Emeritus of Philosophy 

B.A., M.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Cornell. 

Harold Wayland Tribble (1950-67) President Emeritus 

B.A., Richmond; Th.M., Th.D., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; M.A., 
Louisville; Ph.D., Edinburgh; D.D., Stetson; LL.D., Union University, Wake; 
Forest, Richmond, Duke, North Carolina. 



* Dates following names indicate period of service. 

13 



Faculty 



"Instruction 



Charles M. Allen (1941) Professor of Biology and Director of 

Concerts and Lectures 
(See Administration) 

Judson B. Allen (1962) Assistant Professor of English 

B.A., Baylor; M. A., Vanderbilt; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins. 

Ralph D. Amen (1962) Associate Professor of Biology 

B.A., M.A., Colorado State College; M.B.S., Ph.D., Colorado. 

John William Angell (1955) Professor of Religion 

B.A., Wake Forest; Th.M., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; S.T.M., An- 
dover Newton Theological School; Th.D., Southern Baptist Theological Semi- 
nary. 

Andrew Lewis Aycock (1928) Associate Professor of English 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Tulane. 

H. Wallace Baird (1963) Assistant Professor of Chemistry 

A.B., Berea; Ph.D., Wisconsin. 

Eugene Pendleton Banks (1954) Professor of Sociology 

and Anthropology 
B.A., Furman; M.A., Ph.D., Harvard. 

James Pierce Barefield (1963) Assistant Professor of History 

B.A., M.A., Rice; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins. 

Richard Chambers Barnett (1961) Associate Professor of History 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.Ed., Ph.D., North Carolina. ' 

Harold M. Barrow (1948) Professor of Physical Education 

A.B., Westminster; M.A., Missouri; P.E.D., Indiana. 

Robert Clarence Beck (1959) Professor of Psychology 

and Director of the Office for Research 
(See Administration) 

Richard Gordon Bell (1965) Professor of Law 

B.A., Kentucky; LL.B., LL.M., Western Reserve . 

Martin J. Bennison (1966) Instructor in Speech 

B.A., Saint Vincent; M.A., Iowa. 

Francis A. Berces (1967) Instructor in English 

B.A., M.A., Wake Forest. 

Merrill G. Berthrong Associate Professor of History and Director 

of Libraries 
(See Administration) 

James Carey Blalock ( 1 950) Associate Professor of Chemistry 

B.S., M.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Florida. 



* Names are arranged alphabetically. Date following name indicates year of appoint- 
ment. More than one date indicates separate appointments. 

14 



Faculty 



Mrs. Kaye Shugart Bourquin (1967) Instructor in French 

B.A., Salem. 

Robert W. Brehme (1959) Associate Professor of Physics 

B.S., Roanoke; M.S., Ph.D., North Carolina. 

F. Dale Bridge water (1966) Instructor in German 

B.A., Wake Forest. 

Dalma Adolph Brown (1941) Associate Professor of English 

B.A., M.A., North Carolina. 

David B. Broyles (1966) Assistant Professor of Political Science 

B.A., Chicago; B.A., Florida; M.A., Ph.D., UCLA. 

George McLeod Bryan (1956) Professor of Religion 

B.A., M.A., Wake Forest; B.D., Ph.D., Yale. 

Shasta M. Bryant (1966) Associate Professor of Spanish 

A.B., M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina. 

Julian C. Burroughs, Jr. (1958) Associate Professor of Speech 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Michigan. 

William E. Cage (1967) Assistant Professor of Economics, 

School of Business Administration 
B.A., Rockford; Ph.D., Virginia. 

Ruth F. Campbell (1962) Associate Professor of Spanish 

B.A., Woman's College, North Carolina; M.A., North Carolina; Ph.D., Duke. 

John A. Carter, Jr. (1961) Associate Professor of English 

B.A., Virginia; M.A., Ph.D., Princeton. 

Dorothy Casey (1949) Assistant Professor of Physical Education 

B.S., Woman's College, North Carolina; M.A., North Carolina. 

David W. Catron (1963) Assistant Professor of Psychology and Associate 

Director of the Center for Psychological Services 
B.A., Furman; Ph.D., Peabody. 

Elton C. Cock (1938) Professor of Biology 

B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Virginia. 

Leon P. Cook, Jr. (1957) Associate Professor of Accounting, School 

of Business Administration 
B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute; M.S., Tennessee; C.P.A., Arkansas. 

Marjorie Crisp (1947) Assistant Professor of Physical Education 

B.S., Appalachian State Teachers College; M.A., George Peabody. 

Tohn Edward Davis, Jr. (1956) Professor of Biology 

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Virginia. 

Glenn A. Dawson (1966) Instructor in Physical Education 

B.S., Lenoir Rhyne; M.A.T., North Carolina. 

15 



Faculty 



Marcel E. Delgado (1947) Instructor in Spanish 

B.A., Carson-Newman; Th.M., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary. 

John F. Dimmick (1961) Associate Professor of Biology 

B.S., M.S., Western Illinois; Ph.D., Illinois. 

Hugh William Divine (1954) Professor of Law 

B.S., Georgia State College for Men; M.A., Louisiana State; J. D. ( Emory; LL.M., 
S.J.D., Michigan. 

N. Taylor Dodson (1957) Professor of Physical Education 

B.S., M.A., North Carolina; Dir. P.E., P.E.D., Indiana. 

Justus C. Drake (1946) Assistant Professor of English 

B.A., M.A., Wake Forest. 

Robert H. Dufort (1961) Professor of Psychology 

B.A., Ph.D., Duke. 

Robert Allen Dyer Associate Professor of Religion and Assistant Dean 
(See Administration) 

John R. Earle (1963) Assistant Professor of Sociology and Anthropology 
B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina. 

Cronje B. Earp ( 1 940) Professor of Classical Languages and Literature 
B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia. 

David R. Eckroth (1966) Assistant Professor of Chemistry 

B.A., Franklin and Marshall; M.A., Ph.D., Princeton. 

Leo Ellison, Jr. (1957) Assistant Professor of Physical Education; 

Swimming Coach 
B.S., M.S., Northwestern State College. 

Thomas M. Elmore Associate Professor of Educational and 

Counseling Psychology and Dean of Students 
(See Administration) 

Gerald W. Esch (1965) Assistant Professor of Biology 

B.S., Colorado College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Oklahoma. 

David K. Evans ( 1 966) Assistant Professor of Sociology and 

Anthropology 
B.S., Tulane; Ph.D., California. 

Esron McGruder Faris, Jr. (1957, 1967) Professor of Law 

B.A., LL.B., Washington and Lee; LL.M., Duke. 

Vergilius Ture Anselm Ferm (1965) Visiting Professor of 

Philosophy 
B.A., Augustana; B.D., Augustana Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Yale. 

Jack D. Fleer (1964) Assistant Professor of Political Science 

A.B., Oklahoma Baptist; M.S., Florida State; Ph.D., North Carolina. 

Walter S. Flory (1963) Babcock Professor of Botany; Director 

of Reynolda Gardens 
B.A., Bridgewater; M.A., Ph.D., Virginia; Sc.D., Bridgewater. 

16 



Faculty 



Doyle Richard Fosso (1964) Assistant Professor of English 

A.B., Harvard; M.A., Michigan; Ph.D., Harvard. 

Elliott O. Foster (1967) Instructor in History 

B.A., Ohio Wesleyan; M.A., Syracuse. 

Ralph S. Fraser (1962) Associate Professor of German 

B.A., Boston; M.A., Syracuse; Ph.D., Illinois. 

Gail Garrison (1966) Instructor in French 

B.A., Millsaps; M.A., North Carolina. 

Roland L. Gay (1933) Associate Professor of Mathematics 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.S., North Carolina State. 

Ivey C. Gentry (1949) Professor of Mathematics 

B.S., Wake Forest; B.S., New York University; M.A., Ph.D., Duke. 

Larry R. Gettman (1967) Instructor in Physical Education 

A.B., Colorado State College; M.S., Illinois. 

Christopher Giles, Jr. (1951) Assistant Professor of Music 

B.S.,*Florida Southern; M.A., George Peabody. 

Balkrishna Govind Gokhale (1960) Professor of History and Asian 

Studies 
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Bombay. 

Thomas Frank Gossett (1967) Professor of English 

B.A., M.A., Southern Methodist; Ph.D., Minnesota. 

Thomas Alexander Gray (1966) Assistant Professor of English 

B.A., Roberts Wesleyan; M.A., New Mexico State; Ph.D., Syracuse. 

George J. Griffin (1948) Professor of Religion 

B.A., Wake Forest; Th.B., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; B.D., Yale; 
Ph.D., Edinburgh. 

Paul M. Gross, Jr. (1959) Associate Professor of Chemistry 

and Coordinator of The Honors Program 
(See Administration) 

William H. Gulley (1966) Associate Professor of Sociology and 

Anthropology 
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina. 

David Warren Hadley (1966) Instructor in History 

B.A., Wake Forest; A.M., Harvard. 

William Morice Hagen (1966) Instructor in English 

B.A., Davidson; M.A., North Carolina. 

Jerry A. Hall (1958, 1961, 1967) Associate Professor of Education 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ed.D., George Peabody. 

Keith E. Hamilton (1966) Instructor in Physical Education; 

Track Coach 
B.S. and M.Ed., Bowling Green. 
i 

17 



Faculty 



Emmett Willard Hamrick (1952) Professor of Religion 

A.B., North Carolina; Ph.D., Duke. 

Phillip J. Hamrick, Jr. (1956) Professor of Chemistry 

B.S., Morris Harvey; Ph.D., Duke. 

Susan P. Harbin Instructor in Psychology 

B.A., M.A., Wake Forest. 

Carl V. Harris (1956) Associate Professor of Classical Languages and 

B.A., Wake Forest; B.D., S.T.M., Yale; Ph.D., Duke. 

Ysbrand Haven (1965) Professor of Physics 

Candidate, Doctorandus, Doctor, Groningen. 

Merwyn A. Hayes Assistant Professor of Speech 

B.A., Macalester; M.A., Oregon; Ph.D., Illinois. 

Ralph Cyrus Heath (1954) Professor of Marketing, School of Business 

Administration 
A.B., Princeton; M.B.A., D.B.A., Indiana. 

Dale Hein (1965) __ Assistant Professor of Biology 

B.S., Oregon State; M.S., Ph.D., Iowa State University. 

Robert Meredith Helm (1940) Professor of Philosophy 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Duke. 

J. Edwin Hendricks (1961) Associate Professor of History 

B.A., Furman; M.A., Ph.D., Virginia. 

Marcus B. Hester (1963) Assistant Professor of Philosophy 

B.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Vanderbilt. 

Robert P. Higgins (1961) Associate Professor of Biology 

B.A., M.A., Colorado; Ph.D., Duke. 

David Allen Hills (1960) Associate Professor of Psychology and 

Director of the Center for Psychological Services 
A.B., Kansas; M.A., Ph.D., Iowa. 

Hugh K. Himan (1965) Assistant Professor of Economics, School of 

Business Administration 
B.A., M.A., Miami; Ph.D., Illinois. 

Ida Masters Hollo well (1965) Instructor in English 

A.B., Greensboro College; M.A., North Carolina. 

Herbert Horowitz Assistant Professor of Psychology 

B.A., Brooklyn; M.S., New School for Social Research; M.A., Ph.D., Wisconsin. 

Fredric T. Howard (1966) Assistant Professor of Mathematics 

B.A., M.A., Vanderbilt; Ph.D., Duke. 

Calvin R. Huber (1962) Assistant Professor of Music 

B.M , M.M., Wisconsin; Ph.D., North Carolina. 

18 



Faculty 



Delmer P. Hylton (1949) Professor of Accounting, School of Business 

Administration 
B.S., M.B.A., Indiana University; C.P.A., Indiana. 



Hiram V. Jenkins (1966) 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A.T., North Carolina 



Teddy J. Jensen (1967) 

B.S., Auburn; M.A., Alabama. 

J. Robert Johnson, Jr. (1957) 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Duke. 

Alonzo W. Kenion (1956) 

A.B., M.A., Ph.D., Duke. 



Instructor in French 

Instructor in Spanish 

Associate Professor of Mathematics 

Associate Professor of English 

Associate Professor of Spanish 



Harry Lee King, Jr. (1960) 

B.A., Richmond; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina. 

Henry Conrad Lauerman (1963) Professor of Law 

B.8., U.S. Naval Academy; LL.B., LL.M., Georgetown; LL.M., Duke. 

Robert E. Lee (1946) Professor of Law 

B.S., LL.B., Wake Forest; M.A. in Public Law, Columbia; LL.M., S.J.D., Duke. 



J. Lawrence McCollough (1963) 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Emory. 

Eldon McDonald (1965) 



Instructor in Philosophy 

Sergeant First Class, U. S. Army; 
Assistant in Military Science 



James C. McDonald (1960) Associate Professor of Biology 

B.A., Washington University, St. Louis; M.A., Ph.D., Missouri. 



Thane McDonald (1941) 



Professor of Music 



B.M., M.M., Michigan; Ed.D., Teachers College, Columbia. 

Assistant Professor of History 



James G. McDowell (1965) 

B.A., Colgate; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins. 

J. Gaylord May (1961) 

B.S., Wofford; M.A., Ph.D., Virginia. 

W. Graham May (1961) 

B.S., Wofford; M.A., Ph.D., Virginia. 

Jasper L. Memory, Jr. (1929) 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Columbia. 

Mrs. Elizabeth Merrill (1967) 

B.A., Wake Forest. 

Sammy R. Merrill (1967) 

B.A., Wake Forest. 

Harry B. Miller (1947) 

B.S., Ph.D., North Carolina. 



Associate Professor of Mathematics 

Associate Professor of Mathematics 

Professor of Education 

Instructor in Latin 

Instructor in German 

Professor of Cliemistry 



19 



Faculty 



Carlton T. Mitchell (1961) Associate Professor of Religion 

B.A., Wake Forest; B.D., Yale; S.T.M., Union Theological Seminary, New York; 
Ph.D., New York University. 

Carl C. Moses (1964) Associate Professor of Political Science 

A.B., William and Mary; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina. 

Thomas E. Mullen (1957) Associate Professor of History 

B.A., Rollins; M.A., Ph.D., Emory. 

Ronald E. Noftle (1967) Assistant Professor of Chemistry 

B.S., New Hampshire; Ph.D., Washington. 

John W. No well (1945) Professor of Chemistry 

B.S., Wake Forest; Ph.D., North Carolina. 

James C. O'Flaherty (1947) Professor of German 

B.A., Georgetown College; M.A., Kentucky; Ph.D., Chicago. 

Aulsey Thomas Olive (1961) Associate Professor of Biology 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.S., Ph.D., North Carolina State. 

Jeanne Owen (1956) Professor of Business Law, School of 

Business Administration 
B.S., Woman's College, North Carolina; M.C.S., Indiana; J.D., North Carolina. 

Harold Dawes Parcell (1935) Professor of French 

B.A., North Carolina; M.A., Ph.D., Harvard. 

John Ernest Parker, Jr. (1950) Professor of Romance Languages 

and Education 
B.A., Wake Forest; A.M., Ph.D., Syracuse. 

Clarence H. Patrick (1946) Professor of Sociology and Anthropology 
B.A., Wake Forest; B.D., Andover Newton; Ph.D., Duke. 

Philip J. Perricone Instructor in Sociology and Anthropology 

B.S., M.A., University of Florida. 

Percival Perry Professor of History and Dean of the Summer Session 

(See Administration) 

Elizabeth Phillips (1957) Associate Professor of English 

A.B., Woman's College, North Carolina; M.A., State University of Iowa; Ph.D., 
Pennsylvania. 

Michael L. Pollock (1967) Assistant Professor of Physical Education 
B.S., Arizona; M.S., Ph.D., Illinois. 

Lee Harris Potter (1965) Associate Professor of English 

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina. 

Herman J. Preseren (1953) Professor of Education 

B.S., State Teachers College, California, Pennsylvania; M.A., Teachers College, 
Columbia; Ph.D., North Carolina. 

20 



Faculty 

Mrs. Beulah Lassiter Raynor (1946) Assistant Professor 

of English 
B.A., East Carolina Teachers College; M.A., Wake Forest. 

J. Don Reeves (1967) Associate Professor of Education 

A.B., Mercer; B.D., Th.M., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; Ed.D., Co- 
lumbia. 

*Jon M. Reinhardt (1964) Assistant Professor of Political Science 

B.A., Birmingham-Southern; M.A., Ph.D., Tulane. 

Claud Henry Richards, Jr. (1952) Professor of Political Science 

B.A., Texas Christian; M.A., Ph.D., Duke. 

John Ewing Roberts (1961, 1967) Instructor in Classical Languages 
B.A., Wake Forest; B.D., Yale Divinity School. 

Mrs. Mary Frances McFeeters Robinson (1952) Associate Professor 

of French 
B.A., Wilson College; M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse. 

Paul S. Robinson (1952) Associate Professor of Music 

B.A., Westminster College; Mus.B., Curtis Institute of Music; M.Sac. Mus., D.Sac. 
Mus., School of Sacred Music, Union Theological Seminary. 

Eva Rodtwitt (1966) Visiting Lecturer in French 

Cand. Philol., Oslo. 

Gaines M. Rogers Professor of Finance and Dean of the School 

of Business Administration 
(See Administration) 

Daniel T. Rucker (1966) Master Sergeant, U. S. Army; 

Assistant in Military Science 

Karl H. Rupp (1967) Visiting Lecturer in German 

Matura, Staatsgymnasium, Linz; Ph.D., University of Innsbruck. 

Wilmer D. Sanders (1954, 1964) Associate Professor of German 

B.A., Muhlenberg; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana. 

John W. Sawyer (1956) Professor of Mathematics 

A.B., M.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Missouri. 

Donald O. Schoonmaker (1965) Assistant Professor of 

Political Science 
B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Princeton. 

Howard D. Schwartz (1965) Instructor in Sociology and Anthropology 
B.A., MacMurray; M.A., Boston University. 

Karl Myron Scott ( 1 955) Professor of Management, School of Business 

Administration 
B.A., Arkansas; M.S., Iowa State College; Ph.D., Illinois. 



• Absent on leave 1967-68. 

21 



Faculty 



Richard D. Sears (1964) 

A.B., Clark; M.A., Indiana. 

Mrs. Katherine Hagen Sebo 

B.A., Oberlin; M.A., American. 

Paul L. Sechtman (1966) 

B.A., Virginia Military Institute. 

Ben M. Seelbinder (1959) 



Instructor in Political Science 

Instructor in Political Science 

Captain, Armor, U. S. Army; 
Assistant Professor of Military Science 

Professor of Mathematics 



B.S., Mississippi Delta State College; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina. 



Thomas D. Shafer (1966) 



Bynum Gillette Shaw (1965) 

B.A., Wake Forest. 



Sergeant Major, U. S. Army; 
Assistant in Military Science 

Lecturer in Journalism 



Howard William Shields (1958) Professor of Physics 

B.S., North Carolina; M.S., Pennsylvania State; Ph.D., Duke. 

Franklin R. Shirley (1948) Professor of Speech 

B.A., Georgetown College; M.A., Columbia; Ph.D., Florida. 



Sandra I. Shockley (1964) 

B.S., Radford College; M.S., Tennessee. 



Instructor in Physical Education 



Richard Lee Shoemaker (1950) Professor of Romance Languages 

B.A., Colgate; M.A., Syracuse; Ph.D., Virginia. 



Robert N. Shorter (1958) 

B.A., Union College; M.A., Ph.D., Duke. 



Assistant Professor of English 



James E. Sizemore (1953) Professor of Law 

B.S., East Tennessee State; LL.B., Wake Forest; LL.M., New York University. 



Mrs. Judy Jo Worley Small ( 1 966) 

B.A., Duke; M.A., Pennsylvania. 

David L. Smiley (1950) 

B.A., M.A., Baylor; Ph.D., Wisconsin. 

Eleanor G. Smith (1967) 

A.B., Elon; M.A., Wake Forest. 

J. Howell Smith (1965) 

B.A., Baylor; M.A., Tulane; Ph.D., Wisconsin. 

Henry Lawrence Snuggs (1945) 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Duke. 

Henry Smith Stroupe 

(See Administration) 

22 



Instructor in English 

Professor of History 

Instructor in Mathematics 

Assistant Professor of History 

Professor of English 

Professor of History and 
Dean of the Graduate School 



Faculty 



Robert L. Sullivan (1962) Associate Professor of Biology 

B.A., Delaware; M.S., Ph.D., North Carolina State. 

Samuel A. Syme, Jr. (1965) Assistant Professor of Education 

A.B., Washington and Lee; A.M., Ed.D., Duke. 

Charles H. Talbert (1963) Assistant Professor of Religion 

B.A., Howard; B.D., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Vanderbilt. 

Harold C. Tedford (1965) Assistant Professor of Speech 

B.A., Ouachita; M.A., Arkansas; Ph.D., Louisiana State. 

Stanton K. Tefft (1964) Associate Professor of Sociology and 

Anthropology 
B.A., Michigan State; M.S., Wisconsin; Ph.D., Minnesota. 

Neal B. Thornton Instructor in Political Science 

B.A., Virginia. 

Mrs. Anne S. Tillett (1956) Associate Professor of Romance 

Languages 
B.A., Carson-Newman; M.A., Vanderbilt; Ph.D., Northwestern University. 

Lowell R. Tillett (1956) Professor of History 

B.A., Carson-Newman; M.A., Columbia; Ph.D., North Carolina. 

David H. Tilley (1967) Instructor in English 

B.A., M.A., Duke. 

Robert G. Topp (1966) Major, Infantry, U. S. Army; 

Assistant Professor of Military Science 
B.A., Mississippi; M.A., Western State College. 

David A. Travland (1967) Assistant Professor of Psychology 

and Assistant Director of the Center for Psychological Services 
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Iowa. 

Phyllis Lou Trible (1963) Assistant Professor of Religion 

B.A., Meredith; Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary, Columbia. 

G. Wayne Tucker (1966) Instructor in Latin 

B.A., Randolph-Macon; M.A., Virginia. 

Hugh J. Turner, Jr. (1966) Colonel, Artillery, U. S. Army; 

Professor of Military Science 
B.S., U.S. Military Academy; M.A., Boston. 

Thomas J. Turner (1952) Professor of Physics 

B.S., North Carolina; M.S., Clemson; Ph.D., Virginia. 

Dan Otto Via, Jr. (1956) Associate Professor of Religion 

B.S., Davidson; B.D., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Duke. 

Marcellus E/Waddill (1962) Associate Professor of Mathematics 

B.A., Hampden-Sydney; M.A., Ph.D., Pittsburgh. 

23 



Faculty 



J. Van Wagstaff ( 1 964) Assistant Professor of Economics, School of 

Business Administration 
B.A., Randolph-Macon; M.B.A., Rutgers; Ph.D., Virginia. 

*Clarence Walhout (1964) Assistant Professor of English 

A.B., Calvin; M.A., Michigan; Ph.D., Northwestern. 

Carroll W. Weathers Professor of Law and Dean of the School of Law 

(See Administration) 

James A. Webster, Jr. (1951, 1934) Professor of Law 

B.S., LL.B., Wake Forest; S.J.D., Harvard. 

Judith Ann Weller (1966) Assistant Professor of History 

B.A., Randolph-Macon Woman's College; M.A., McGill; Ph.D., Columbia. 

Ervin L. White (1966) Major, Artillery, U. S. Army; 

Assistant Professor of Military Science 
B.S.A., Florida. 

Eddie J. White (1967) Captain, Infantry, U. S. Army; 

Assistant Professor of Military Science 
B.A., Mercer. 

George P. Williams, Jr. (1958) Professor of Physics 

B.S., Richmond; M.S., Ph.D., North Carolina. 

John Edwin Williams (1959) Professor of Psychology 

B.A., Richmond; M.A., Ph.D., Iowa. 

Bernice LaNell Wilson (1967) Instructor in English 

B.A., Southwest Texas; M.A., Texas. 

Edwin Graves Wilson Professor of English and Provost 

(See Administration) 

James W. Wilson (1964) Instructor in Classical Languages 

B.A., Geneva; M.A., North Carolina. 

Rolf Woldseth (1967) Assistant Professor of Physics 

M.S., Technical University of Norway; Ph.D., Washington University of St. Louis. 

John J. Woodmansee (1965) Assistant Professor of Psychology 

B.A., Westminster; M.A., Denver; Ph.D., Colorado. 

Raymond L. Wyatt (1956) Associate Professor of Biology 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina. 

Wilfred Buck Yearns, Jr. (1945) Professor of History 

B.A., Duke; M.A., Georgia; Ph.D., North Carolina. 

*Richard L. Zuber (1962) Associate Professor of History 

B.S., Appalachian; M.A., Emory; Ph.D., Duke. 



• Absent on leave, 1967-68. 

24 



PART TIME STAFF MEMBERS 



Htin Aung (1965) Visiting Scholar in Asian Studies 

B.A., Rangoon; LL.B., LL.M., London; B.A., LL.B., Queens' College, Cambridge; 
M.Litt., Ph.D., LL.D., Trinity College, Dublin; LL.D., Rangoon, Johns Hop- 
kins, Vidyodaya University of Ceylon. 



Alfred T. Brauer (1965) 

Ph.D., Berlin. 

Frederick L. Bronner (1966) 

B.S., Union College; A.M., Ph.D., Harvard, 



Visiting Professor of Mathematics 
Visiting Professor of History 



Mrs. Marjorie Felmet (1964) Visiting Teacher of Piano 

A.B., North Carolina; M.A., Eastman School of Music. 



Mrs. Lucille S. Harris (1957) 

B.A., B.M., Meredith. 

Mrs. Ethel Lashmit Kalter (1960) 

Certificate, Westminster Choir College. 

W. Penn Lewis, Jr. (1967) 



Instructor in Piano 
Artist in Residence, Voice 



Lecturer in Accounting, School 

of Business Administration 
B.S., North Carolina; M.B.A., Syracuse; C.P.A., North Carolina. 



PaulRainey (1967) 

B.A., Concord. 



David H. Rose (1968) 

B.A., Cincinnati; B.H.L., M.H.L., Hebrew Union 



William Roumillat (1964) 

B.A., North Carolina. 

Je ANNETTE STONE (1967) 
B.A., Wake Forest. 

E. Mowbray Tate (1967) 

B.A., Whitman; Ph.D., Columbia, 



Visiting Teacher of Woodwind Instruments 
Visiting Lecturer in Religion 
Visiting Teacher of Oboe and Clarinet 
Visiting Teacher of Voice 
Visiting Professor of Asian Studies 



25 



COACHING STAFF 



G. Eugene Hooks (1956) Director of Athletics 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.Ed., North Carolina; Ed.D., George Peabody. 



Jesse I. Haddock (1954) 

B.S., Wake Forest. 

William L. Tate (1963) 

B.S., Illinois. 



Assistant Director of Athletics and Golf Coach 
Football Coach 
Basketball Coach 



John W. McCloskey (1966) 

B.S., M.S., Pennsylvania. 

Jack T. Stallings (1958) Administrative Asst.; Baseball Coach 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.Ed., North Carolina. 

Keith Hamilton (1966) Track Coach; Instructor in Physical Education 

B.S., M.S., Bowling Green State University. 

Leo Ellison, Jr. (1957) 

B.S., M.S., Northwestern State College. 

Joseph A. Madden (1964) 

B.S., Maryland. 



Richard B. Anderson (1964) 

B.S., Illinois. 

William H. Davis (1964) 

B.S., Illinois. 

Robert C. Lord (1966) 



Swimming Coach; Instructor in 
Physical Education 

Assistant Football Coach 

Assistant Football Coach 

Assistant Football Coach 

Assistant Football Coach 



B.S., Colorado State College; M.S., Springfield College. 

Assistant Football Coach 



William Beattie Feathers (1961) 

B.S., Tennessee. 

Robert Popp (1967) 

B.S., Michigan State; M.S., University of Colorado. 

Joseph S. Popp, Jr. (1965) 

B.A., Catawba. 



Freshman Football Coach 



Assistant Football Coach 



Neil Johnston (1966) 

B.S., Ohio State. 

William A. Packer 

B.A., Wake Forest. 

James H. Leighton, Jr. (1962) 

A.B., Presbyterian College. 

Lewis Martin (1958) 



Assistant Basketball Coach; 
Freshman Baseball Coach 

Assistant Basketball Coach 

Tennis Coach 

Trainer 



26 



STAFFS OF THE LIBRARIES 



Merrill G. Berthrong, A.B., A.M., Ph.D., Director of Libraries 

The Z. Smith Reynolds Library 
(General Library) 

Carlton P. West, A.B., A.M., B.S. in L.S., Librarian 

Mrs. Anne M. Nicholson, A.B., B.S. in L.S., Technical Services 
Librarian 

Minnie S. Kallam, B.A., B.S. in L.S., Reference Librarian 

Mrs. Dorothy M. Rowley, B.A., B.S. in L.S., Periodicals Librarian 

Mrs. Mary H. Day, B.A., M.S. in L.S., Circulation Librarian 

Mrs. Patricia B. Giles, A.B., M.S. in L.S., Acquisitions Librarian 

Richard J. Murdoch, B.A., M.S. in L.S., Rare Books Librarian 

William K. Ach, A.B., B.S. in L.S., Microtext Librarian 

Mrs. Bessie W. Hollingsworth, B.S., M.A., Director of the Reclassifi" 
cation Project 

Minnie M. Huggins, B.A., B.S in L.S., Documents Librarian 

John R. Woodard, Jr., B.A., Director of the Baptist Collection 

James M. Nicholson, M.A., M.S. in L.S., Assistant Catalog Librarian 

Mrs. Margaret V. Shoemaker, B.S., A.B. in L.S., Assistant Catalog 
Librarian 

Mrs. Janet L. Flowers, B.A., M.S. in L.S., Assistant Reference 
Librarian 

Library of the School of Law 

Mrs. Vivian L. Wilson, A.B., B.S. in L.S., Librarian 

Library of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine 

Mrs. Erika Love, B.A., M.A. in L.S., Librarian 
Ann Dwiggins, M.S. in L.S., M.Ed., Assistant Librarian 
Janet Fisher, A.B., M.S., Technical Services Librarian 
Mrs. Diane Butzin, B.S., M.S., Cataloger 

27 



COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY 

1968-69 
Effective September 1, 1968 

The terms of members, except where otherwise shown, expire 
on August 31 of the year indicated. Each committee selects its own 
chairman except where the chairman is designated. All members of 
a committee vote except as otherwise indicated. 

Absences 
Non-voting. Dean of the College, Registrar, Dean of Women. 
Voting. 1971 Brehme, 1970 Crisp, 1969 King. 

Admissions 

Non-voting. Dean of the College, Registrar, Dean of Women, 
Director of Admissions. 

Voting. 1971 J. B. Allen, Hills; 1970 Aycock, M. F. Robinson; 
1969 Earle, Wagstaff. 

Advisory Council to Lower Division 

Johnson, Chairman; J. B. Allen, Angell, Aycock, Baird, Barefield, 
Barnett, Blalock, Brehme, Burroughs, Catron, Cook, Davis, Dimmick, 
Dodson, Earle, Evans, Fleer, Fosso, Fraser, Hadley, E, W. Hamrick, 
Harris, Hendricks, Hester, Higgins, Himan, McDowell, J. G. May, 
W. G. May, Mitchell, Olive, Owen, Parker, Potter, Raynor, Roberts, 
P. S. Robinson, Sanders, Scott, Sullivan, Syme, Tefft, Trible, Walh- 
out, G. P. Williams, Woodmansee, Wyatt, Zuber. 

Athletics 

Administrative: Dean of the College, Treasurer, Faculty Chair- 
man Sawyer; 1971 Catron, Davis; 1970 Angell, Himan; 1969 
Preseren, Yearns. 

Buildings and Grounds 

Administrative Officials: Moore, Patterson, Williard, Wilson; 1973 
Tedford, 1972 C. M. Allen, 1971 Angell, 1970 Beck, 1969 Hylton. 

Calendar 
Dean of the College, Registrar, Dean of Women. 

Curriculum 

Dean of the College, Chairman; President, Dean of the School of 
Business Administration, Registrar, and the chairman of each de- 

28 



Committees 



partment of Wake Forest College as follows: Biology, Chemistry, 
Classical Languages, Education, English, German, History, Mathe- 
matics, Military Science, Music, Philosophy, Physical Education, 
Physics, Political Science, Psychology, Religion, Romance Lan- 
guages, Sociology and Anthropology, Speech. 

Executive 

Non-voting. President, Dean of Women. 

Voting. Dean of the College, Chairman; Dean of the School of 
Business Administration, and the following faculty members: 1971 
Miller, Mitchell; 1970 Flory, Patrick; 1969 Parker, L. R. Tillett. 

Graduate Council 

Dean of the Graduate School, Chairman; Provost; Coordinator 
of Graduate Studies of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine; 1972 
Barnett; 1971 G. P. Williams; 1970 Beck, Goodman; 1969 Phillips; 

1968 Olive. 

Honors 

Dean of the College; Coordinator of the Honors Program; 1972 
Schoonmaker, 1971 Waddill, 1970 Via, 1969 A. S. Tillett. 

Library 

Librarian and the following faculty members: 1971 Gulley, Mc" 
Dowell, W. G. May, Syme, A. S. Tillett; 1970 Barrow, Duforf 
Harris, Hester, Moses, P. S. Robinson, Shields, Talbert; 1969 
Amen, Baird, Burroughs, Kenion, Sanders, Trible, Wagstaff. 

Men's Judicial Board 

1971 Esch, Fleer; 1970 Brown, Potter; 1969 Banks, Gentry; six 
students elected by student body. 

Nominations 

1971 Shirley, Smiley; 1970 Owen, J. E. Williams; 1969 Perry, 
Richards. 

Orientation 

Dean of the College, Chairman; Dean of Women, President of the 
Student Government or his designated representative. 

Publications 

Dean, Treasurer, Director of Communications, Faculty advisers 
of Old Gold and Black, Howler and Student; 1971 Potter, 1970 Bryan, 

1969 Shorter. 

29 



Committees 



ROTC Board 

Co-ordinator Helm, Professor of Military Science, and the following 
faculty members: 1971 Hester, 1970 Heath, 1969 Cook. 

Schedule 

Non-voting. Dean of the College, Registrar. 

Voting. 1973 Dufort, 1972 Hendricks, 1971 Heath, 1970 J. G. May, 
1969 Yearns. 

Scholarships and Student Aid 

Dean of the College, Dean of Women, Director of Admissions, and 
the following faculty members: 1971 Owen, G. P. Williams; 1970 
E. W. Hamrick, Seelbinder; 1969 Phillips, Talbert. 

Student Affairs 

Non-voting. President, Dean of the College, Dean of Women, 
Chaplain, Director of Concerts and Lectures. 

Voting. 1971 Himan, Walhout, Zuber; 1970 Barnett, Dodson, 
Higgins; 1969 Kenion, J. G. May, A. S. Tillett. 

Teacher Education 

Parker, Stroupe, Wilson; 1971 Hendricks, J. C. McDonald; 1970 
Barrow, Carter; 1969 Brown, Gentry. 

Faculty Marshals 
1970Huber, 1969 Davis. 

University Senate 

President, Provost, Vice President for Business and Finance, Dean 
of the College, Dean of the School of Law, Dean of the Bowman Gray 
School of Medicine, Dean of the School of Business Administration, 
Dean of the Graduate School, Director of Libraries, Director of 
Development, and the following: 

Representatives of Wake Forest College: 1971 Carter, Nowell; 1970 
Mullen, J. E. Williams; 1969 Gentry, Kenion; 1968 Gross, Perry. 

Representatives of the School of Law: 1971 Lee; 1969 Sizemore. 

Representatives of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine: 1971 Strittmat- 
ter; 1970 Spurr; 1969 Goodman; 1968 Burt. 

Representatives of the School of Business Administration: 1971 Scott; 
1969 Hylton. 

Representatives of the Graduate School: 1971 Flory; 1970 Via; 1969 
Amen; 1968 Beck. 

30 



THE UNIVERSITY AND ITS EQUIPMENT 

Historical Sketch 

Historical Background. The history of the founding 
of Wake Forest College is inseparable from the his- 
tory of the formation of the Baptist State Convention. 
One of the two main purposes which led to the organi- 
zation of the convention in 1830 was to establish an edu- 
cational institution that would give training under 
Christian influences and provide educated ministers 
and laymen. 

Immediately after the formation of the Baptist State 
Convention, Dr. Samuel Wait, serving as agent for the 
Convention, began an intensive four-year educational 
campaign among the Baptists of the State. Two years 
later, in 1832, the Convention purchased from Dr. 
Calvin Jones a 600-acre farm sixteen miles north of 
Raleigh, to be used as a site for the proposed school. 

Wake Forest Institute. Under the authorization of 
a charter granted by the State Legislature in December 
1833, the school was opened as Wake Forest Institute 
on February 3, 1834, with Dr. Wait as principal. Al- 
though the primary purpose was to give collegiate in- 
struction in the arts and sciences, for five years the Wake 
Forest Institute operated as a manual labor school, 
attracting liberal patronage from the large planters of 
the State, who wished their sons to receive practical 
training in agriculture, along with education in the 
liberal arts. In 1836 the enrollment had increased from 
the original 16 to 141. 

The College. The manual labor feature was aban- 
doned at the close of the year 1838, and the institution 
was rechartered in December 1838 as Wake Forest 
College. 

With teachers who were graduates of Columbia 

31 



Historical Sketch 



College, Brown University, and Dartmouth College, 
and with a liberal arts curriculum that was standard 
for the time, Wake Forest College conferred the degree 
of Bachelor of Arts upon four young men in June 1839. 

From 1839 to 1894 the College operated exclusively 
as a college of liberal arts; the School of Law was estab- 
lished in June 1894, the School of Medicine in May 1902, 
the School of Business Administration in 1948, the 
Division of Evening Classes in 1957,* and the Division 
of Graduate Studies in 1961. In 1942 the College be- 
came co-educational. 

The College has given instruction to many thousands 
of students and has sent them out into varied fields of 
service. Among these have been a large number of minis- 
ters, missionaries, lawyers, physicians, educators, writers, 
scientists, businessmen, farmers, and influential leaders 
in governmental affairs. From the beginning the College 
has made marked contributions to Christianity, to cul- 
ture, and to a higher type of citizenship generally, in 
accordance with the original purpose of the founders of 
the institution. 

In 1946 the Trustees of the College and the Baptist 
State Convention accepted an offer made by the 
Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation to give the College 
$350,000 annually in perpetuity for operation of the 
school on condition that it be moved to Winston- 
Salem and that other friends of the College provide a 
campus site and buildings. This decision was made 
three years after the College had undertaken an En- 
largement Program to provide much needed buildings 
and other physical facilities on the old campus. 

The late Charles H. Babcock and his wife, the late 
Mary Reynolds Babcock, contributed a part of the beau- 
tiful Reynolda Estate for the new campus. Ground- 



* This Division was discontinued June 30, 1964. 

32 



Historical Sketch 



breaking ceremonies were held on October 15, 1951, with 
the President of the United States delivering the princi- 
pal address. The following spring actual construction 
began. Accompanying the construction was intensive 
fund-raising. In 1955 the Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation 
increased its annual payments to the College to $500,000. 
The actual move from Wake Forest to Winston-Salem 
took place in May and June of 1956. The Bowman 
Gray School of Medicine of the College had been moved 
to Winston-Salem in 1941 when it received the resources 
of the Bowman Gray Foundation. 

Summer school opened on the new campus on June 
18, 1956, the fall term on September 11 and formal 
dedication exercises were held on October 18. The 
old campus and buildings at Wake Forest were sold 
to the Southern Baptist Convention for use of the 
Southeastern Baptist Theological Seminary which now 
occupies the campus. 

The University 

By reason of the growth and development of the Col- 
lege, and because of the expansion of its program not 
only in its professional and graduate schools but also 
in the College of Arts and Sciences, the name of the Col- 
lege was changed to Wake Forest University, effective 
June 12, 1967. 

Administration and Instruction. The University is gov- 
erned by a Board of Trustees which is elected by the 
North Carolina Baptist Convention. The Board has 
thirty-six members who serve four-year terms, with 
nine being chosen each year at the annual convention. 

During its history of 132 years the College has been 
headed by a total of ten presidents, the administrations 
of four of these (Dr. Washington Manly Wingate, Dr. 
Charles E. Taylor, Dr. William Louis Poteat and Dr. 

3 

33 



Historical Sketch 



Thurman D. Kitchin) covering a total of 88 years. The 
complete list of presidents,* with the dates of their 
administrations, follows : 

Samuel Wait, D.D 1834-45 

William Hooper, D.D., LL.D 1845-49 

John Brown White, M.A 1849-54 

Washington Manly Wingate, D.D 1854-79 

Thomas Henderson Pritchard, D.D 1879-82 

Charles Elisha Taylor, D.D., LL.D 1884-1905 

William Louis Poteat, LL.D., Litt.D 1905-27 

Francis Pendleton Gaines, Ph.D., Litt.D., 

LL.D 1927-30 

Thurman D. Kitchin, M.D., LL.D., F.A.C.P. . 1930-50 
Harold Wayland Tribble, M.A., Th.M., 

Th.D., Ph.D., D.D., LL.D 1950-67 

James Ralph Scales, M.A., Ph.D 1967- 

The growth and progress of the College are due in no 
small degree to the leadership of its presidents f and to 
the faculty of instruction, many of whom have rendered 
distinguished service for 30 years or more. These in- 
clude: Dr. William Bailey Royall, professor of Greek, 
62 years; Dr. William Louis Poteat, Biology, 55 years; 
Dr. Benjamin F. Sledd, English, 50 years; Prof. Edgar 
W. Timberlake, Law, 50 years; Dr. J. Hendren Gorrell, 
Modern Languages, 45 years; Dr. Hubert McNeill 
Poteat, Latin, 44 years; Dr. Needham Y. Gulley, Law, 
44 years; Dr. George W. Paschal, Classical Languages, 
43 years; Dr. W. R. Cullom, Religion, 42 years. Dr. 
D. B. Bryan served as Professor of Education for 36 
years and Dean of the College for 34 years. Mr. Elliott 
B. Earnshaw served as Bursar for 45 years. Of the present 
faculty, seventeen have served more than thirty years, 



• During the years 1882-84, William Bailey Royall, B.A., M.A., D.D. (Professor of 
Greek), served as chairman of the Faculty. 

t Those interested in more specific information are referred to the three- volume 
History of Wake Forest College by Dr. George W. Paschal. 

34 



Purposes and Objectives 



including the following who became emeriti after serving 
thirty-five years or more: Prof. Hubert A. Jones taught 
Mathematics for 51 years; Dr. Henry Broadus Jones, 
English, 35 years; Dr. Ora C. Bradbury, Biology, 36 
years; Dr. J. Allen Easley, Religion, 35 years; Prof. 
Kenneth T. Raynor, Mathematics, 35 years; Dr. A. G. 
Reid, Philosophy, 46 years; Dr. Charles S. Black, 
Chemistry, 41 years; Prof. Forrest W. Clonts, History, 
44 years; Dr. Edgar E. Folk, English, 31 years; and 
Dr. Coy C. Carpenter, Medicine, 41 years. Mrs. Ethel 
Taylor Crittenden retired in 1946 after 31 years as 
Librarian. In a word, the University has enlisted and 
retained throughout their teaching careers men who 
have devoted themselves to the University and to its 
ideals of culture and Christian leadership. 

Purposes and Objectives 

As an institution founded by the Baptist State Con- 
vention of North Carolina, Wake Forest University seeks 
to shape its goals, policies, and practices by Christian 
ideals. It seeks to help its students become mature, well- 
informed and responsible persons. It seeks to introduce 
its students to the cultural heritage of our times, through 
a broad study of the humanities, the natural and social 
sciences and mathematics, and through a concentration 
in at least one academic discipline. It seeks to develop 
in its students the ability to think honestly and clearly, 
to use the English language correctly, and to use at 
least one foreign language effectively. It seeks to assist 
its students in building a system of values which takes 
full account of the things of the spirit as well as things 
material that they may become constructive and use- 
ful members of society. Finally, it seeks to aid its stu- 
dents in achieving for themselves a vital and relevant 
faith. 

35 



Religions Program 



These purposes underlie the total academic program 
of the University. Through them the University seeks 
to prepare its students for careers in teaching, the 
ministry, law, medicine, business, research, and other 
professions. 

Religious Program 

Wake Forest University recognizes that to call itself 
Christian is to declare a purpose and express an ideal 
rather than to claim an accomplishment. It seeks to use 
failure to achieve perfection in this ideal as a challenge 
to intensify its efforts rather than as an excuse to lower 
its aim. 

The University attempts to maintain a wholesome 
Christian atmosphere in which students are given 
every encouragement to develop their spiritual lives to 
the highest potential. The programs incident to this 
effort center in the office of the Chaplain to the Uni- 
versity. The Chaplain seeks to interpret the place of 
religion in culture and society and, particularly, the 
significance of Christian Education. He seeks to minister 
to students and faculty in all ways. In addition, he serves 
the University in helping to develop effective communi- 
cation with its constituency. The Chaplain's office also 
encourages students to translate their worship into 
effective Christian living. A varied program of activities 
is offered to challenge their interests and meet their 
needs. 

A cooperative ministry is maintained in which 
several full-time and several part-time campus ministers 
are active. Except for the Chaplain to Baptist students, 
who is employed by the University, other members 
of the University Interdenominational Ministry are 
maintained by their several denominations. Under the 
general direction of the University Chaplain the As- 
sociated Denominational Chaplains work together as 

36 



Religious Program 



a group in some of their ministries and as the particu- 
lar advisor and counselor to students of their own de- 
nominations in others. 

Wait Chapel, named for the first President who led 
the students in prayers and devotions twice daily from 
the beginning of the life of the College, is the center 
of the campus both physically and symbolically. It is a 
beautiful and inspiring testimony to the place of religion 
in the well-balanced life. Its beautiful sanctuary is the 
scene for twice-weekly assembly of the student body. 
Programs are under the direction of the University 
Chaplain, assisted by a committee of students who are 
selected for the task by their fellow students. The 
philosophy of the chapel is the philosophy of community 
and the programs attempt to reflect this philosophy, 
giving place to the interests, needs and opportunities 
of the community. Widely varied in nature, they provide 
worship opportunities for students and faculty, the 
presentation of great ideas within the context of spiritual 
values, the exposition of issues and personalities impor- 
tant to the current scene, and, in a very real sense, con- 
stitute one way in which the University keeps constantly 
before itself and its constituency its own proclamation of 
faith in and commitment to the Christian Gospel. 
While students are in no sense required to embrace 
any ideas and beliefs which may be presented in these 
programs, attendance is required by all students and 
their respectful and courteous attention is expected. 

Traditionally, the student body has been cosmopoli- 
tan, not only in terms of the communities and states 
from which the students come, but also in terms of back- 
ground, outlook and religious affiliation. Wake Forest 
believes in individual freedom, not as a right, but as a 
responsibility . . . freedom to be and, more important, 
to become. Attendance at Wake Forest is a privilege, 



37 



Endowment 



not a right. The University's traditions and principles, 
accepted by each student in his act of voluntary regis- 
tration, evolve from the core of this concept of freedom 
and responsibility that are indivisible. Therefore, it is 
presumed that the student who elects to come to Wake 
Forest does so with the intent of being, in fact and 
spirit, a cooperating member of this community. 

In keeping with a tradition dating back to 1835, 
there is a Baptist church on the campus which meets in 
regular services each Sunday in the Chapel. This church 
provides all the ministries and services common to 
Baptist churches. Its membership is open with respect 
to race and it welcomes members from any Christian 
church, permitting where the individual desires it, 
such membership on an unrestricted basis without 
requiring that prior church relationships be severed. 
Though not officially a part of the University the church 
is a vital part of the University community and offers 
a most cordial welcome to faculty and students alike. 

In addition, every encouragement is given to students 
to avail themselves of the ministries and opportunities 
provided by the churches of Winston-Salem. 

Academically, the University has a Department of 
Religion, full information concerning which may be 
found elsewhere in this catalogue.* A minimum of 
six hours in Religion is required of all students for 
graduation. 

Endowment 

In 1865 the endowment fund of Wake Forest Col- 
lege was $11,700, the remnant from the wreck of war. 
In 1876, through the efforts of Dr. C. E. Taylor and Mr. 
James S. Purefoy, about $20,000 was added to the 
endowment. By January 1, 1884, Dr. Taylor had in- 

* Religion 362 is made available through assistance from the Jewish Chautauqua 
Society. 

38 



Endowment 

creased the endowment to $100,000 and had raised 
up a generous friend of the College in Mr. Jabez A. 
Bostwick, of New York City. In 1885 Mr. Bostwick 
created the Bostwick Loan Fund by a gift of $12,000 
and in 1886 made a further gift of $50,000. In 1891 
Dr. Taylor raised, by subscription and still another 
gift of Mr. Bostwick, the sum of $40,000. Under the 
terms of the will of Mr. Bostwick, dating from February 
1, 1892, the endowment was increased, in 1923, by stock 
valued at about $1,500,000. From 1906 to 1910 Pro- 
fessor J. B. Carlyle undertook to raise $150,000. Of 
this sum $117,798.56 was realized, of which the Gen- 
eral Education Board of New York contributed a 
fourth. More than $100,000 was added by receipts 
from the Seventy-five Million Campaign and the pro 
rata contribution of the General Education Board. On 
November 20, 1925, Mr. B. N. Duke, of New York City, 
made a generous donation to the endowment of 1,000 
shares of Duke Power Company stock valued at $150,- 
000. On August 3, 1939, the resources of the Bowman 
Gray Foundation were awarded to Wake Forest Col- 
lege, to be used exclusively by the School of Medicine. 

The Chair of the Bible, known as the Albritton Chair 
of the Bible, is provided by a gift of $25,000.00 con- 
tributed in 1919 by the children of the Reverend John 
T. Albritton and $25,000.00 by the Eastern Baptist 
Association. 

Under the terms of the will of Colonel George Foster 
Hankins of Lexington, North Carolina, who died in 
1954, The George Foster Hankins Foundation was 
established, to be managed and controlled by The 
Trustees of Wake Forest College. The income of the 
Foundation is to be used for scholarships in aid of worthy 
and deserving students displaying promise and ability 
who might be denied a college education because of 

39 



Endowment 



lack of means, with preference in the award of scholar- 
ships and loans to be given to applicants from Davidson 
County, North Carolina. The assets of the Foundation 
on June 30, 1967, was approximately $1,500,000. 

The Ford Foundation in 1956 made two gifts to the 
endowment of the College, the income from these gifts 
to be used for the support of faculty salaries. The sum 
of $680,500 was allocated for salaries in the School of 
Arts and Sciences and $1,600,000 for salaries in the 
Bowman Gray School of Medicine. 

The Mary Reynolds Babcock Foundation made gifts, 
in 1958 and 1962, of the Reynolda Gardens and an 
endowment to maintain these gardens as well as to pro- 
vide for the Babcock Professorship of Botany. The 
value of these grants was approximately $1,500,000. 

In 1965 the College received as a gift from the Mary 
Reynolds Babcock Foundation a tract of land lying 
just west of the campus, comprising 34 acres, on which a 
plant of the Western Electric Company is located. This 
gift, accompanied by a cash sum of money, is valued at 
$3,500,000 and is to be used for the support of the 
Library and the Chair of Botany. 

In 1965, 1966, and 1967 a gift totaling $1,000,000, 
the income from which is to be used to support the 
Library, was received from Mrs. Nancy Reynolds 
Verney. 

On June 30, 1967, the Board of Trustees established 
a pooled endowment fund. Funds participating in this 
pool were assigned units based on market values. New 
funds received will be assigned units in the same manner. 
At June 30, 1967, all endowment funds controlled by 
the University had a book value of $17,685,000 and 
market value of $34,079,000. 



40 



Buildings and Grounds 



Trust Funds 

On December 21, 1946, eigh teen-thirty-fifths of the 
income from the James A. Gray Trust Fund was made 
available to the School of Medicine for the general 
furtherance of teaching and research. 

The College holds a beneficial interest of one-fourth 
of the income of the Mary K. Fassett Trust Fund 
established by Dr. Burton W. Fassett of Durham, 
North Carolina, this interest to increase when the 
principal of the fund reaches a specified amount. 

The College holds a beneficial interest of 41% of the 
income of the Lucy Teague Fassett Memorial Trust 
Fund, also established by Dr. Fassett, this interest to 
increase when the principal of the fund reaches a 
specified amount. 

Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation 

The Trustees of The Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation, 
Inc., and The Trustees of Wake Forest College entered 
into a contract on November 16, 1946, whereby the 
Foundation made available to the College income of 
the Foundation up to 3350,000 per year in perpetuity, 
this sum being increased to $500,000 in 1955. The income 
so received was applied to the costs of construction on 
the new campus prior to the time of removal in 1956 
and thereafter to the cost of operations. In 1965 the 
Foundation announced a matching grant of $3,000,000 
for a period of four years. Income from this grant is 
being added to the $500,000 annual grant. 

Buildings and Grounds 

The physical equipment of the College includes about 
320 acres of land and 17 buildings. There are, in ad- 
dition, a president's home, ten faculty apartment build- 

41 



Buildings 

ings housing seventy-two separate families, and two 
buildings containing fifty-six apartments for married 
students. Construction on the campus was begun in 
1952 and it was occupied for the first time beginning 
with the summer session of 1956, The buildings are of 
modified Georgian architecture, constructed of Old 
Virginia brick and trimmed in granite and limestone. 
Situated on beautifully landscaped hills, the campus is 
one of the most attractive in the South. 

The Reynolda Gardens annex, consisting of 148 acres 
and including Reynolda Woods and Reynolda Village, 
as well as Reynolda Gardens, is adjacent to the campus 
on the south. This tract includes a formal garden, green- 
houses, parking areas, a lake, and a wooded area with 
trails. The formal garden features one of the finest col- 
lections of Japanese cherry trees in the United States. 
This area of natural beauty was a gift to the College 
from the Mary Reynolds Babcock Foundation through 
transfers made in 1958, 1961, and 1963. 

Academic Buildings 

Wait Chapel. Located at the head of the campus 
plaza is Wait Chapel, so designated in memory of the 
first President of Wake Forest College, Samuel Wait. 
Its spire towers two hundred and thirty feet into the 
air and its auditorium has a seating capacity of twenty- 
five hundred. A four-manual pipe organ and choir 
space for one hundred members are a part of the equip- 
ment. Wait Chapel faces toward the south, overlooking 
the plaza, with Reynolda Hall in the foreground and 
four large dormitories for men at right and left. 

Wingate Hall. Attached to Wait Chapel on the 
northern end is a four-story building for the Department 
of Religion and for educational purposes of a campus 
church. This part of the building has been named in 

42 



Buildings 

honor of Washington Manly Wingate, President of 
Wake Forest College, 1854-1879. In addition to class- 
rooms and offices for professors, there is the Paul Price 
Davis Meditation Chapel, equipped with pews and 
other facilities, for the use of small groups. There is also 
in the basement an assembly room accommodating 
about three hundred people and equipped with stage 
and dressing rooms. 

Reynolda Hall. Located at the southern end of the 
plaza area and facing Wait Chapel is Reynolda Hall, 
administration and student center. A wing on the 
west end accommodates administrative offices of the 
College; a wing of similar size on the east end fur- 
nishes facilities for student organizations and activities. 
On the ground floor, facing south, is the cafeteria, 
equipped for seating at one time one thousand people 
and for serving four lines. Behind the cafeteria are 
kitchens, refrigeration units, and storage rooms. On the 
floor above are lounges and conference rooms. On the 
third floor are a large banquet room location of Magnolia 
room, and space used temporarily for classrooms and 
offices for professors. A fourth floor contains a number 
of classrooms. 

The £. Smith Reynolds Library. Situated at the center 
of the academic campus, this building contains space 
for eight tiers of book stacks, with a capacity for about 
one million volumes. Surrounding the book stacks are 
four floors of rooms for reading, reference, and various 
other uses of a modern library. 

Salem Hall. Directly west of the Library, this three- 
story building contains laboratories, classrooms, and 
offices, as well as a large lecture room and ample storage 
space, for the departments of chemistry and physics. 

43 



Buildings 

Winston Hall. This three-story building, just west of 
Salem Hall, was completed and occupied in September 
1961. It provides classrooms, laboratories, faculty of- 
fices, seminar rooms, and a small auditorium for the 
departments of biology and psychology. 

The W. N. Reynolds Gymnasium. Located just east of 
Reynolda Hall, this building is equipped with classrooms 
for instruction in physical education, courts for basketball 
and other indoor sports, a swimming pool, offices for 
members of the faculty of the Department of Physical 
Education and of the Department of Athletics. Here 
also, is housed the Department of Military Science. 
No provision is made in this building for large spectator 
facilities, since the near-by Memorial Coliseum will be 
used for intercollegiate basketball games and other 
indoor sports. On either side of the Gymnasium are 
sports fields and courts for tennis, handball, and volley- 
ball. 

Law Building. At the opposite end of the campus 
from Winston Hall is located the building for the 
School of Law. It is a four-story structure, containing 
classrooms, offices, a moot court, an assembly room, a 
library, a seminar room, a law review room, and a 
student lounge. 

Harold W. Tribble Hall. Southeast of the Library, 
this is the first of two large classroom buildings to ac- 
commodate the social sciences and the humanities. 
It is a four-story building, containing classrooms, faculty 
offices, seminar and lecture rooms, a small projection 
theater, the philosophy library, and a main lecture 
room seating 200. 



44 



Buildings 

Residence Buildings 

Dormitories for Men. Bordering the plaza area on the 
east and the west are four quadrangles of dormitories for 
men, with accommodations for fifteen hundred students. 
The dormitories are named in honor of Charles Elisha 
Taylor, William Louis Poteat, and Thurman Delna 
Kitchin, former Presidents of Wake Forest College, and 
Egbert Lawrence Davis, a benefactor of the College. 
Each quadrangle contains three main floors with open 
galleries overlooking the quadrangles. From these gal- 
leries are entrances to the suites of rooms each of which 
is occupied by a small group of students. Connecting 
the Poteat and Taylor Dormitories with the Chapel 
entrance are two wings, equipped to accommodate 
about one hundred students each. One of these wings is 
Efird Hall, in honor of Mr. J. B. Efird of Charlotte, and 
another, Huffman Hall, in honor of Mr. Frank Huffman 
of Morganton. Facing the plaza are a post office, a 
bank, a drug store, a book store, and a number of shops, 
all housed in these dormitories. 

Dormitories for Women. At the southern end of the 
campus, facing Reynolda Hall, are three dormitories for 
women accommodating six hundred eight students, 
that on the east being named in honor of Mr. Jabez A. 
Bostwick, one of the chief benefactors of the College, 
that in the center being named Lois Johnson Dormitory 
in honor of Miss Lois Johnson, first Dean of Women 
of Wake Forest College, and that on the west being 
named Mary Reynolds Babcock Dormitory, in honor 
of the late Mrs. Charles H. Babcock, a chief benefactor 
of the College. 

Both double and single rooms are available for stu- 
dents. A kitchen is located in each building. A central 
laundry service is provided in Bostwick and Johnson 

45 



Libraries 

and launderettes in Babcock. A large lounge is located 
on the first floor of each building. 

The Power Plant, connected by tunnels with all 
buildings on the campus, is located on a lower level 
northwest of the athletic fields. Attractive and modern 
in design, it is equipped with two massive boilers that 
furnish heat and hot water for all buildings, including 
the faculty apartments, and is the basis of the air-con- 
ditioning system installed in Wait Chapel, Reynolda 
Hall, the Z. Smith Reynolds Library, Winston Hall, 
Salem Hall, the Law Building, and the Gymnasium. 

The Maintenance Building. Located in close proximity 
to the power plant to the south is the maintenance 
building for the purpose of making repairs and con- 
structing many things essential to the operation of the 
various departments of the University. 

Libraries 

In its several libraries the University holds a total of 
369,767 volumes. These are distributed as follows: the 
Z. Smith Reynolds Library (general), 284,613; the 
Library of the School of Law, 35,913; and the Library 
of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine, 49,241. In- 
cluded in the above holdings are 35,817 volumes of 
United States Government documents, received prin- 
cipally by virtue of the status of the Z. Smith Reynolds 
Library as an official depository. A rapidly growing 
microtext collection is maintained, although its items 
have been counted in the above totals as if they were the 
equivalent volumes. At present there are approximately 
8,084 reels of microfilm including runs of local, national, 
and foreign newspapers; and 91,196 items of microprint, 
including Cobbett's Parliamentary Debates, the Hansard 
Debates, the British Sessional Papers. House of Commons, and 
the Journals. House of Commons. Because of expanded 

46 



Libraries 

resources and a broadened program of acquisition the 
libraries of Wake Forest University now hold member- 
ship in the Association of Southeastern Research 
Libraries. 

The volumes which constitute the Z. Smith Reynolds 
Library have been chosen mainly to develop a collection 
which will provide adequate support for a satisfactory 
liberal arts curriculum and a limited, although defi- 
nitely expanding, graduate program. Some emphasis 
has naturally been placed on the accumulation of 
materials for the study of North Carolina and the 
Southeastern region. Because of the relationship be- 
tween the University and the Baptist denomination, a 
Baptist Collection, now comprising more than 6,000 
items and including files of Baptist serials as well as 
individual church records, is maintained. 

In 1965 the Mary Reynolds Babcock Foundation of 
Winston-Salem donated to the University properties and 
other assets with a total value of about $3,500,000, the 
income from which has been assigned to the expansion 
of library resources. This Library Endowment Fund was 
increased in 1967 by a gift of assets amounting to 
$1,000,000 presented by Mrs. Nancy Reynolds Verney. 
Thus the Library enjoys the income from a fund of about 
$4,500,000. This will be applied more particularly to 
the enrichment of the book stock as a stronger support 
for graduate studies. 

Initially, a part of this added income is being used 
for certain needed improvements in the Z. Smith 
Reynolds Library building and in library services. Two 
additional stack levels have been finished and shelving 
installed. With the twenty-two additional carrels also 
provided, the Z. Smith Reynolds Library building 
now has five stack levels in service and 101 carrels 
available. On the ground floor two student reading 

47 



Libraries 

lounges have been comfortably furnished. In these 
lounges the art collection of the College Union is also 
displayed. More spacious quarters for the Periodicals 
Department have been arranged; and the room formerly 
occupied by this department has been allotted to the 
Baptist Collection, hitherto without a room of its own. 
Despite expenditures for physical improvements, a 
considerable sum will remain for the purchase of books 
and periodicals, a sum which will increase in later years 
when building changes have been completed. 

Also in 1965 certain changes in procedure were 
inaugurated. An open-stack policy was established, 
enabling students to examine books in the stacks at will. 
Xerox copying service at a nominal cost has been in- 
troduced. On the assumptions that better arrangement 
of books will be achieved and more rapid book processing 
realized, considerable progress has been made toward 
the reclassification of the entire collection from the 
schedules of the Dewey Decimal to those of the Library 
of Congress Classification. 

Both institutional and personal gifts have, from time 
to time, enriched the library collections of the University. 
A grant from the Carnegie Corporation made possible 
the acquisition of about 2,500 photographs and many 
books on painting, sculpture, and architecture. The 
late Mr. Tracy McGregor, through an arrangement 
shared by the University, provided means for the 
purchase of valuable editions of works relating to the 
colonial and early national periods of American history. 
A group of more than a thousand bookplates was donated 
by Mrs. Clara T. Evans of New York City. The late 
Dr. B. W. Spilman financed and encouraged the col- 
lection of titles by Wake Forest alumni. 

The late Dr. Charles Lee Smith of Raleigh, bibliophile 
and alumnus, bequeathed his personal library, contain- 

48 



Libraries 

ing about 7,000 items rich in first editions, to the Uni- 
versity. Funds from a bequest of his brother, the late 
Oscar T. Smith of Baltimore, have made possible the 
purchase of additional items of a like nature. 

The Paschal Collection was established Christmas 
1950 by George W. Paschal, Jr., 1927, Raleigh surgeon, 
in recognition of the interest in the Library manifested 
by his father, George Washington Paschal, and also in 
memory of his father's twin brother, Robert Lee Paschal. 
The Collection is regularly enlarged and, although 
heterogeneous in nature, primarily contains material 
relating to the humanities. The aim of the founder of the 
Collection is to add to the working efficiency of the 
Library. While this collection is principally supported 
by the donor, it has also received and welcomes contri- 
butions from interested friends. A special bookplate is 
used for items acquired for the Collection. 

To assemble the more important editions of the works 
of Edmund Spenser, together with significant back- 
ground titles, a sum has been contributed by Dr. 
Charles G. Smith of Baylor University in honor of his 
wife, Cornelia Marschall Smith. A fund established by 
the late Dr. Herman Harrell Home is applied to the 
purchase of general titles of significance to undergradu- 
ate instruction. 

The Library of the School of Law contains 35,913 
volumes, including not only the reports, statutes, and 
digests required by the American Association of Law 
Schools but also the leading textbooks, encyclopedias, 
and periodicals. 

The Library of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine 
is a collection of 49,241 volumes containing books, 
periodicals, and monographs necessary to instruction 
and research in medical theory and practice. More than 
1,600 current periodicals, both domestic and foreign, 
are received. 

4 49 



Art Museum 



The Spilman Philosophy Seminar houses a carefully 
selected group of books for the use of advanced students 
in philosophy. Although not supported by Library 
funds but based upon an endowment given by the late 
Dr. B. W. Spilman and upon the A. C. Reid Philosophy 
Fund, it forms a valuable part of the book resources of 
the University. 

Library holdings of current issues and bound volumes 
of periodicals in chemistry and physics are shelved in 
Salem Hall for convenience of laboratory research in 
these areas. 

The Library of the Military Science Department, 
which is located on the ground floor of the Gymnasium, 
has available for student use over 2,000 books and 
periodicals. In addition to major military conflicts 
involving the United States, the material covers such 
subjects as communism, the "Cold War," counter- 
insurgency and anti-guerilla warfare, as well as foreign 
policy, nuclear warfare, and space activities. 

Art Museum 

The Museum of Art is made up mainly of the T. J. 
Simmons Collection, presented to the College by the 
late Dr. Thomas Jackson Simmons of Gainesville, Ga., 
and formally opened to the public on June 2, 1941. 
Including some additions, there are about sixty paint- 
ings, thirty-five etchings and lithographs, five pieces of 
sculpture, and several other art objects in the collection. 

The Museum was enriched in 1957 by three paint- 
ings from the Hammer Galleries given by Mr. Arnold 
Kirkeby, and in 1960 by two paintings given by Mr. 
Clark Hart well and three by Mrs. April Ruth Akston. 
Nearly all of the paintings are hung in public areas of 
various buildings on the campus. 



50 



ADMISSION 

A candidate for undergraduate admission to Wake 
Forest University must furnish testimonials of good 
moral character, must present evidences of educational 
achievement represented by graduation from an accred- 
ited public high school or an accredited private secon- 
dary school, and must present a score (senior year 
preferred) on the Scholastic Aptitude (Morning) Test 
of the College Entrance Examination Board. The record 
of the work done by the applicant in high school or in a 
private secondary school and the recommendations of 
the school official must be sent direct to the Director of 
Admissions of Wake Forest College (division of arts and 
sciences) by an official of the school, and the test scores 
must be sent from the test center. They may not be 
submitted by the applicant. 

Information about the times and places at which the 
College Board test may be taken and an application for 
taking the test may be secured from the high school or 
from College Entrance Examination Board, Box 592, 
Princeton, New Jersey 08540. 

Careful consideration will be given to the applicant's 
academic records, scores on tests, and evidences of 
character, purpose in life, and general fitness for college 
life. The College reserves the right to reject any ap- 
plication without explanation. 

An applicant for admission who has attended another 
college must be a graduate of a standard junior college 
or must furnish a certificate of honorable dismissal 
stating that the applicant is eligible in all respects to 
re-enter the college last attended, and must have an 
overall average of at least C on all college work at- 
tempted.* These are minimum requirements for con- 
sideration. 



• Please see academic requirements for graduation, especially for one who has at- 
tended more than one college before applying for admission to Wake Forest College. 

51 



Admission 

The applicant should fill out and return as early as 
practical the student's part of the application, and should 
then give to the high school principal, superintendent, 
or other appropriate school official the other parts to 
be completed and sent to the Director of Admissions of 
Wake Forest College for the attention of the Committee 
on Admissions. 

An application fee of $10.00 to cover the cost of 
processing the application is required. This should 
accompany the application and will not be applied to 
later charges or refunded, in the event of failure to be 
admitted or of cancellation of the application. 

If possible, the completed application should be sent 
at least eight months prior to the date on which the ap- 
plicant hopes to enroll in Wake Forest College, but not 
before September 15 of the applicant's senior year in 
high school. Except in case of emergency, the final date 
for making application for the spring semester is Jan- 
uary 15; for the fall semester, August 15. 

The minimum prescribed requirements for admission 

to all degrees are as follows: 

English 4 units 

One Foreign Language 2 units 

History (Social Studies) 2 units 

Mathematics: 

Algebra V/^ o r 2 units 

Geometry 1 unit 

Electives to bring the total to 16 units 

A student who is admitted from another college be- 
fore fully meeting the minimum prescribed require- 
ments outlined above for entering freshmen must re- 
move the entrance conditions during the first year at 
Wake Forest. 

When an applicant has received notice of acceptance 
for admission or re-admission to Wake Forest College, an 
admission deposit of $50.00 must be sent to the Director 

52 



Early Decision Plan 



of Admissions of Wake Forest College not later than 
three weeks after the notice of acceptance is mailed. 
(Make checks payable to Wake Forest University.) Fail- 
ure to pay this deposit within three weeks will be con- 
sidered as indicating that the applicant does not intend 
to enter Wake Forest College. This deposit will be 
credited toward the applicant's college fees. It will be 
refunded, if the application for admission or re-admission 
is cancelled by the applicant and a written request for 
refund is received by the Director of Admissions of 
Wake Forest College not later than June 1 for the fall 
semester or November 1 for the spring semester. Re- 
funds will not be made after these dates. 

If a student is accepted for admission or re-admission 
after June 1 for the fall semester or after November 1 
for the spring semester, the admission deposit is due 
within two weeks of the date of acceptance. Deposits 
made after June 1 and November 1 are not refundable. 

No deposit is required of a student who expects to 
enroll for the summer session only. 

The Early Decision Plan 

This plan is available to well qualified high school 
students who at the close of their junior years have 
definitely decided that their first choice college is Wake 
Forest. An Early Decision Agreement is required with 
each application. 

The application for early decision must be filed by 
October 1 of the applicant's senior year in high school. 
It must include the high school record through the 
junior year, scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of 
the College Entrance Examination Board and scores 
on three achievement tests (the Writing Sample is not 
acceptable): (1) English Composition, (2) Mathematics 
or foreign language, (3) one to be chosen by the ap- 

53 



Advanced Standing 



plicant. Preferably, these tests should be taken in March 
or May of the junior year. 

In early November, the Committee on Admissions will 
make decisions on completed applications. If an ap- 
plicant is accepted, the required deposit must be paid 
not later than January 1 . Those not admitted by early 
decision will be asked to submit a senior year Scholastic 
Aptitude Test score and the first semester's grades 
of their senior year, or they will be advised to apply 
elsewhere. 

Advanced Placement 

Wake Forest University recognizes college-level work 
done in high school by giving credit and placement on 
the basis of Advanced Placement Examinations of the 
College Entrance Examination Board and such pertinent 
supplementary information as may be available. 

Exceptionally qualified applicants for advanced stand- 
ing may receive exemption from some basic courses 
with credit on the authorization of the department con- 
cerned. For the purposes of computing quality point 
ratios, etc., credit gained by advanced standing exami- 
nation is treated as credit transferred to Wake Forest 
College from another college. 

Admission to Advanced Standing 

Courses satisfactorily completed in other accredited 
colleges are accepted under the regulations that have 
been adopted by the faculty for the approval of such 
courses. In general, however, no credit is allowed for 
courses not found in the curriculum of Wake Forest 
College. All credits allowed for advanced standing 
are held in suspense until the candidate has spent one 
term in residence. The minimum residence requirement 
for a baccalaureate degree is two academic years — the 
senior year and one other. 

54 



UNIVERSITY CHARGES AND FINANCIAL 
ARRANGEMENTS 

(Veterans: See statement on page 109) 

General Statement. Statements in this Bulletin con- 
cerning expenses are not to be regarded as forming an 
irrevocable contract between the student and the Uni- 
versity. The University reserves the right to change 
without notice the cost of instruction at any time with- 
in the student's term of residence. 

Payment of Account. Charges are due in full not later 
than the date of registration and deferment after that 
date is not permitted. Charges may be paid either at 
that time or may be prepaid before the student's ar- 
rival on the campus. Information concerning prepay- 
ment will be mailed to all students prior to the be- 
ginning of each semester. 

Those who cannot pay in accordance with the fore- 
going terms or who find it necessary to finance university 
charges on an installment basis may write to the Trea- 
surer for information concerning the Wake Forest 
Monthly Payment Plan, which carries a small deferred 
payment fee. Information concerning college tuition 
financing plans may also be obtained from First-Citizens 
Bank and Trust Company, Charlotte, North Carolina, 
The Tuition Plan, Inc., 575 Madison Avenue, New York, 
N. Y. 10022, or Education Funds Inc., 10 Dorrance 
Street, Providence, Rhode Island. 

Student Responsibility for Accounts. Each student is re- 
sponsible for the settlement of his own account. Begin- 
ning on page 57 statements of charges are listed. The 
student is expected to meet the schedules of payment 
therefor and to settle promptly all bills rendered. 

Faculty regulations require that a student's University 

55 



Charges 

account must be settled in full before he is entitled to 
receive his grades, a transcript of his record, a diploma, 
or to register for the succeeding semester. 

Withdrawal. Students withdrawing must follow the 
procedure set forth on page 100 and must present their 
identification cards to the Treasurer before any claim 
for refund may be considered. No refund of dormitory 
room rent is made. Refund of tuiton and activity fee 
is made according to the following table: 

Percentage of Total Tuition 



Number of Weeks 


and Activity Fee 


Attendance* 


to be Refunded 


1 


Total tuition less $50 


2 


85% 


3 


70% 


4 


55% 


5 


40% 


6 


25% 


7 


10% 



Bank Accounts and Check-Cashing. Students will greatly 
facilitate their financial arrangements by opening a 
checking account with the Wake Forest office of the 
Wachovia Bank and Trust Company, located on the 
campus, since the University cannot undertake to cash 
checks. 

Checks and money orders presented in payment of 
accounts should be made payable to WAKE FOREST 
UNIVERSITY. 

A cafeteria is located in Reynolda Hall. Meals may 
be purchased individually or under an optional board 
plan. A student obtaining meals individually may ex- 
pect to pay about $6004700 for the school year. A.R.A. 
Slater School and College Services, which operates the 
University food service, offers a contractual board plan 



* Counting from the first day of registration and fractions of a week to count as a full 
week. 

56 



Charges 

arrangement whereby a student may cut his food ex- 
pense at college by one-third. This is a prepayment plan 
to insure the student a well rounded diet of his own 
choosing. Both cafeteria and table service are available 
on this plan with a free choice of menu. For further 
details write to A.R.A. Slater School and College 
Services, Box 7393, Reynolda Station, Winston-Salem, 
North Carolina 27109. 

Books and supplies are available at the College Book 
Store, located on the campus. The average cost for 
books is $1 00 for the school year, depending on the 
courses for which the student is enrolled. 

Laundry is arranged for privately. A laundry oper- 
ated by a Winston-Salem firm is located in Charles E. 
Taylor Dormitory. 

Wake Forest College and School of Business 
Administration 

Charges for the Regular School Tear 

All charges are due and payable at registration. 

MEN Per Semester Per Tear 

Tuition 1 $550 $1,100 

Activity Fee 2 75 150 

Dormitory Room Rental 

(double room each) 130 260 



$755 $1,510 



Other Room Rentals (per semester) : 

Single Room $ 1 55 

Double Room Occupied as Single . . 180 
Triple Room (each) 95 



1 Part-time students (those enrolled for less than 12 semester hours) pay a flat charge 
of $45.00 per semester hour in lieu of tuition. Part-time students are not entitled to claim 
the designated scholarships listed on page 78 nor are they entitled to free admission to 
athletic contests, receipt of publications or infirmary privileges, as are full-time students. 

2 The activity fee is not charged to part-time students. 

57 



Charges 



Women Per Semester Per Year 

Tuition 1 $550 $1,100 

Activity Fee 2 75 150 

Dormitory Room Rental 

(double room each) 140 280 



$765 $1,530 

Other Room Rentals (per semester) : 

Single Room $165 

Double Room Occupied as Single. . 190 

Deduct admission deposit or reservation deposit ($50.00 each) 
from above charges, if such deposits are paid. See Pages 52, 61. 

The activity fee covers the cost of such items as would 
normally require the payment of a fee, namely, li- 
braries, laboratories, admission to all intercollegiate ath- 
letic contests at Wake Forest University (when student 
activity book is presented), and to certain student 
activities, including religious and dramatic organi- 
zations, the College Union, cost of student publications, 
consisting of the yearbook, The Howler, the student 
newspaper, Old Gold & Black and a literary magazine 
The Student. It further provides for the attendance of 
the University physician and nurses in the University 
hospital for temporary emergencies. 

Charges for the Summer Session 

A bulletin of the Summer Session is published in 
March of each year and may be obtained by writing the 
Dean of the Summer Session, Box 7293, Wake Forest 
University, Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27109. This 
bulletin should be consulted for detailed information 
concerning charges and courses. 



1 Part-time students (those enrolled for less than 12 semester hours) pay a flat charge 
of $45.00 per semester hour in lieu of tuition. Part-time students are not entitled to claim 
the designated scholarships listed on page 78 nor are they entitled to admission to 
athletic contests, receipt of publications or infirmary privileges, as are full-time students. 

* The activity fee is not charged to part-time students. 

58 



Charges 



All charges are due and payabl 


e at registration. 


First 


Second 




Session 


Session 


Total 


Summer School Fee 1 .... $ 90 . 00* 


$ 90.00* 


$180.00 


Dormitory Room Rental 30.00 


30.00 


60.00 


TOTAL $120.00 


$120.00 


$240.00 


School of Law 





The Bulletin of the School of Law should be consulted 
for information as to expenses. Requests therefor should 
be addressed to the Dean of the Law School, Wake 
Forest University, Winston-Salem, North Carolina 
27109. 

Bowman Gray School of Medicine 

The Bulletin of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine 
should be consulted for information as to expenses. Re- 
quests therefor should be addressed to the Dean of the 
Bowman Gray School of Medicine of Wake Forest 

University, Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27103. 

Graduate School 

The Bulletin of the Graduate School should be con- 
sulted for information as to expenses. Requests therefor 
should be addressed to the Dean of the Graduate 
School, Wake Forest University, Winston-Salem, North 
Carolina 27109. 

Other College Charges 

Information concerning the charges listed below will 
be found immediately following the table. 

*Admission Application Fee $10.00 

*Admission Deposit 50.00 

1 Part-time students (those enrolled for 3 semester hours or less) pay a flat charge of 
$15.00 per semester hour plus a $5.00 registration fee. 

* No scholarships are available in the summer session, except that the charge to 
public school teachers is $65.00 per session when duly authorized by the Dean of the 
Summer Session. 

" Not required in the Summer Session. 

59 



Charges 

Applied Music. 

(Amounts shown are per semester) : 
One hour lesson per week . . . . $80.00 
One half hour lesson per week 50.00 
Class instruction (maximum fee 

per student) $30.00 

Practice fees range from .5.00 to 14.00 

Dormitory Damage and Repairs 

As charged by Director of Residences 

Graduation Fee (Arts and Sci- 
ences, Business Administra- 
tion 15.00 

Graduation Fee (Graduate and 

Law) 25.00 

Hospital Bed and Board Charge 6.00 to 10.00 daily 

Key Deposit 3.00 each 

Library Fines As charged by Library 

*Reservation Deposit 50.00 

Room Change Fees: 

Authorized Changes 5.00 

Unauthorized Changes 20.00 

ROTC Deposit 20.00 

Special Examination 2.50 

Student Apartment Rental 60.00 monthly 

Traffic Fines: 

Vehicle Registration Fee 10.00 

Unregistered Vehicle 10.00 per violation 

Illegal Parking 2.00 per violation 

Trailer Park Rental: 

Per Semester $30.00 

Per Summer Term 10.00 

Transcripts (first copy is free) ... 1 .00 each 

Admission Application Fee. Required with each appli- 



' Not required in the Summer Session. 

60 



Charges 

cation for admission to the School of Arts and Sciences 
to cover costs of processing. Non-refundable. 

Admission Deposit. Required of each student entering 
for the first time, or re-entering after a period of non- 
attendance, the College and the School of Law. Must 
be sent to the Director of Admissions (or to the Trea- 
surer, in the case of law students) within three weeks 
after acceptance for admission or re-admission. The 
deposit is credited to the student's University charges 
for the semester for which he has been accepted for 
admission. It is refunded if the Director of Admissions 
(or the Dean of the School of Law in the case of law 
students) is notified in writing prior to June 1 for the 
fall semester and November 1 for the spring semester, 
of cancellation of plans to enter. No officer of the Uni- 
versity has authority to modify these refund dates. 

Applied Music. Required in addition to tuition of 
students enrolling for individual or class study in ap- 
plied music as described in the offering of the Depart- 
ment of Music. Payable in the Treasurer's office not 
later than November 1 and March 1, respectively, for 
the fall and spring semesters. 

Dormitory Damages and Repairs. The student is charged 
for damage to his room or university property in ac- 
cordance with Dormitory Rule 4 appearing on page 
67. These charges may be appealed to the Board of 
Dormitory Damage Appeals if the student feels they 
are not merited. 

Graduation Fee. Required of all students who are 
candidates for degrees, whether or not they are present 
for the graduation exercises, and must be paid prior to 
the date of graduation. Covers the cost of diploma, 

61 



Charges 

academic costume, and other expenses pertaining to 
graduation. 

Hospital Bed and Board Charge. Charged to students 
when confined to the University Hospital. An additional 
charge is made for special surgeon or special nurse, 
when their services are required, and for special and 
expensive drugs. The provision for hospital service and 
the attendance of a physician applies to the student only 
and cannot be extended to members of his family. 

Key Deposit. Required for each key issued to a dormi- 
tory room or student apartment. Refunded when key 
is returned to the Director of Residences. 

Library Fines. Charges for overdue and lost books 
and for violation of other Library regulations. Payable 
in the Library. 

Reservation Deposit. Students enrolled in the spring 
semester who expect to return for the next regular ses- 
sion beginning in September are required to pay a reser- 
vation deposit at a date set by the Treasurer. It is 
credited to the student's university charges and will be 
refunded under the same conditions specified for the 
admission deposit, except that refunds will be made if 
requested prior to June 30. 

An undergraduate student who fails to pay the $50 
reservation deposit at the required time (see calendar 
on page 3) during the spring semester shall not be 
eligible to register for the next fall semester. 

Room Change Fees. A charge of $5.00 is incurred for 
authorized room changes made after October 1 in the 
fall semester, after February 15 in the spring semester, 
and after the first week of each summer session. An 
authorized room change is one which has been made 

62 



Charges 

with the permission of the Director of Residences or the 
Dean of Women, as appropriate. A fine of $20.00 is in- 
curred for any unauthorized change. 

ROTC Deposit. Required of each student enrolled 
in ROTC before equipment may be issued to him. 
Refunded at the end of the school year or upon with- 
drawal from the course, less any loss or damage, fair 
wear and tear excepted. If loss or damage exceeds 
$20.00 the deposit is forfeited, and the student is re- 
sponsible for the excess over $20.00. 

Special Examination. Required for each special ex- 
amination taken to remove a course condition. 

Student Apartment Rental. Required to be paid monthly 
in accordance with written lease executed for the apart- 
ment between the student and the Director of Residences 
acting on behalf of the University. 

Traffic Fines. Assessed against students violating 
parking regulations, copies of which are obtainable from 
the Traffic office. May be appealed to the Board of 
Traffic Appeals. 

Trailer Park Rental. Required to be paid in accord- 
ance with written lease executed for university trailer 
park space between the student and the Director of 
Residences acting on behalf of the University. 

Transcripts. The first copy of a student's record is 
issued for him without charge. Requests for subsequent 
copies should be made to the Registrar by the owner 
of the record, and should be accompanied by a remit- 
tance of one dollar for each copy desired. 



63 



Housing 



Food Services 



Three types of food services are offered to the students 
of Wake Forest University — cafeteria, grill, and table 
service. The cafeteria menus feature a multiple choice 
planned and supervised by a trained home economist. 
The grill with its soda shop operates until 10:30 p.m. 
in the evening and is a favorite spot for students to gather. 
The Magnolia Room is the table service dining room 
giving the students a quiet place to enjoy eating and 
offering a menu with greater variety, as well as foods 
prepared to order. The average student spends from 
$2.00-$3.00 per day for food, exclusive of soda shop 
purchases, but a board plan is available (page 56). 

Housing 

All unmarried undergraduate students who do not 
live in Winston-Salem or near Winston-Salem with their 
parents must live on the campus unless given permission 
in writing to the contrary by the Dean of Men or the 
Dean of Women. 

Student Apartments and Trailer Park 

An apartment building containing fifty-six apart- 
ments is located on the northwest edge of the campus. A 
trailer park containing fifty-five spaces is located on 
the east side of the campus. The apartment and trailer 
park are available for married couples, who must actu- 
ally reside therein. 

Application for apartment and trailer space must be 
made to the Director of Residences, who maintains a 
waiting list. Assignment is made in order of priority of 
application, and a lease is executed by the student and 
the University. 

Apartment and trailer space is available only to bona 
fide students of Wake Forest University. 

64 



Dormitory Rules 



Rooms — Men 

The rent is $130.00 per semester per student due 
and payable at registration and may not be deferred. 
The rental for a single room is $155.00 per semester 
and for a double room occupied as a single room $180.00 
per semester. When three persons occupy the room, 
the charge is $95.00 per occupant. Room rental is not 
refunded upon withdrawal. 

See below for the rules governing the use of dormi- 
tory rooms. 

Rooms — Women 

Married women students are not ordinarily permitted 
to live in the dormitories. Single women students in the 
professional schools may live in quarters approved by 
the Dean of Women. 

The assignment of rooms to women students is made 
by the Dean of Women after admission requirements 
have been completed. Notification of assignments is 
generally made in the summer preceding the opening 
of the session in September. 

The rent is $140.00 per semester per student, due 
and payable at registration, and may not be deferred. 
The rental tor a single room is $165.00 per semester 
and lor a double room occupied as a single room $190.00 
per semester. Room rental is not refunded upon with- 
drawal. 

See below for the rules governing the use of dormi- 
tory rooms. 

Dormitory Rules 

The following rules apply to the use of dormitory 
rooms: 

1. The period for which rooms are rented is one 
semester; however, any student remaining in the same 
room for the second semester will not need to sign a 

65 



Dormitory Rules 



new room contract as the contract provides for auto- 
matic renewal to cover the room assignment for the 
second semester. The University reserves the right to 
change or cancel room assignments in the interest of 
order, health, discipline, or other urgent reasons. 

Each student, in accepting his/her assignment, agrees 
to abide by the room contract, the Constitution of the 
Student Body, and the dormitory regulations printed 
on the reverse side of the contract, and to permit, in his 
presence, duly authorized personnel to inspect his room 
and any effects in such room. In the student's absence, 
such inspection of the room and its effects may be 
carried out by at least two duly authorized University 
employees. Authorized personnel may enter rooms 
at any time to check for cleanliness or to make necessary 
repairs, or when it appears to the University that the 
safety of the students is endangered or where property 
damage is involved. 

2. All payments for room rent are made at registra- 
tion. Room rental is not refunded upon withdrawal. 
The occupant may not sublet the room to another 
student. 

3. A woman student may exchange her room only 
with the advance written approval of the Dean of 
Women. A non-fraternity man may exchange his room 
only with the advance written approval of the Director 
of Residences. A fraternity man living in a fraternity 
section must follow the procedure outlined in the 
fraternity contract. 

A charge of $5.00 will be incurred for authorized 
room changes made after October 1 in the fall semester 
and after February 15 in the spring semester. (A charge 
of $5.00 will be incurred for all authorized changes 
made after the first week of summer school.) 

A fine of $20.00 will be incurred for an exchange 

made otherwise. 

66 



Dormitory Rules 



4. The student will be charged for any damages 
which occur to his room or furnishings, for any damages 
on a pro rata basis which may occur to his suite, and 
for all damages caused by his neglect, misuse, or abuse 
of any part of the university property. Any student may 
appeal his dormitory damage charge to the Board of 
Dormitory Damage Appeals. 

5. University furniture or furnishings are not to be 
moved from the room in which they have been placed 
by the University. 

6. All residents must secure keys for dormitory rooms 
at the Office of the Director of Residences. All issues and 
exchanges must be made at the office. The use or pos- 
session of an unauthorized key is forbidden. A deposit of 
$3.00 is required for a key, and this may be recovered by 
returning the key to the Director of Residences when 
leaving school. All keys must be returned, even though 
the student plans to occupy the same room for the 
summer session or for the ensuing fall semester. Failure 
to return a room key under these circumstances leaves 
the student liable for any damages which may occur 
to the room or suite. 

7. The dormitories will open at 9:00 a.m. on the first 
day of the fall semester. The dormitories will be closed 
at noon on the first day of the Christmas holidays and 
will reopen at noon on the last day of the Christmas 
holidays. The dormitories will close at noon on the day 
after Commencement Day. Dormitories will be open at 
2:00 p.m. on the day prior to the opening of the summer 
session and will close at 6 p. m. on the day the summer 
session ends. During Commencement Week, students 
not graduating are expected to leave for home within 
twenty-four hours after their last examination unless 
they obtain special permission from the Director of 
Residences or the Dean of Women, as appropriate, 

67 



Regulations 

to remain longer. Occupancy of a room otherwise may 
be permitted only in an extreme emergency and must 
have the written approval of the Director of Residences 
or the Dean of Women, as appropriate, for which a 
charge of $1.00 will be made for each day or fraction 
thereof. 

8. The University assumes no liability for loss or 
damage to personal property. 

Regulations 

1 . Only bona fide students of Wake Forest University 
may reside in the dormitories. 

2. The University furnishes the principal articles of 
furniture. One additional small chest, table or chair 
may be allowed. Rugs are not allowed. Lamps and 
curtains or draperies (installed according to University 
regulations) are permissible. Furnishings are not to be 
used for other than the intended purpose and beds are 
not to be disassembled. Each student will supply his 
own linen (for single beds), desk lamp and bulbs, and 
wastebaskets. 

3. Curtains, draperies, pictures, pennants and clip- 
pings must be hung from the picture molding and not 
tacked or pasted on walls or woodwork. 

4. Trunks and heavy luggage should be stored in 
trunk rooms. 

5. No electrical or other type of equipment may be 
kept or used in a room which will in any way damage 
the room or its furnishings or which will interfere with 
the normal operation of lights, outlets, etc., which 
operate on the same circuit. No window fans or air 
conditioning units may be installed without the written 
permission of the Director of Residences. No cooking 

68 



Regulations 

or refrigerating equipment or electric irons may be 
kept or used in a room. 

6. It is forbidden to possess or use on the campus of 
this University any intoxicating liquors, wines or beer or 
any fire crackers or other explosives. Contraband will 
be confiscated. Any form of gambling is forbidden. 
Animals or fowl are not allowed in the dormitories. 

7. Firearms are prohibited in the dormitories or on 
the campus except for instructional purposes connected 
with the ROTG unit. 

8. Playing football, baseball, softball, golf, or any 
other sport is forbidden in the dormitory areas and 
must be confined to designated areas. 

9. Women are not permitted in the dormitory section 
of men's dormitories. 

10. The use of dormitory rooms as sales offices or 
storerooms, or the solicitation of sales or gifts within 
the buildings or grounds, is prohibited without per- 
mission of the Dean of Men or Dean of Women. 

11. No aerials of any type may be installed on any 
University buildings without the prior written permission 
of the Director of Physical Plant. 

12. Students are expected to cooperate with the 
campus guards and to identify themselves upon the 
request of a guard. Failure to do so will be construed as 
misconduct. 

13. Each student is expected to display his name in 
the cardholder on the door. 

14. Application for repairs should be made to the 
Housekeepers or at the office of the Director of Resi- 
dences. 

15. Any student who moves from any dormitory 

69 



Regulations 

room relinquishes all rights to any further use of the 
room. 

16. Students are expected to refrain at all times from 
making excessive noise, either in person or by radios, 
record players or other instruments capable of causing 
noise. Students shall not in any way interfere with the 
comfort or rights of other students. 

17. Students who fail to comply with these regula- 
tions may forfeit their right to live in the dormitory. 



70 



SCHOLARSHIPS, LOAN FUNDS 
AND STUDENT EMPLOYMENT 

By regulation of the Board of Trustees, all scholar- 
ships must be approved by the Committee on Scholar- 
ships and Student Aid of Wake Forest College (division 
of arts and sciences). The Committee requires that 
applications for scholarships be made on forms obtain- 
able by addressing the Committee at Box 7305, Winston- 
Salem, N. C. 27109. 

Scholarships supported by funds of the College are 
not granted to students enrolled in the professional 
schools of law and medicine. 

To receive consideration for a scholarship the ap- 
plicant must either be a registered, fulltime student 
in Wake Forest College or have been accepted for 
admission. 

Need is a factor in the award of virtually all scholar- 
ships, and each applicant must file a financial statement 
as part of his application for the scholarship. 

The Committee reserves the right to revoke any 
scholarship for unworthy achievement. 

No scholarship is automatically renewable. Ap- 
plication must be made each year. 

Applicants should submit applications sufficiently 
early so that final action will have been taken before 
the beginning of the school year. 

Special regulations govern the use of the Ministerial 
Aid Fund. 

Scholarships 

The Alpha Phi Omega Scholarship. Established by the 
Kappa Theta Chapter of Alpha Phi Omega, National 
Service Fraternity, this scholarship is available to a male 
freshman student who presents evidence of need and an 
excellent high school record. A minimum of $200.00 is 
available. 

71 



Scholarships 

Junius Calvin Brown Scholarship. Donated by Mr. 
Junius Calvin Brown of Madison, North Carolina, in 
honor of his wife, Eliza Pratt Brown, the fund shall 
be used to assist needy, worthy, and deserving students 
from North Carolina, with preference being given to 
students from the town of Madison and Rockingham 
County. The maximum value is $1,200. 

Burlington Industries Scholarship. Donated by Bur- 
lington Industries Foundation, this scholarship is avail- 
able to one who has junior standing, has done all previous 
work at Wake Forest and has an average of 3.0 or better. 
Leadership, scholarship, and need are considered in 
making the award. The value of the scholarship is 
$1,000.00, with half of this amount available in each 
of the junior and senior years. 

The J. G. Carroll Memorial Athletic Scholarship. A fund 
donated in memory of Professor J. G. Carroll, former 
Associate Professor of Mathematics. The award will 
be made to some deserving athlete who is not on a 
regular athletic scholarship. The value of this scholar- 
ship is approximately $100. 

College Scholarships. These scholarships, in the amounts 
of $100 to $1,000 each, are available to freshmen and 
upperclassmen presenting satisfactory academic records 
and evidence of need. 

Devotion Foundation Scholarship. Donated by the De- 
votion Foundation, this scholarship is to be used for 
those needy students who have a keen interest in and 
high aptitude for the subject of mathematics and its 
related interests. The value of this scholarship is up to 
$2,000. 

The Lecausey P. and Lula H. Freeman Scholarship. 
Donated by Mr. and Mrs. G. H. Singleton, Raleigh, 

72 



Scholarships 

North Carolina, in memory of the parents of Mrs. 
Singleton. One scholarship is available to a student 
who may be a freshman, sophomore, or junior, and 
whose home is within the West Chowan Baptist Associ- 
ation of North Carolina with preference to Bertie 
County students, on the basis of need and ability. If 
no qualified applicant appears from the West Chowan 
Association, then residents of the Roanoke Association 
may be considered. The scholarship is renewable on the 
basis of need and ability for all school years except the 
senior year. The value of this scholarship is approxi- 
mately $200. 

James W. Gill Scholarship. Donated by Mrs. Ruth 
R. Gill in memory of her husband, James W. Gill. 
The fund provides a scholarship for a deserving student, 
with preference to students from Montgomery and 
Prince George's Counties, Maryland. The value of this 
scholarship is approximately $600. 

Fuller Hamrick Scholarship. Created under the will 
of the late Everett C. Snyder of Wake Forest, North 
Carolina, in memory of Fuller Hamrick. The income 
from this fund shall be used to educate boys and girls 
from The Mills Home in Thomasville, North Carolina. 
Value of this scholarship is approximately $500. 

George Foster Hankins Scholarships — Freshmen. These 
scholarships were made possible by the late Colonel 
George Foster Hankins of Lexington, N. C. Applicants 
must be residents of North Carolina or children of Wake 
Forest alumni residing in other states. Preference will 
be given to residents of Davidson County, North Caro- 
lina. Only high school seniors are eligible to compete 
and must request the necessary application forms before 
December 1 of their senior year. The value of these 
scholarships will range up to $2,000. 

73 



Scholarships 



George Foster Hankins Scholarships — Upperclassmen. Up- 
perclassmen are eligible for Hankins Scholarships. 
However, they must have been enrolled in Wake Forest 
College for at least one semester before they may apply 
as upperclassmen. Applications must be on file with 
the Scholarships Committee no later than May 1 of 
each year for the following school year, and preference 
will be given to applicants from Davidson County, 
North Carolina. The amount of the award will vary 
according to the student's need as determined from 
the financial statement required to be submitted with his 
application. 

Frank P. Hobgood Scholarship. This scholarship, do- 
nated by Mrs. Kate H. Hobgood of Reidsville, North 
Carolina, in memory of her husband, is available to 
those who qualify on "the basis of character, purpose, 
intelligence, and need, with preference being given to 
those who plan to enter the ministry, do religious work, 
become teachers, or become lawyers, the preference 
being in the order named." Applicants must be legal 
residents of the city of Reidsville or live within 10 miles 
of that city and must be recommended by the deacons of 
the First Baptist Church of Reidsville. The value of 
this scholarship is $500. 

Junior College Scholarships. One scholarship is available 
each year to a graduate of each of the junior colleges of 
the North Carolina Baptist State Convention, in the 
amount of $150. The recipient must rank in the upper 
one-fourth of the junior college graduating class. 
Awarded only on the recommendation of the president 
of the junior college. 

Thurman D. Kitchin Scholarship. Donated by the 
Interfraternity Council in memory of the late Thur- 
man D. Kitchin, President of Wake Forest College 

74 



Scholarships 

from 1930 to 1950, it is available to a male freshman 
student presenting a high school record of superior 
grade and evidence of need. The value of this scholar- 
ship is approximately $300. 

Norfleet Scholarship. Donated by Mr. Eustace Norfleet 
of Wilmington, North Carolina, in memory of his 
parents, John A. and Mary Pope Norfleet, five scholar- 
ships are available in the amount of $200 each to 
"deserving and promising students desiring to attend 
Wake Forest College and needing financial assistance." 

Dorothea van Deusen Opdyke Fund. This fund is a 
bequest left to the Southern Baptist Convention by 
Mrs. Ida Reed Opdyke of Jamestown, New York, as 
a memorial to her daughter, Dorothea van Deusen 
Opdyke, and is to be used for the education of mountain 
people. Awards are made by the Opdyke Scholarship 
Committee of the Southern Baptist Convention upon 
the recommendation of the University. Ordinarily, two 
scholarships in the amount of $150 each are available 
each school year. 

Benjamin Wingate Par ham Scholarship. This fund was 
donated by Mrs. Kate J. Parham of Oxford, North 
Carolina, in memory of her husband. One full scholar- 
ship shall be awarded in each school year on the basis of 
both ability and need. It may be renewed for succeeding 
years. 

Thomas F. Pettus Scholarships. Administered by the 
North Carolina Baptist Foundation, Inc., under the 
terms of the will of the late Thomas F. Pettus of Wilson 
County, North Carolina, this fund makes two or more 
scholarships available each year in memory of Mr. 
Pettus. These scholarships are to be awarded by the 
college on the basis of merit and need with preference 
to North Carolina Baptist students. 

75 



Scholarships 



William Louis Poteat Scholarships. Five scholarships will 
be awarded annually to the graduates of the Baptist 
junior colleges in North Carolina. Each scholarship 
will range up to $500 depending on need as determined 
from a financial statement submitted by each applicant 
with the application. It may be renewed for the senior 
year. 

Oliver D. and Caroline E. Revell Memorial Scholarship 
Fund. Created under the will of the late Oliver D. 
Revell of Buncombe County, North Carolina, this fund 
makes available $100 per year to one person preparing 
for the ministry or full-time religious work. 

Kate B. Reynolds Memorial Scholarships. Donated in 
memory of the late Mrs. Kate B. Reynolds. Applicants 
must be residents of Forsyth County, North Carolina, 
who without financial aid would be unable to obtain 
education beyond high school. Preference will be given 
to men. Four scholarships of $500 each are awarded. 

A. M. Pullen and Company Scholarship. The A. M. 
Pullen and Company, Certified Public Accountants, 
grants to an outstanding upper division accounting 
major an annual tuition scholarship of $600. The 
recipient, to be designated by the Dean of the School 
of Business, is selected on the basis of merit, financial 
need, and interest in public accounting. 

ROTC Scholorship. Two and four-year ROTC schol- 
arships are available to students who are motivated 
toward the Army. Applications for four-year scholar- 
ships are submitted by high school seniors in the late 
fall to the Commanding General of their respective 
Army area. ROTC sophomores at the University apply 
to the Professor of Military Science for two-year scholar- 
ships covering the normal junior and senior years. 
Each scholarship recipient commits himself by contract 

76 



Scholarships 

to a special military obligation and receives full tuition, 
fees, books and classroom material, and a payment of 
$50 a month for the regular school year. Once awarded, 
scholarships remain in effect throughout the contract 
period subject to satisfactory academic and ROTG 
performance. 

The Saddye Stephenson Sykes Scholarship. Donated by 
Dr. Charles L. Sykes and Dr. Ralph J. Sykes in memory 
of their mother, Mrs. Saddye Stephenson Sykes, one 
scholarship will be awarded each year on the basis of 
Christian character, academic proficiency, and financial 
need. Preference will be given to freshmen from the 
State of North Carolina. It may be renewable each 
year. The value of this scholarship is approximately 
$400. 

Western Electric Scholarship. Donated by the Western 
Electric Fund, this scholarship may be awarded to an 
undergraduate on the basis of leadership, scholastic 
attainment, and financial need. Value, up to $800. 

Jesse A. Williams Scholarships. Created under the will 
of the late Jesse A. Williams of Union County, North 
Carolina, this fund provides scholarships in amounts 
of up to $1,200 per year. Preference will be given to 
deserving students of Union County. 

Charles Littell Wilson Scholarship. Created under the 
will of Mrs. Jennie Mayes Wilson in memory of her 
husband, the late Charles Littell Wilson, this fund makes 
available one freshman scholarship each year ranging 
from $200 to $600. 

William Luther Wyatt, III, Scholarship Trust. This 
fund was donated by Mr. and Mrs. William L. Wyatt, 
Jr., of Raleigh, North Carolina, in memory of their 
late son, William Luther Wyatt, III. The purpose of 

77 



Loan Funds 

this fund is to award one or more scholarships in each 
school year to a student, preferably to a male student 
entering the junior year, who has shown an interest 
and an ability in the field of biology. The award shall 
be based on both the need and the ability of the student. 
The value of this scholarship is approximately $500. 

Designated Scholarships for: 

Ministerial Students. Granted on the following con- 
ditions: (1) Written recommendation or license to 
preach authorized by the applicant's own church body 
and (2) signature by the applicant of an agreement to 
pay the amount of the scholarship, with interest, in the 
event that he does not serve five years in the pastoral 
ministry within twelve years from the last date of at- 
tendance at Wake Forest, subject to cancellation in the 
event of death. Value, up to $300.00. 

Children of Ministers. Awards to those whose fathers 
make their living chiefly by the ministry. Value, up to 
$150.00. 

Rehabilitation Students. Awarded to physically handi- 
capped students who have (1) secured the necessary 
letter of approval from the North Carolina Division of 
Vocational Rehabilitation, Raleigh, and (2) filed ap- 
plication for the scholarship. Value, up to $300.00. 

Students' Wives. Awarded to wives of students in 
Wake Forest University for not more than four school 
years or the equivalent. Becomes void if the husband 
ceases to be enrolled. Value, up to $150.00. 

Loan Funds 

James E. and Mary £. Bryan Foundation Student Loan 
Plan. Established by Mary Z. Bryan, in 1953, as a me- 
morial to her husband and administered by the Col- 

78 



Loan Funds 

lege Foundation, Inc., in Raleigh. North Carolina stu- 
dents may borrow up to $1,000.00 per academic year. 

Bushnell Baptist Church Loan Fund. Established in 
1945 with funds supplied by the Bushnell Baptist 
Church of Fontana Dam, North Carolina, for needy 
students. 

Council Fund. Established in 1935 by Mr. C. T. 
Council of Durham, North Carolina, for the aid of 
senior students. 

James W. Denmark Loan Fund. This fund was origi- 
nated by the late James William Denmark of Dudley, 
North Carolina, in 1875, and is available to qualified 
students after at least one semester's work in the Uni- 
versity. Preference is given to students from North 
Carolina. The amount available does not exceed $800 
each year and $2,400 during the entire period of en- 
rollment. 

Olivia Dunn Student Loan Fund. Established under the 
will of Miss Birdie Dunn of Wake County, North 
Carolina, in memory of her mother, to be used as a 
loan fund for worthy students. 

Duplin County Loan Fund. This loan fund was donated 
in 1942 by friends of the College who wish to remain 
anonymous and is limited to students from Duplin 
County, North Carolina. 

Elliott B. Earnshaw Loan Fund. Established by the 
Board of Trustees of Wake Forest College as a memorial 
to the late E. B. Earnshaw, Bursar of Wake Forest 
College. 

Friendly Student Loan Fund. The fund was established 
in 1948 by Miss Nell E. Stinson of Raleigh, North 
Carolina, in memory of her sister, Mary Belle Stinson 

79 



Loan Funds 



Michael, for the benefit of worthy students who need 
financial aid. 

Grover Carroll Loan Fund. Donated by Lt. Col. and 
Mrs. Robert C. Wells in memory of the late James 
Grover Carroll, Associate Professor of Mathematics at 
Wake Forest College, the sum of $1,000 is available, the 
principal and interest of which may be loaned at 4% 
interest to worthy students who would otherwise be 
unable to completely finance a college education. 

George Foster Hankins Loan Fund. Established under 
the will of the late Colonel George Foster Hankins of 
Lexington, North Carolina, with preference to be given 
to applicants from Davidson County, North Carolina. 

Harris Memorial Loan Fund. Established by the late 
J. P. Harris of Bethel, North Carolina, in memory of 
his first wife, Lucy Shearon Harris, and his second 
wife, Lucy Jones Harris, for students who have demon- 
strated ability to apply educational advantages to the 
rendition of enriched and greater Christian service 
in life and whose circumstances require financial as- 
sistance in order to prevent disruption in their educa- 
tional program. 

Thomas M. Hunter, Jr., Memorial Scholarship. Estab- 
lished in 1948 by Mr. and Mrs. Thomas M. Hunter of 
Fayetteville, North Carolina, as a loan scholarship in 
memory of their son. The loan scholarship is available 
for students enrolled in the Bowman Gray School of 
Medicine who are preparing to become medical mis- 
sionaries. 

Edna Tyner Langston Fund. This fund, established in 
1942 by Dr. Henry J. Langston of Danville, Virginia, 
in memory of his wife, is available to a student agreed 
upon by the donor and the college. 

80 



Loan Funds 

The National Defense Student Loan Program. This fund, 
created under the National Defense Education Act of 
1958, makes available loans up to $1,000 per year for 
students in need of financial assistance. The law further 
provides that special consideration in the selection of 
loan recipients be given to all students with a superior 
academic background. 

North Carolina Bankers Student Loan Plan. Established 
by the North Carolina Bankers Association, in 1962, at 
the request of Governor Terry Sanford and adminis- 
tered by the College Foundation, Inc., in Raleigh. 
North Carolina students may borrow up to $500.00 per 
academic year. 

Watts Norton Loan Fund. Established in 1949 by Mr. 
L. Watts Norton of Durham, North Carolina. For the 
benefit of worthy young people attending the School of 
Religion who need financial assistance. 

The Powers Fund. This fund was endowed by Dr. 
Frank P. Powers of Raleigh, North Carolina, in 1944 
as a memorial to his parents, Frank P. and Effie Reade 
Powers, and is for the benefit of needy students, with 
preference given to orphans. 

Grover and Addy Raby Loan Fund. Established in 1945 
by Dr. J. G. Raby of Tarboro, North Carolina, in 
memory of his parents. Preference is given to applicants 
from the First Baptist Church of Tarboro. 

James F. Slate Loan Fund. Established in 1908 by 
the late J. F. Slate of Stokes County, North Carolina, 
and is available for ministerial students who have been 
licensed to preach. 



81 



Spanish Exchange Scholarship 



Ministerial Aid Fund 

The Ministerial Aid Fund was established in 1897 
through a bequest from the estate of the late J. A. 
Melke and has been added to from time to time. 

Funds are available to ministerial students on either 
a loan or a grant basis. Written application must be 
made to the Committee on Scholarships and Student 
Aid on form obtainable from that committee. Awards are 
made on the basis of merit and need, and particularly in 
the case of grants, academic achievement. Five annual 
grants in the amount of $200 each are regularly available, 
in addition to such others as the Committee may award. 

German Exchange Scholarship 

In 1959 a student exchange program was established 
between Wake Forest College and the Free University 
of Berlin. At present one scholarship is available to 
an eligible Wake Forest College student. It provides 
(1) 400 German marks a month for ten months at the 
Free University of Berlin ; (2) remission of all registration 
and insurance fees; (3) 200 German marks a semes- 
ter for the purchase of books; (4) Free accommoda- 
tion in the Studentendorf (student village) comprising a 
single room, use of kitchen, bath, electric light and 
linen. Candidates must have had at least two years 
of German at the college level or equivalent and must 
have acquired junior standing by the end of the semester 
in which they apply. Candidates may major in any 
of the fields offered at Wake Forest College with the per- 
mission of the chairman of the department in question. 

Spanish Exchange Scholarship 

In 1964 a student exchange program was established 
between Wake Forest College and the University of 

82 



Student Employment 



the Andes, at Bogota, Colombia. At present the scholar- 
ships available to eligible Wake Forest College students 
are: two scholarships of one semester's study each; or, 
one scholarship of two consecutive semesters. It is left to 
the discretion of Wake Forest College whether one or two 
students are selected annually to study during any given 
academic year at the University of the Andes. The schol- 
arships provide: (1) remission of tuition and fees; (2) 
board and lodging; (3) textbooks. Candidates must have 
had at least two years of Spanish at the college level or 
the equivalent. Candidates may pursue studies in any of 
the fields offered at Wake Forest College with the per- 
mission of the department in question. 

Church Choir Work Grants 

These work grants are given by Wake Forest Uni- 
versity and Wake Forest Baptist Church in order to 
encourage outstanding voice and University Choir 
students to participate in the Church Choir program. 
They are awarded on the basis of talent, reliability, and 
interest in the Church. The selection of recipients is 
made upon the joint recommendation of the Music 
Committee of the Church and the Department of 
Music of the University. There are 15 awards, each 
valued at $300. 

Student Employment 

The Placement Office will assist students to locate 
either on- or off-campus part-time employment. Full- 
time students may be authorized to work a maximum 
of 20 hours per week. Students desiring to avail them- 
selves of this service should visit the Placement Office 
(Room 118 Reynolda Hall) and fill out an application 
form. This office also is a source of summer-job place- 
ment for any student. 

83 



Student Employment 



Wives of college students who are interested in 
employment may fill out application forms in the Place- 
ment Office. This office does no actual hiring, but 
refers applicants to firms and organizations with known 
job vacancies. See page number 108 for additional 
functions of the Placement Office. 



84 



ACTIVITIES 

Student Government 

The two chief agencies of student government are 
the Student Legislature and the Student Honor Council. 

The Student Legislature is composed of thirty-six 
representatives of the four classes, the vice-president of 
the student body serving as Speaker. It is the duty of 
the Student Legislature to perform all acts necessary 
in the exercise of its powers as the legislative branch of 
student government. The Legislature also sets up stu- 
dent committees to work parallel with faculty committees 
on matters concerning students. 

The Student Honor Council, which tries violators of 
the Honor System, is composed of sixteen members from 
the senior, junior, and sophomore classes. 

The Honor System 

The Honor System is an expression of the concern of 
Wake Forest University that its students shall be domi- 
nated by ideals of honor and integrity. The Honor 
System is an integral part of the Student Government of 
the College as adopted by the students and approved 
by the Administration. The essence of the Honor Sys- 
tem is that each student's word can be trusted implicitly 
and that any violation of a student's word is an offense 
against the whole student community. The Honor Sys- 
tem binds the student in such matters as the following: 
he must neither give nor receive aid upon any exami- 
nation, quiz or other pledge work; he must have com- 
plete respect for the property rights of others; he must 
not give false testimony or pass a worthless check know- 
ing it to be such; he must report to the Honor Council 
any violation of the Honor System that comes under 
his observation. 

85 



Men's Judicial Board 



A student accused of violating the Honor System will 
be given a hearing before the Honor Council. If he is 
found guilty of cheating, he may be suspended from the 
College. Such student shall be re-admitted to the College 
only on the approval of the Faculty or its Executive 
Committee, and during the period of suspension his 
record shall not be subject to transfer to another college 
without a notation of his suspension. The penalty for 
stealing, giving false testimony, or knowingly passing a 
worthless check may also be suspension. The penalty for 
failing to report to the Honor Council all violations of 
the Honor System which may come to a student's 
knowledge shall be in the discretion of the Honor 
Council. 

Any student who has been convicted of violation of 
the Honor Code is ineligible to represent the University 
in any manner whatsoever until the period of his punish- 
ment, be it suspension, probation, or any other form, 
is completed and the student is returned to good stand- 
ing. 

Students in enforcing the Honor System are protect- 
ing the integrity of their student community and their 
own individual rights and reputation. They thereby 
enjoy the confidence of one another, the Faculty, the 
Administration and the public. 



Men's Judicial Board 

The Men's Judicial Board, a student-faculty com- 
mittee, rules on violations of the conduct regulations 
listed in Statute II of the Constitution of the Student 
Body (see the student handbook) and those conduct 
regulations established by the faculty which are included 
in this catalog. A student who violates one of these regu- 
lations or who behaves in such a way as to bring reproach 

86 



Debate Tournaments 



upon himself or upon the University is subject to what- 
ever penalty the Board deems appropriate. 

Senior Orations 

On the second Monday in April the faculty selects 
four members of the senior class as speakers for com- 
mencement day. The nominations are made by the 
Student Affairs Committee of the faculty after con- 
sultation with the Department of Speech. The speakers 
selected are required to present their commencement ad- 
dresses, limited to one thousand words, to the com- 
mittee for approval before May 16. 

Forensic Activities 

Wake Forest has always stressed participation in 
debating and allied speech activities, and the University 
holds membership in a number of state and national 
speech organizations, including Delta Sigma Rho- 
Tau Kappa Alpha, national honorary forensic fra- 
ternity. Representatives of the University engage in state, 
regional, and national tournaments, and take part in 
debates, oratorical contests, and many other forms of 
competitive speaking. 

All undergraduate students in good standing are 
eligible to participate in forensics and to represent the 
University in intercollegiate competition. 

Debate and Speech Tournaments 

A. North Carolina High School Speech Festival 

In the spring of each year, the University sponsors a 
speech festival, to which are invited the high schools 
of North Carolina. Trophies, medals, and certificates 
are given to the winning schools, and awards are 
made to individuals in debate, oral interpretation, 

87 



Speech Institute 



radio announcing, extemporaneous speaking, ora- 
tory, after-dinner speaking and drama. 

B. High School Invitational Tournament 

In the winter of each year, the University sponsors 
a high school debate tournament to which are in- 
vited high school debaters from throughout the 
Southeast. Awards are given to the winning schools. 

C. Novice Tournament 

In the fall of each year the University sponsors a 
debate tournament to which are invited novice de- 
baters from the colleges and universities of the 
Southeastern United States. Awards are given to the 
winning schools at the end of the tournament. The 
tournament is open to college students who have 
never previously participated in intercollegiate de- 
bating. 

D. Dixie Classic Varsity Tournament 

During the school year, the University sponsors a 
national debate tournament to which are invited 
colleges and universities which excel in debate. 
Trophies are given to the winning schools. 

Speech Institute 

High school students are invited to participate in the 
Summer Speech Institute, which is held for four weeks 
during the regular summer session, and which is open 
to students from all states. Specialized training in debate, 
public speaking, theatre, and radio is offered, and stu- 
dents are given an opportunity to debate the National 
Forensic League query in advance of the regular debate 
season. 



88 



University Radio Station 



University Theatre 

The Wake Forest University Theatre presents four 
major productions annually. One of these productions is 
presented during the Magnolia Festival. Any student 
enrolled in the University is eligible to try out for the 
casts or to become affiliated with the production staffs. 

The Wake Forest Chapter of the National Collegiate 
Players, honorary dramatic fraternity, was formed in 
the Spring of 1963. Eligibility for membership is deter- 
mined by a student's scholastic average and an ac- 
cumulation of points acquired through participation 
in University Theatre activities. 

Readers' Theatre 

The theatre program recently expanded its scope to 
provide an opportunity for more students to participate 
on another level. The Readers' Theatre presents pro- 
grams with selections from prose and poetry and rarely 
performed dramas. It is an opportunity for students 
to expand literary and artistic horizons as either partic- 
ipants or members of an audience. 

University Radio Station — WFDD-FM 

The University Radio Station, WFDD-FM, broad- 
casts year-round to the campus and throughout Pied- 
mont North Carolina. The station is fully licensed by 
the Federal Communications Commission. Programs 
include music, news, sports, lectures, discussions, inter- 
views, documentaries and dramas. The station provides 
an opportunity for students to learn all phases of radio 
production while actually participating as announcers, 
interviewers, directors, newscasters, sportscasters, actors, 
and writers. 

Participation is open to all students. Several financial 

89 



Medals 

assistantships, as well as summer jobs, are available 
each year for qualified students. 

Publications 

The Student, a literary magazine, Old Gold and Black, 
a weekly newspaper, and The Howler, the University 
annual, are published by the students. 

Medals 

The A. D. Ward Medal is awarded annually to the 
senior making the best address on commencement day. 

The Lura Baker Paden Medal, established in 1922 by 
Dean S. Paden (B.A., 1918), is awarded annually to 
the senior who has obtained the highest average grade 
on the courses taken by him in the School of Business 
Administration. 

The J. B. Currin Medal is awarded annually for the 
best oration on the general topic of Christ in Modern 
Life. 

The Carolina Award is presented to the major in 
Biology who writes the best paper on a subject selected 
by the National Biology Society. Given by the Carolina 
Biological Supply Company of Elon College, N. C. 

The Biology Research Award is presented to the major in 
Biology who does the best piece of original research 
during the year. Given by the Beta Rho Chapter of 
Beta Beta Beta of Wake Forest University. 

The Poteat Award is presented to the student in Biology 
111-112 who is adjudged the most outstanding, and plans 
to major in the department. Given by the Will Cor- 
poration of Georgia, and sponsored by Beta Beta Beta. 

The William E. Speas Memorial Award is presented each 

90 



Fraternities 

year to the outstanding graduating senior in the De- 
partment of Physics. 

The Delta Sigma Pi Scholarship Key is presented to the 
graduating senior in the School of Business Administra- 
tion who has earned the highest average during the 
seven semesters prior to the semester in which graduation 
occurs. 

The Alpha Kappa Psi Scholarship Key is awarded an- 
nually during the graduation exercises to the graduating 
senior in the School of Business Administration who has 
the highest average for the first three years. 

The A. M. Pullen and Company Medal is presented each 
year during commencement to the graduating ac- 
counting major who has reached the highest achieve- 
ment in accounting studies. 

The North Carolina Association of Certified Public Account- 
ants Medal is awarded each spring to the outstanding 
senior accounting major. 

The Wall Street Journal Medal and one year's sub- 
scription to the Journal are received each year by the 
graduating senior who has been most outstanding in 
finance courses. 

Delta Kappa Nu's Business Woman Student Award is 
presented annually during the graduation exercises to 
the most outstanding senior business woman who is 
seeking a B.B.A. degree or a B.A. degree in Economics. 

Fraternities 

The following social fraternities have been established : 
Alpha Sigma Phi, Delta Sigma Phi, Kappa Alpha, 
Kappa Sigma, Lambda Chi Alpha, Pi Kappa Alpha, 
Sigma Chi, Sigma Phi Epsilon, Sigma Pi, Theta Chi. 

91 



Honor Societies 



The Interfraternity Council, under the supervision 
of the Faculty Committee on Student Affairs, is the gov- 
erning body of the social fraternities. The Council en- 
deavors to maintain a high standard of conduct and 
scholarship. The Council offers a cup to the fraternity 
whose members made the highest class grades. By 
order of the faculty, students who are on probation for 
any reason may not be initiated into any fraternity 
until the end of their probationary period. 

The following professional fraternities have been 
established: Alpha Kappa Psi (business), Delta Sigma 
Pi (business), Phi Alpha Delta (law), Phi Delta Phi 
(law), Phi Epsilon Kappa (physical education) and 
Phi Mu Alpha Sinfonia (Music) . There is also a chapter 
of Alpha Phi Omega, national service fraternity. 

Honor Societies 

The following honor societies have been established: 
Alpha Epsilon Delta (pre-medicine), Beta Beta Beta 
(biology), Delta Kappa Alpha (ministry), Delta Phi 
Alpha (German), Delta Sigma Rho-Tau Kappa Alpha 
(forensic), Eta Sigma Phi (classics), Gamma Sigma 
Epsilon (chemistry), Kappa Mu Epsilon (mathe- 
matics), National Collegiate Players (dramatics), Per- 
shing Rifles (military), Phi Alpha Theta (history), Phi 
Sigma Iota (Romance languages), Pi Gamma Mu 
(social science), Rho Tau Sigma (radio), Scabbard and 
Blade (military), Phi Beta Kappa, Omicron Delta Kap- 
pa, and Tassels, There is also a Wake Forest University 
Student Section of the American Institute of Physics. 

Phi Beta Kappa, an honor society founded at the 
College of William and Mary in 1776 and having 
chapters in many American colleges and universities, 
each year invites to membership a limited number of 
students who have displayed personal qualities of high 

92 



Recreational Activities 



character and who particularly have distinguished them- 
selves in fields of liberal scholarship. 

Omicron Delta Kappa, an intercollegiate honor 
society which has as its purpose the recognition and 
encouragement "of intelligent, democratic leadership 
among college men," elects semiannually on the basis 
of character and eminence in one or more of the following 
five phases of campus life: "scholarship; athletics; student 
government, social and religious activities; publications; 
and forensic, dramatic, musical and other cultural 
activities." 

Tassels is a local honor society for women, with 
standards and purposes similar to those of Omicron 
Delta Kappa. Its membership is made up of women 
students who have shown qualities of scholarship, 
character, and leadership in some phase of college life. 

Recreational Activities 

Recognizing the importance of physical recreation in 
maintaining the well-being of students, the University 
provides extensive athletic and recreational facilities and 
a faculty of trained supervisors to direct activities in 
these fields. Each student is given the opportunity to 
develop his individual interest and skill in physical edu- 
cation and recreational classes. In addition to these 
classes, the Department of Physical Education under- 
takes a broad intramural sports program consisting of 
tournaments and organized club activities. 

In order to provide for a recreational program for 
all students, the University maintains athletic fields, 
tennis courts, and a combination athletic, physical 
education and recreation building which includes a 
swimming pool, handball and squash racquet courts, 
rhythm studio, arts and crafts room, recreational area, 
corrective rooms, a gymnastic and wrestling room, and 

93 



Intercollegiate Activities 



four separate gymnasiums including a women's gym, 
a varsity basketball gym, and two men's intramural 
gyms. 

The College Union 

The College Union at Wake Forest College is a union 
of all the students. Its purpose is to coordinate, increase 
and develop social, recreational, and educational ac- 
tivities available to Wake Forest College students, both 
on and off campus. 

Students who pay the activities fee are members of 
the College Union. All others must pay $10.00 per 
year to join. 

The program of the College Union can best be pre- 
sented by listing its eight committees: (1) Lecture Com- 
mittee, (2) Recreation Committee, (3) Small Socials 
Committee, (4) Major Functions Committee, (5) Pub- 
licity Committee, (6) Movies Committee, (7) Travel 
Committee, (8) Arts Committee. 

Intercollegiate Athletics 

The Director of Athletics has general supervision of 
intercollegiate athletic activities. 

The University is a member of the National Collegiate 
Athletic Association and the Atlantic Coast Conference. 
Rules and Regulations of the N.C.A.A. and of the 
Conference apply to all intercollegiate sports and eligi- 
bility of players. 

The eligibility of all candidates accompanying the 
team as representatives of the University in intercol- 
legiate contests must be certified to the Director of 
Athletics by the Dean of the College, the Registrar, 
and the Faculty Chairman of Athletics. 

Any student may be declared ineligible at any time 
by the faculty or by its Executive Committee because 
of poor work or improper spirit. 

94 



Intercollegiate Athletics 



An athletic team may not be absent from the Uni- 
versity for a total of more than ten weekdays during any 
term. Freshman teams are allowed only five absences 
in any one term. 

No student is allowed to represent the University on 
more than one intercollegiate team or club in any 
semester without special permission from the faculty 
or from its Executive Committee. 



95 



GENERAL INFORMATION 

Classification 

The requirements for classification after the fresh- 
man year are as follows: 

Sophomore — the removal of all entrance conditions 
and the completion of not fewer than 25 hours of work 
toward a degree, with a minimum of 50 quality points; 
Junior — the completion of not fewer than 54 hours of 
work toward a degree, with a minimum of 108 quality 
points; Senior — not fewer than 95 hours of work to- 
ward a degree, with a minimum of 190 quality points. 

Registration After the Freshman Year 

An undergraduate student who fails to pay the $50 
reservation deposit at the required time (see Calendar 
on page 3) during the spring semester shall not be 
eligible to register for the next fall semester. 

Procedure in Registering 

There are five steps in registration: (1) Securing from 
the Registrar's Office a permit to register and a sum- 
mary of prior record; (2) the payment of fees to the 
Treasurer; (3) consultation with an adviser, who gives 
such assistance as may be necessary in regard to the 
program of work; (4) sectioning of classes by depart- 
mental representatives; (5) appearance before the 
Registrar for approval of program and assignment to 
classes. 

No student is allowed to enter any class until he has 
completed his registration. 



96 




Entrance to one of the women's dormitories 



•..;>■•.• 





Winston Hall (Biology and Psychology) 



Auditing of Classes 



Recitations per Week: Maximum and Minimum 
Requirements 

Sixteen credit hours a week, counting two hours of 
laboratory or field work as equal to one hour of reci- 
tation, are the maximum normally allowed freshmen. 
Seventeen credit hours a week are the maximum which 
sophomores, juniors and seniors may normally take. A 
student may register for as much as nineteen credit 
hours per semester provided that the additional hours 
over the normal maximum include only hours in the 
following courses: a one-hour physical education course, 
one music ensemble course, and Military Science. Ad- 
ditional work over the maximum is not otherwise allowed 
except by permission of the Dean of the College, and 
then only to students whose records are superior. 

The minimum number of hours for which a student 
may register is twelve for the term unless he is given 
special permission because of exceptional conditions or 
because he is doing outside work to support himself in 
college. Twelve hours constitute full-time status. 

Auditing of Classes 

A student regularly enrolled on a full-time basis 
may audit classes without charge, provided that the 
permission of the instructor is obtained. A person other 
than a regularly enrolled full-time student may audit 
classes at a charge of $10.00 per hour with the permission 
of the dean of the appropriate school and the instructor. 
An auditor is listed on the class roll as such and is subject 
to the usual attendance regulations and to whatever ad- 
ditional requirements the instructor may impose. If these 
conditions are properly fulfilled, a notation "audit" is 
entered in lieu of a grade on the instructor's final grade 
report. For the regularly enrolled student, this notation 

7 

97 



Class Attendance Regulations 



is also entered on his permanent record card. An auditor 
may receive no grade or credit for the course. 

Each instructor shall report to the Registrar the 
presence of any student not registered regularly or as 
an auditor. 

An audit course may not be changed to a credit course, 
and a credit course may not be changed to an audit 
course. 

Enforcement of Regulations 

The enforcement of all regulations pertaining to 
academic matters is regarded as a function of the fac- 
ulty, or representatives of the faculty. A well-organized 
Student Government assumes responsibility, in co- 
operation with the Office of the Dean, for the regu- 
lations of the honor system and various other matters 
involving personal conduct. In general, the regulations 
of the University are adapted to and intended for those 
who have reached such maturity that they may exer- 
cise self-control. All students are expected to be faith- 
ful in work, to be prompt and regular in attendance 
upon all their college duties, and to refrain from practices 
injurious to others. Those who neglect their work, 
or engage in conduct that brings reproach upon them- 
selves and upon the University, or disregard the rights 
and the welfare of their fellow students are required 
to withdraw from the University. 

Class Attendance Regulations 

The attendance regulations specifically place the 
responsibility for class attendance upon the individual 
student. He is expected to attend classes regularly and punc- 
tually. A student should recognize that one of the most 
vital aspects of a residential college experience is at- 
tendance in the classroom and that the value of this 

98 



Course Drops 

academic experience cannot be fully measured by 
testing procedures alone. 

The members of the student body are considered 
sufficiently mature to appreciate the necessity of regular 
attendance, to accept this personal responsibility, and 
to demonstrate the kind of self-discipline essential for 
such performance and, conversely, to recognize and 
accept the consequences of failure to attend. An in- 
structor is privileged to refer to the Office of the Dean 
of the College for suitable action students who in his 
opinion are causing their work or that of the class to 
suffer because of absences or latenesses. Any student 
who does not attend classes regularly, or who demon- 
strates other evidence of academic irresponsibility, is 
subject to such disciplinary action as the Executive 
Committee may prescribe, including immediate sus- 
pension from the College. 

The Office of the Dean of the College maintains a 
list of students who have been absent from class (1) 
because of illness (when certified by the University 
Health Service) or other extenuating circumstances or 
(2) as authorized representatives of the University 
(when their names have been submitted by appropriate 
University officials forty-eight hours in advance of the 
hour when the absences are to commence). Such 
absences are considered "excused," and a record of 
them is available to the student's instructors upon 
request. An instructor determines whether work the 
student has missed (including quizzes) may be made up. 

Course Drops 

The last day for dropping a class without the grade 
of F is listed in the College calendar on page 3 of this 
Catalog. A student who wishes to drop any course 
before this date must consult the Registrar and his 

99 



Withdrawal from College 



faculty adviser. After this date, if he wishes to drop a 
course, he must consult either the Dean of the College 
or the Dean of the School of Business Administration, as 
appropriate. If the Dean approves the request, he au- 
thorizes the student to discontinue the course. Except 
in the case of an emergency, the grade in the course will 
be recorded as F. 

If, at any time, a student shall drop any course with- 
out prior, written approval of the Dean, a grade of F for 
that course shall be reported by the instructor to the 
Registrar, and the student will be subject to academic 
probation for the following semester or to such other 
penalties as the Executive Committee of the faculty may 
impose. 

Withdrawal from College 

A student who finds it necessary to withdraw from 
the College is required to consult the Dean of the Col- 
lege and arrange official withdrawal. If the withdrawal 
occurs before mid-term, no grades are recorded in any 
of the student's courses. If it takes place after mid-term 
the student's grade in each course is recorded as "F," 
unless there is an emergency, in which case it is recorded 
as "WP" or "WF," depending on whether the student 
is passing or failing the course at the time of his with- 
drawal. "WP" and "WF" grades do not affect the stu- 
dent's credit hour or quality point totals, but they will 
be taken into consideration in case the student should 
at a later date seek readmission to the College. 

A student who withdraws from the College without 
first consulting the Dean will not be granted honorable 
dismissal and will be assigned grades of "F" in all his 
courses. 



100 



Minimum Academic Requirements 



Minimum Academic Requirements for Continuation 

Each student enrolled in the College is expected to 
be aware at all times of his academic status and to be 
responsible for knowing whether he has failed to meet 
the College's minimum academic requirements for 
continuation as outlined below. 

On the basis of their cumulative records at the end of 
the spring term, the following students are academically 
ineligible to enroll for the following fall term: 

(1) Those students who, having attempted 47 or 
fewer semester hours in all colleges attended, have 
an over-all quality point ratio* of less than 1.35 on 
work attempted at Wake Forest. 

(2) Those students who, having attempted no 
fewer than 48 and no more than 87 semester hours 
in all colleges attended, have an over-all quality point 
ratio of less than 1.65 on work attempted at Wake 
Forest. 

(3) Those students who, having attempted no 
fewer than 88 and no more than 119 semester hours 
in all colleges attended, have an over-all quality 
point ratio of less than 1.85 on work attempted at 
Wake Forest. 

(4) Those students who, having attempted 120 
or more semester hours in all colleges attempted, 
have an over-all quality point ratio of less than 1.90 
on work attempted at Wake Forest. 

In the determination of the quality point ratio, non- 
credit courses are not counted. 

Any student who is ineligible under the minimum 
requirements above may attend the first summer term 
at Wake Forest; if he is successful in raising his over-all 
quality point ratio on work attempted at Wake Forest 

• The quality point ratio is obtained by dividing the net quality points earned 
by the number of hours carried (whether passed or failed). 

101 



Requirements for Readmission 



to the required minimum, he may enroll for the fall 
semester. If he is unsuccessful by the end of the first 
summer term, he may attend the second term in Wake 
Forest; if he is successful then in raising his quality 
point ratio to the required minimum, he may apply 
for readmission no earlier than for the following spring 
semester. If he is unsuccessful in meeting the minimum 
requirements by the end of the second summer term, 
he may apply for readmission no earlier than for the 
following summer session. 

Requirements for continuation are to be determined 
by the catalog under which the student expects to be 
graduated. 

Under exceptionally extenuating circumstances be- 
yond the control of the student, and after consultation 
with the student's dean, an appeal from the foregoing 
eligibility requirements may be considered by the Ex- 
ecutive Committee of the faculty. 

The Executive Committee of the faculty may also 
suspend from college at the end of any term any student 
whose record for that term has been unsatisfactory, 
particularly with regard to the number of courses passed 
and failed, or who has not attended class regularly or 
has otherwise ignored the rules and regulations of the 
College. 

Requirements for Readmission 

Any student seeking readmission to Wake Forest 
University must meet the minimum academic require- 
ments for continuation for students in his category of 
hours attempted (see page 101), except that 

(1) a student who has not met these requirements 
may apply for admission to the summer school only; 

(2) a student may apply for readmission if he has 
been away from Wake Forest continuously for at 

102 



Examinations and Grades 



least a year and a half and has spent that time con- 
structively; 

(3) a student may apply for read mission earlier 
than the year and a half if he has been enrolled in 
another college or if his failure to have the required 
average at the time of his suspension was due to ex- 
ceptionally extenuating circumstances beyond his 
control. 

It should be understood by the student and his par- 
ents that meeting the requirements set forth above does 
not insure that the student will be readmitted to the 
University. 

Probation 

A student is responsible at all times for knowing his 
academic standing. 

Any student who at the end of the fall semester does 
not have the grade average which he will be required 
to have at the end of the spring semester will be auto- 
matically on academic probation. 

Any student who is placed on probation because of 
honor code or conduct code violations shall also be 
placed on such special academic probation as the Ex- 
ecutive Committee of the faculty shall impose. In ad- 
dition, the Executive Committee may at any time place 
on probation any student whose academic performance 
or social behavior is inconsistent with what the Com- 
mittee deems to be the best interests of the student or 
the University. 

Examinations and Grades 

All examinations are conducted in accordance with 
the honor system adopted by the students and approved 
by the Faculty. Under this system the student is ex- 
pected not only to refrain from unfairness in any form 
but also to report to the Honor Council anyone whom 

103 



Pass-Fail Grades 



he knows to be guilty of cheating. Examination papers 
are accompanied by a signed statement that no aid 
has been given or received. 

Grades in each course are assigned by the instructor 
as follows: A, exceptionally high achievement; B, su- 
perior; C, satisfactory; D, passing but unsatisfactory; 
E, conditional failure; F, failure. 

Grades are assigned quality points as follows: for 
each semester hour of A, 4 points; of B, 3 points; of C, 
2 points; of D, 1 point; and of E and F, no points. The 
quality point ratio is calculated by dividing the total 
number of quality points earned by the total number of 
semester hours attempted, whether passed or not. 

Grade of I 

The grade of I (incomplete) may be assigned only 
when on account of illness or some other emergency 
a student does not complete the work of his course. If 
the work recorded as I is not completed within thirty 
days after the student enters for his next semester, the 
grade automatically becomes F. 

Grade of E 

A student who makes a grade of E on any course may 
be re-examined at any regular examination period with- 
in a year, or during the first week of the fall semester. 
The re-examination permit is secured from the Regis- 
trar's Office a few days in advance. No grade higher 
than D may be assigned as a result of a re-examination. 
A student who does not remove a conditional failure 
by one re-examination must repeat the course to secure 
credit. 

Pass-Fail Grades 

A student during his junior and senior years is per- 
mitted to elect up to 4 courses (but no more than one 

104 



Senior Conditions 



course in a given term), with the stipulation that 
grades for these courses will be recorded as Pass (P) 
or Fail (F) only and that these grades will not be counted 
in computing the student's quality point ratio. A grade 
of Pass carries full academic credit; a grade of Fail 
carries no academic credit. A student must indicate at 
the time of registration that he is choosing to take a 
course under this arrangement, and he may not change 
it to a letter-grade basis after the first two weeks of 
classes. In preparing his class roll the instructor will 
indicate which students are registered on a Pass-Fail 
basis. 

Courses selected for Pass-Fail grades must be other 
than those submitted by the student to satisfy the basic 
course requirements or those in the student's major. 



Repetition of Courses 

A student may not repeat for credit a course on which 
he has already received a grade of C or higher. 



Senior Conditions 

A candidate for graduation in his final semester who 
receives a grade of E at the close of the previous semester 
may apply to the Registrar for re-examination 30 days 
after the opening of the final semester and not less than 
30 days before its close. Such examination will be re- 
garded as a special examination and will entail a fee of 
$2.50. 

All conditions must be removed 30 days before the 
end of the last term of the student's graduation year. 
The name of a candidate for graduation who has a 
condition after that date is dropped from the roll of the 
class. 

If a student receives a grade of E in a course in the 

105 



Graduation Distinctions 



final term of his graduation year, he is not allowed a 
re-examination before the next examination period. 

Reports 

A mid-term report is given to the student and a copy 
is sent to the parent or guardian of each student who is 
doing unsatisfactory work. At the end of each term a 
final report of grades and attendance is given to the 
student, and a copy is sent to the parent or guardian. 
A report of the progress of each freshman is sent to the 
high school or preparatory school from which he was 
admitted. 

The Dean's List 

The Dean's List will be issued at the end of each 
semester by the Dean of the College and the Dean of 
the School of Business Administration and will include 
all full-time students who have made a quality point 
ratio of 3.0 for the semester. Grades earned during a 
summer session are not considered in the preparation of 
the List. 

Graduation Distinctions 

Under the quality point system, graduation dis- 
tinctions are determined as follows: 

A candidate for a baccalaureate degree who is credited 
with quality points which give him a ratio of not less 
than 3.80, in relation to the total semester hours at- 
tempted, shall be graduated with the distinction summa 
cum laude; not less than 3.50, magna cum laude; not less 
than 3.00, cum laude. The entire record of a student is 
considered, with the understanding that a transfer 
student may receive no distinction which requires a 
quality point ratio greater than that earned in Wake 
Forest University. 



106 



Study Abroad 

Transcripts of Student Records 

The first copy of a student's record is issued for him 
without charge. Requests for subsequent copies should 
be made to the Registrar by the owner of the record, 
and should be accompanied by a remittance of one dol- 
lar for each copy desired. 

Summer Session Elsewhere 

A student who desires to attend summer session in 
another college must secure the advance approval of 
the Registrar and the chairman of the department 
concerned. 

A transcript of the record is required for posting at 
the close of the summer session. 



Study Abroad 

To be granted the privilege of studying abroad a 
student who plans to return to Wake Forest must plan 
a program of study relevant to his degree program at 
the University and must secure in advance the approval 
of the chairman of his major department and the dean 
of the school in which he is enrolled. He must then file 
approved Study Abroad Application with the Registrar. 

Maximum credit for a full year program (32 semester 
hours) may be granted upon evidence of a satisfactory 
evaluation by the University of the work taken. 

Students are encouraged to study under one of the 
established programs sponsored by American colleges 
and universities. In some cases independent study at 
foreign universities may be approved. A transcript of 
the record is required for posting after completion of 
approved foreign study. 



107 



Placement Office Services 



Experiment in International Living 

The Independent Study Program of The Experiment 
in International Living, Putney, Vermont 05346, is 
recognized by the University. This is a semester program, 
available in any one of several countries either semester. 
To participate in this program, a student must be a 
regularly enrolled student planning to return to the 
University upon completion of the semester abroad. The 
program of study must be approved in advance by the 
chairman of the student's major department, the chair- 
man of such other departments as may be involved 
and the dean of the school in which the student is 
enrolled. The program carries a maximum of twelve 
semester hours credit upon satisfactory completion. 

Center for Psychological Services 

The Center provides specialized services in educa- 
tional-vocational testing and counseling, and in personal 
adjustment counseling. These services provide evidence 
of the student's aptitudes, interest, and achievements 
and assist him in making the most of his opportunities 
for academic and personal development while in college. 
The Center, with offices in Efird Hall, is staffed by 
professionally trained psychologists. There is no charge 
to the full-time student for Center services. 

Placement Office Services 

The Placement Office gives graduating students at 
Wake Forest University the opportunity to explore career 
opportunities with recruiters from a large number of 
business firms, government agencies and school systems 
which conduct on-campus interviews during the school 
year. Brochures, reports, pamphlets and catalogues are 
available to students wishing to explore various fields 
of interest. The Director of Placement (Room 119, 

108 



Veterans 

Reynolda Hall) is available during administrative 
office hours to any student desiring information in the 
above areas. See page number 83 for additional 
functions of the Placement Office. 

Navy ROC Program 

The United States Navy offers a Reserve Officer 
Candidate (ROC) program whereby a Wake Forest 
student may complete his military requirements for a 
commission as Ensign in the United States Naval Re- 
serve by attending weekly drills at the Winston-Salem 
Naval Reserve Training Center, 930 Brookstown 
Avenue, and by attending ROC schools during the 
summers following his sophomore and junior years. A 
commission is granted on graduation from Wake Forest. 
Further information is available through the Com- 
manding Officer of the Training Center or Dr. Carlton 
Mitchell of the Wake Forest faculty. 

Veterans 

Applicants who need information concerning edu- 
cational benefits for veterans and children of veterans 
should consult the nearest regional office of the Veterans 
Administration. This office for North Carolina is located 
at Wachovia Bank Building, Winston-Salem, North 
Carolina. 



109 



REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREES 

The degrees conferred are Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor 
of Science, Bachelor of Business Administration, Master 
of Arts, Bachelor of Laws; and Doctor of Medicine, 
Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy in Bowman 
Gray School of Medicine. 

The general requirements for the Bachelor of Arts and 
the Bachelor of Science degrees are the same, with the 
following exceptions: (1) for the degree of Bachelor of 
Arts a student must complete a foreign language through 
courses numbered 211, 212, making a total of from 6 to 
18 hours of languages*; (2) for the degree of Bachelor of 
Science a student must either complete a foreign lan- 
guage through courses numbers 211, 212, or take eight 
hours in a second natural science or six additional 
hours in mathematics. 

The degree of Bachelor of Science is conferred only 
upon those students who (1) complete a major in Biology, 
Chemistry, Mathematics, Physical Education, Physics, 
or Education with State teacher's certification in Mathe- 
matics or Science; (2) complete the degree requirements 
in Medical Technology; or (3) complete the require- 
ments for the combined degree in Medical Sciences, 
Dentistry, Engineering, or Forestry. 

The degree of Bachelor of Arts is conferred upon those 
students who (1) complete a major in other departments 
in Wake Forest College; (2) complete a major in 
Economics in the School of Business Administration; 
or (3) complete the requirements for the combined de- 
gree in Law. 

Each student is responsible for acquainting himself 
with the requirements for graduation, and for meeting 
the requirements as stated. 



• The candidate for the combined degree in Law may substitute for Language 211, 212 
eight hours in a second natural science, six additional hours in mathematics, or six 
hours in the principles of economics. 

110 



Academic Requirements 



A student who has been graduated from Wake Forest 

University with the degree of Bachelor of Arts or Bache- 
lor of Science may not thereafter receive the other of 
these two degrees. 

Academic Requirements 

For the degree of Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of 
Science the student must complete (1) the basic course 
requirements, (2) a course of study approved by his 
major department, and (3) elective courses to make a 
total of 128 credit hours. He must complete at least 64 
hours, including the work of the senior year, in Wake 
Forest College. A student applying for the combined 
degree must complete three-fourths of the 128 hours, 
plus the major in the school in which he is enrolled 
during the senior year. 

In addition to the above requirements for graduation, 
the student must present at least 256 quality points 
and a quality point ratio of at least 2.0 on all hours 
attempted. Grades are assigned quality points as follows: 
for each semester hour of A, 4 points; of B, 3 points; of 
C, 2 points; of D, 1 point; and of F, no points. The 
quality point ratio is calculated by dividing the total 
number of quality points earned by the total number of 
semester hours attempted, whether passed or not. 

A student who transfers from another institution or 
takes any work in other institutions must earn in Wake 
Forest College at least twice as many quality points as 
the difference between the number of hours transferred 
from other institution (s) and the 128 hours required 
for graduation from Wake Forest College. He must 
also earn at least a 2.0 quality point ratio on all hours at- 
tempted in Wake Forest College and have at least a 
2.0 quality point ratio on the total number of hours 
attempted at all colleges. 

Ill 



Basic Course Requirements 



A student has the privilege of graduating under the 
provisions of the catalog under which he enters provided 
that he completes his course within six years; after the 
interval of six years he is expected to conform to the 
requirements specified for the class with which he is 
graduated. 

Basic Course Requirements 

All students in Wake Forest College are enrolled in 
the School of Arts and Sciences during their freshman 
and sophomore years. A student is not admitted as a 
candidate for a degree in any college or school except the 
School of Arts and Sciences until the end of his sopho- 
more year and the completion of the entrance require- 
ments of the college or school to which application is 
made. 

All students enrolled in the College must take certain 
required basic courses. These requirements apply 
uniformly to all undergraduate degrees and all com- 
bined degrees, except as otherwise noted. 

These basic course requirements are as follows: 

English 111, 112, 153, 156 (12 hours) 
Language: 

to 12 hours, depending on the number of high school lan- 
guage units submitted by the student. 

French 111, 112, 151, 152 

German 111, 112, 151, 152 

Greek 111, 112 

Latin 111, 112, 151, 152 

Russian 111, 112, 151, 152 

Spanish 111, 112, 151, 152 

(In determining the level of language study which a beginning 
student should enter, one unit of high school language is 
considered the equivalent of a one semester course of college 
language. Thus, a student continuing in college a language 
begun in high school would normally enter: course 112, if he 
has had one high school unit; course 151, if he has had two 
high school units; course 152, if he has had three high school 
units, and course 211, if he has had four high school units. 

112 



Basic Course Requirements 



(A student who finds it necessary to repeat in college the equiva- 
lent of any modern foreign language taken in high school re- 
ceives no college credit for the course repeated. 
(An entering student who offers high school units in a classical 
language and who wishes to continue this language in college 
will be given a placement test, the results of which will be 
used by the department to determine his placement for credit 
in college. 
(Since an entering student is expected to present two high 
school units in foreign language, he is required to take one 
college year of foreign language without credit if he fails to 
present those high school units. 
(An entering student who offers two high school units in one 
foreign language may commence a second foreign language 
with credit. 
(An entering student who offers four high school units in one 
foreign language has completed the language requirement 
except for the B.A. degree. 
(A student applying for the degree of Bachelor of Business 
Administration may complete the language requirement be- 
yond 111, 112, by either Language 151, 152, or Speech 151 
and Mathematics 162. 
(A student who plans graduate study or medical study should 
consult his adviser about additional foreign language study 
in his undergraduate program.) 
Religion (6 hours) selected as follows: 3 hours from courses 111, 
112, 153, 155, 157, and 3 hours from courses 231, 256, 261, 
264,271. 
Philosophy 21 1 (3 hours) 
History 111, 112 (6 hours) 
Social Science, one of the following three: 

*Business Administration 213, 214 (Principles of Economics) 

(6 hours) 
Political Science 151 and normally one of the following: 

152, 230, 251, 261 (6 hours). f 
Sociology 151 (3 hours) and one of the following: 

Sociology 152 or Anthropology 162 (freshmen and sopho- 
mores only), or any course from Sociology 323 through 
359 or any course from Anthropology 351 through 373. 
Natural Science, one of the following three: 
Biology 111, 112 or 151, 152 (8 hours) 
Chemistry 111, 112 (8 hours) 
Physics 111, 112 (8 hours) 



• Except for students taking B.B.A. 

t Any other course numbered 211 to 266 may be elected with the permission of the 
department. 

8 

113 



Basic Course Requirements 



Mathematics (3 hours) 

(A student who anticipates a degree or major requiring ad- 
ditional mathematics should continue mathematics through 
the freshman year.) 
Physical Education (2 hours) 
One of the following, as determined by the requirements for the 

specific degrees: 

Language 211, 212 (6 hours)* 

A second natural science from among those listed above (8 hours) 

Additional mathematics (6 hours) 

Business Administration 213, 214 (6 hours) 

(The candidate for the degree of Bachelor of Arts must meet this 
requirement by Language 211, 212. The candidate for the de- 
gree of Bachelor of Science may select the language or the 
science or the mathematics, as recommended by his major 
adviser. The candidate for the combined degree in Law may 
select any of the listed alternatives. The candidate for the 
degree of Bachelor of Business Administration must meet the 
requirement by Business Administration 2 1 3, 2 14.) 

The basic course requirements are to be completed, 
where possible, by the end of the sophomore year. Some 
students will find it necessary to postpone some of the 
basic courses until the junior year in order to make 
room for certain courses necessary to the work in the 
major field; but a minimum of twelve hours from among 
the basic courses must appear on every student's pro- 
gram each semester until these courses are completed, 
except that after the freshman year a minimum of nine 
hours each semester may be considered sufficient if 
other courses necessary to work in the major field must 
be taken. 

No student, except by a specific vote of the College 
faculty in regular session, may set aside, or substitute 
another course or other courses for, any of the basic 
course requirements. 

For further details about course requirements for the 
degree of Bachelor of Business Administration, consult 



* With the permission of the German Department, German 261, 262 may be sub- 
stituted for German 211, 212. 

114 



Upper Division 



the section of the catalog dealing with the School of 
Business Administration. 

Admission to the Upper Division 

The work in the lower division, as specified in the 
preceding pages of this section, is intended to give the 
student an introduction to the various fields of knowledge 
and to lay the foundation for concentration in a major 
subject and related fields during the junior and senior 
years. 

Before applying for admission to the upper division 
and beginning work on the major subject, a student 
should have 64 credit hours and 128 quality points in 
the lower division. In no case will a student be admitted 
to the upper division with fewer than 54 hours of credit 
and 108 quality points. 

All students at the end of the sophomore year or at 
the beginning of the junior year are required to pass a 
proficiency test in the use of the English language. 

Course of Study for the Upper Division 

Thirty days before the end of his sophomore year 
each student is required to indicate to the Registrar and 
to the department or school concerned his selection of a 
major subject in which he wishes to concentrate during 
his junior and senior years. Before this selection is 
formally approved by the Registrar, however, the 
student must present to him a written statement from 
the authorized representative of the department or 
school in which he wishes to major that he has received 
the permission of that department or school. The student 
will also at this time be assigned a specific adviser from 
the department or school to assist him in planning his 
work for the junior and senior years. 

A department which rejects a student as a major will 

115 



Upper Division 



file with the Dean of the College a written statement 
including the reason (s) for the rejection. 

After the beginning of the junior year a student may 
not change from one major to another without the ap- 
proval of the departments concerned. 

The student's course of study for the junior and senior 
years includes the minimum requirements for the de- 
partmental major (see the table below), together with 
such other courses as he shall select and his adviser shall 
approve — the latter courses to be sufficiently related to 
the student's major to justify their inclusion in his pro- 
gram. This course of study must include a minimum of 
42 hours in the student's field of concentration (that is, 
his major and related courses) beyond the basic course 
requirements as outlined on pages 112-115. 

Students preparing for the ministry are advised to 
elect twelve additional hours in religion beyond the 
six hours included in the basic requirements. 

The following list indicates the number of hours re- 
quired in the departmental majors: 

Department Major 

Biology 36 

Chemistry 37 

*Economics 30 

Education 18 

English 30 

French 30 

German 30 

Greek 30 

History 30 

Latin 30 

Mathematics 33 

Music 36 

Philosophy 24 

Physical Education 35 

Physics 33 

Political Science 30 



• Students in the School of Arts and Sciences who wish to major in Economics must 
apply to the Dean of the School of Business Administration for approval of the major. 

116 



Senior Testing Program 



Department Major 

Psychology 30 

Religion 30 

Religious Education 30 

Sociology and Anthropology 30 

Spanish 30 

Speech 30 

At least half of the major must be completed in Wake 
Forest College. 

Beyond the basic course requirements and the ap- 
proved course of study in his field of concentration, the 
student will elect other courses up to a minimum of 128 
hours. 

Not more than 40 hours of the 1 28 hours required for 
graduation may be taken in a single field of study. For 
the purposes of this regulation, the following fields of 
study are recognized: Biology, Chemistry, Economics, 
Education, English, French, German, Greek, History, 
Latin, Mathematics, Music, Philosophy, Physical Edu- 
cation, Physics, Political Science, Psychology, Religion, 
Sociology and Anthropology, Spanish, Speech. 

Senior Testing Program 

All seniors are required to participate in a testing 
program designed to provide objective evidence of 
educational development while in college. The pro- 
gram will employ measures of academic achievement 
such as selected portions of the Graduate Record Ex- 
amination and /or other tests deemed appropriate by 
the Executive Committee of the faculty. The tests are 
given in late spring, and relevant results are made 
available to the student for his information. The pri- 
mary purpose of the program, however, is to provide 
the college with information that will facilitate the 
assessment of the total educational process. (This 
program does not supplant the regular administrations 

117 



Law 



of the Graduate Record Examination for those students 
applying for admission to graduate schools.) 

Degrees in the School of Law 

A combined course makes it possible for a student in 
Wake Forest University to receive the two degrees of 
Bachelor of Arts and Juris Doctor in six academic 
years or their equivalent instead of seven years which 
are required if the two curricula are pursued indepen- 
dently. The first three years of the combined course are 
in Wake Forest College and the last three are in the 
School of Law. 

Under this plan the student must first complete three 
years (96 semester hours) of academic work as follows: 

English 111, 112, 153, 156 (12 hours) 

Language 111, 112, 151, 152 (0-12 hours) [see page 112] 

Religion (6 hours) [see page 113] 

History 111, 112 (6 hours) 

Mathematics (3 hours) 

Science, one of the following: 

Biology 111, 112 or 151, 152 (8 hours) 

Chemistry 111, 112 (8 hours) 

Physics 111, 112 (8 hours) 
Philosophy 211 (3 hours) 
Business Administration 213, 214 or Political Science or Sociology 

and Anthropology (6 hours) [see page 113] 
Physical Education (2 hours) 
One of the following: 

Language 211, 212 (6 hours) 

A second natural science (8 hours) 

Business Administration 213, 214 (6 hours) 

Additional mathematics (6 hours) 
*Electives (to make a total of 96 hours) 

The requirement of a major subject for the academic 
degree is considered as satisfied by one year (29 semester 
hours) of Law. The details of the plan are as follows: 

One who completes the above specified 96 semester 



• Selected carefully in consultation with Law School adviser. 

118 



Medical Sciences 



hours of work in the School of Arts and Sciences, with a 
minimum average of G (or two quality points for each 
semester hour undertaken) and the first full year (29 
semester hours) of Law in the Wake Forest University 
School of Law, with an average sufficient for him to 
remain in the School of Law, will be awarded the 
Bachelor of Arts degree. 

The Juris Doctor degree will be awarded the student 
upon the completion of two additional years in the 
School of Law and upon fulfillment of the require- 
ments for that degree as described on page 264. 

At least one year of the required academic work must 
be taken at Wake Forest College. A student who transfers 
from another institution at the end of his first or second 
year must maintain a minimum average grade of C on 
all academic work undertaken during his residence at 
Wake Forest College. 

The quantitative and qualitative academic require- 
ments set forth herein are minimum requirements and 
do not necessarily entitle an applicant to admission to 
the School of Law. Admission requirements are given 
in detail on pages 260-263 and in the Bulletin of the 
School of Law. 

Degrees in Medical Sciences 

A limited number of students, by taking advantage 
of the special arrangement explained here, may receive 
the B.S. degree with a major in Medical Sciences. 

Under this plan the student fulfills the requirements 
for the degree by completing three years of work in 
Wake Forest College with a minimum average grade 
of C, and by satisfactorily completing the first full 
year of Medicine (at least 30 semester hours) as outlined 
by the faculty of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine, 
with a record entitling him to promotion to the Second 

119 



Medical Technology 



Year Class. At least one year (32 semester hours) of 
the required academic work must be completed in 
Wake Forest College. 

Candidates for the B.S. degree with a major in Medi- 
cal Sciences must complete the following courses in the 
School of Arts and Sciences before entering the School 
of Medicine for their fourth year of work:* 

Biology 111, 112 or 151, 152 (8 hours) 

Biology (8 hours) selected from the following: 220, 226, 260, 309, 

311, 321, 350, 372. 
Chemistry 111, 114 (8 hours) 
Chemistry 131 (4 hours) 
Chemistry 221 (4 hours) 
English 111, 112, 153, 156 (12 hours) 
Language 111, 112, 151, 152 (0-12 hours) [see page 112] 
Mathematics (6 hours) 
Physics 111, 112 (8 hours) 
Philosophy 211 (3 hours) 
Religion (6 hours) [see page 1 1 3] 
History 111, 112 (6 hours) 
Business Administration 213, 214 or Political Science or Sociology 

and Anthropology (6 hours). [See page 113.] 
Physical Education (2 hours) 
Electives (to make a total of 96 hours) 

The completion of the prescribed academic subjects 
does not necessarily admit any student to the School 
of Medicine. About fifty are chosen from a large num- 
ber of applicants. All other factors being equal, ap- 
plicants who have done all their college work in Wake 
Forest College are given preference. 

Degree in Medical Technology 

Students may qualify for the Bachelor of Science de- 
gree in Medical Technology by completion of the aca- 
demic requirements outlined below with a minimum 
average grade of C, and by satisfactory completion of 



* See pages 266-269 and the special bulletin of the Bowman Gray School of Medi- 
cine for further information. 

120 



Dentistry 

the full course in Medical Technology offered jointly 
by the Bowman Gray School of Medicine and the 
North Carolina Baptist Hospital with a minimum 
weighted average of 80. At least one year (32 semester 
hours) of the required academic work must be com- 
pleted in Wake Forest College. Candidates for the de- 
gree must complete the following three-year course 
before beginning study in the School of Medicine : * 

Biology 111, 112 (8 hours) 

Biology 151, 152 (8 hours) 

Biology 226 (4 hours) 

Chemistry 111, 1 14 (8 hours) 

Chemistry (8 hours selected from courses with Chem. Ill, 114 

as prerequisite.) 
English 111, 112, 153, 156 (12 hours) 
Language 11 1, 1 12, 151, 152 (0-12 hours) [See page 112] 
Mathematics (3 hours) 
Philosophy 211 (3 hours) 
Religion (6 hours) [See page 113]. 
History 111, 112 (6 hours) 
Business Administration 213, 214 or Political Science or Sociology 

and Anthropology (6 hours) [See page 113]. 
Physical Education 1 1 1, 1 12 (2 hours) 
Electives (to make a total of 96 hours) 

Degree With Major in Dentistry 

A student may fulfill the requirements for a B.S. 
degree with a major in Dentistry by completing three 
years of work in the School of Arts and Sciences with 
a minimum average grade of C, and by satisfactorily 
completing the first two years of work in one of certain 
approved dental schools designated by Wake Forest 
University, with a record entitling him to advancement 
to the Third Year Class. 

For this degree the requirements in the School of 



• For admission information, see the special bulletin of Bowman Gray School of 
Mndicine. 

121 



Engineering 

Arts and Sciences are the same as outlined above for the 
B.S. degree with a major in Medical Sciences. 



Degrees in Engineering 
The 3-2 Engineering Program 

Wake Forest University now cooperates with North 
Carolina State University in offering a broad course of 
study in the arts and sciences combined with specialized 
training in engineering. 

This program, for outstanding students, covers five 
years of study including three initial years on the 
campus of Wake Forest University and two full years of 
technical training at one of the schools of engineering. 
Depending upon the school and field of engineering 
chosen, it may be necessary for a student to take an 
additional summer's work in engineering. 

Upon successful completion of the five years of study 
the student will receive the degree of Bachelor of Science 
from Wake Forest University and the degree of Bachelor 
of Science in one of the specialized engineering fields 
from the engineering school of his choice. 

By obtaining the first degree from Wake Forest 
University and the second from an engineering college, 
the graduate will be well suited for positions of higher 
responsibility where public relations and technical 
knowledge are combined. This combination plan is 
recognized by nationally known educators as a wise 
program in allowing the student a broad background 
in the liberal arts in addition to the specialized and 
technical training involved in the engineering degree. 

The curriculum for the first three years must include 
all the basic course requirements for the Bachelor of 
Science degree, as outlined on pages 112-115 of this 
catalog. A suggested program follows: 

122 



Engineering 



Freshman Year Hours 

English 111, 112 3 3 

Physics 111, 112 4 4 

Mathematics 111, 112 3 3 

Foreign Language 151, 152 3 3 

♦Religion 3 3 

Physical Education 111,112 1 1 

17 17 
ROTC if elected 1 1 

18 18 



Sophomore Year Hours 

English 153, 156 3 3 

History 111, 112 3 3 

Physics 151, 152 3 4 

Chemistry 1 1 1, 1 14 4 4 

Mathematics 1 13, 251 3 3 

16 17 

ROTC if elected 2 2 

18 19 



Junior Year Hours 

Mathematics 311 3 

Philosophy 211 3 

t Mathematics Elective 3 3 

fScience Elective 4 4 

Humanities Elective 3 3 

^Business Administration 213, 214, or Political Science or 

Sociology and Anthropology 3 3 

16 16 

ROTC if elected 2 2 

18 18 

This is a rigorous curriculum and demands students 

with an aptitude for science and mathematics. The 



• See page 113. 

t Depending upon Engineering Specialty. 

% See page 113. 

123 



Forestry 

electives will be chosen in consultation with the engi- 
neering adviser in the Department of Physics. 

See page 180 for statement concerning transfer of 
ROTG credit to another institution. 



Degrees in Forestry 

Wake Forest University now cooperates with Duke 
University in an academic forestry training program. A 
student in this program devotes three years to study in 
the arts and sciences at Wake Forest University. (At least 
two years (64 semester hours) must be completed in 
Wake Forest College.) He spends the summer between 
his junior and senior years and the two following years 
in the Duke University School of Forestry. Upon the 
successful completion of this five-year course of study 
he receives the degree of Bachelor of Science from Wake 
Forest University and the degree of Master of Forestry 
from the Duke School of Forestry. 

A student who wishes to qualify for this program 
must make formal application for admission to the Duke 
School of Forestry not later than the end of the first 
semester of his third year in college. To qualify for ad- 
mission he must have followed a planned course of 
study as outlined below, must have the official recom- 
mendation of Wake Forest University, and must have an 
over-all quality point ratio of at least 2.5. 

Candidates for the degrees in forestry must complete 
the following three-year course before beginning study 
in the Duke School of Forestry: 

Biology 111, 112 or 151, 152 (8 hours) 

Business Administration 213, 214 (6 hours) 

Chemistry 111, 114 (8 hours) 

English 111, 112, 153, 156 (12 hours) 

Language, 111, 112, 151, 152 (0-12 Hours) [See page 112.] 

Mathematics 111, 112 (6 hours) 

Physics 111, 112 (8 hours) 

124 



Forestry 

Philosophy 211 (3 hours) 

Religion (6 hours) [see page 113] 

History 111, 112 (6 hours) 

Physical Education (2 hours) 

Six hours beyond the first year introductory courses in any one of 

the biological, physical, or social sciences. 
Electives (to make a total of 96 hours) 

(Suggested electives: Biology, Chemistry, Logic, Mathematics, 

Speech) 

Students in this program will be advised in the De- 
partment of Biology. 

See page 180 for statement concerning transfer of 
ROTG credits to another institution. 



125 



COURSES IN THE COLLEGE 

Divisions 

The numbers of the courses offered by the various 
departments are explained as follows: courses 1-99 
carry no credit; courses 101-199 are primarily for fresh- 
men and sophomores; courses 201-299, primarily for 
juniors and seniors; courses 301-399, for juniors, seniors, 
and graduate students; and courses 401-499, for gradu- 
ate students. The letter S used as a prefix to a course 
number indicates that the course is offered during the 
summer session only. 

Before admission to the upper division, a student 
must have credit for at least 54 hours in the lower di- 
vision, with a minimum of 108 quality points. 

Credit Hours Defined 

All credit hours are based upon the semester, or half 
of an academic year of nine months. In the depart- 
ments which follow, in alphabetical order, the credit 
hours for each course are the same as the number of 
class periods per week unless otherwise specified. 

Both in the summer term and in the fall and spring 
terms, the credit for any course is the same, generally 
three hours based on 48 class periods, or the equivalent 
in laboratory work. 

Explanation of the Class Schedule 

In this number of the Bulletin of Wake Forest 
University the schedule of classes is announced for the 
fall and spring terms only; the schedule of classes for the 
summer term is given in the special bulletin. The num- 
bers following the days of the week indicate the periods 
during which the classes are offered. 

126 



Honors Program 



Courses with odd numbers are regularly given in 
the fall term; courses with even numbers, in the spring 
term. However, introductory or basic courses in many 
departments will be offered every term so that students 
may arrange their work in regular sequence, accord- 
ing to the time of entrance. Accordingly, revised sched- 
ules will be prepared each term, supplementing the 
schedule given here. 

Interdisciplinary Honors Program 

Wake Forest University offers an interdisciplinary 
Honors program for a limited number of highly qualified 
students. Participation is by invitation only. 

During their first three years in college, participants 
will schedule at least three interdisciplinary honors* 
seminars (a total of nine semester hours, normally in- 
cluding 6 hours in the Lower Division and 3 hours in 
the Upper Division). Many students will probably not 
participate formally in the interdisciplinary program 
beyond the third year, but will choose instead to con- 
centrate on departmental honors work in their major 
fields. Students, however, who are not candidates for 
departmental honors and who have completed four 
interdisciplinary seminars with a superior record may 
elect Honors 281 (directed study culminating in an 
honors paper and an oral examination). Those whose 
work in this course is superior and who have achieved 
an over-all quality point ratio of at least 3.0 in all college 
work will be graduated "with Honors in the Arts and 
Sciences." Those students, on the other hand, who 
have chosen to be candidates for departmental honors 
may not also be candidates for "Honors in the Arts and 
Sciences." 

The courses described below (except for Honors 281) 
are designed to supplement the usual general education 

127 



Honors Program 



of the freshman and sophomore years and the more 
specialized work of the junior year. Honors 281 will 
normally be scheduled in the first semester of the senior 
year. 

The Honors program is supervised by a Faculty Com- 
mittee on Honors. Faculty participants in the inter- 
disciplinary courses are drawn from various academic 
departments of the College. 

Honors 131, 132. Approaches to Human Experience (I) 

An inquiry into the nature and interrelationships of several ap- 
proaches to man's experience, represented by the work of such men 
as Leonardo da Vinci, St. Augustine, Dante, Newton, Gandhi, 
Mozart, Jefferson, and Einstein. Seminar discussion based on pri- 
mary and secondary sources, including musical works and paintings. 
Written reports and a term paper required. 

(Offered in alternate years) 3 hours credit each semester 

Honors 133, 134. Approaches to Human Experience (II) 

A parallel course to Honors 131, 132, concentrating on the work 
of a different set of figures such as Buddha, Galileo, Tolstoy, Pascal, 
Sophocles, and Bach. 

(Offered in alternate years) 3 hoars credit each semester 

Honors 233. Darwinism and the Modern World 

A study of the Darwinian theory of evolution and the impact of 
evolutionary thought on fields such as economics, politics, psychology, 
literature and the other arts, and philosophy. 

(Offered in alternate years) Credit, 3 hours 

Honors 235. The Ideal Society 

Man's effort to establish or imagine the ideal community, state or 
society, principles of political and social organization, changing 
goals and values. Study of historical communities such as those of 
the pre-Christian Essenes, Geneva under John Calvin, Fourierite and 
Owenite communities of the 19th century. Reading in such works as 
Plato's Republic, Augustine's The City of God, More's Utopia, Bacon's 
The New Atlantis, Rousseau's Emile, Orwell's /pfi^, and Skinner's 
Walden Two. 

(Offered in alternate years) Credit, 3 hours 

128 



Honors Program 



Honors 237. The Scientific Method 

An exploration into the origins and development of the scientific 
method and into some of its contemporary applications in the natural 
and social sciences and the humanities. 

(Offered in alternate years) Credit, 3 hours 

Honors 238. Romanticism 

Romanticism as a recurrent characteristic of mind and art and as 
a specific historical movement in Europe and America in the late 
18th and 19th centuries. Emphasis upon primary materials in such 
fields as philosophy, history, literature, music and painting. 

(Offered in alternate years) Credit, 3 hours 

Honors 242. The Comic View 

The theory of comedy in ancient and modern times; the expres- 
sion of the comic spirit in literature, art, music, the theater and the 
motion picture. 

(Offered in alternate years) Credit, 3 hours 

Honors 244. Man and the Structure of the Universe 

An investigation of various conceptions of the universe and of 
their implications for man. Study will not necessarily be limited to 
the cosmologies of Ptolemy, Copernicus, and their modern successors, 
but may also include theories like Babylonian, Mayan, and Taoist. 

(Offered in alternate years) Credit, 3 hours 

Honors 281. Directed Study 

Readings on an interdisciplinary topic approved by the Faculty 
Committee on Honors; preparation of a major research or inter- 
pretative paper based on these readings, under the direction of a 
member of the Faculty; and an oral examination on the topic, ad- 
ministered by the faculty supervisor and the Committee on Honors. 
Eligible students who wish to take this course must submit a written 
request to the Committee on Honors by the end of the junior year. 
(Not open to candidates for departmental honors.) Credit, 3 hours 

Departmental Honors Programs 

A number of departments in the College offer spe- 
cialized honors programs for highly qualified majors, 
who may be graduated "with Honors" in their major 
field. Information on these programs is given under the 
departmental headings below. 

9 

129 



Biology 



Biology 



Professors Allen, Cocke, Davis, Flory 
Associate Professors Amen (Chairman), Dimmick, 
Higgins, McDonald, Olive, Sullivan, Wyatt 
Assistant Professors Esch, Hein 

A major in Biology consists of 36 hours which must 
include Biology 111, 112, 151, 152* and at least one 
course from four of the following five groups: 

A. Regulatory Biology: Biology 309, 313, 350, 355. 

B. Structural and Developmental Biology: Biology 
220, 227, 228, 260, 372. 

C. Environmental Biology: Biology 240, 341, 344, 
345. 

D. Systematic Biology: Biology 226, 231, 233, 321, 
334,338. 

E. Interdisciplinary and Synthesizing Biology: Biolo- 
gy 314, 318, 319, 390; including at least one course 
from Biology 227, 228, 318, 338, 345, 355. 

A student must achieve an overall QPR of 2.0 on all 
Biology courses attempted to graduate with a major in 
Biology. 

Required related courses for the major are one year 
of Physics and at least one semester of Organic Chem- 
istry. Certain substitutions in required related courses 
may be made with the written permission of the Chair- 
man of the Biology Department. 

The Physics requirement may be waived in the case 
of Biology majors who meet the requirements for a Class 
A teaching certificate in Biology. Majors in Biology 
who meet the requirements for a Class A teaching 

_* Students who have satisfactorily completed courses equivalent to Biology 111, 112 
with written permission of the Chairman of the Biology Department may be allowed 
to take Biology 151, 152, provided they add other courses to complete the required hours 
in Biology. Students who have satisfactorily completed courses equivalent to Biology 
151, 152 with the written permission of the Chairman of the Biology Department may be 
allowed to omit these courses from the requirements and substitute other courses to 
complete the required hours in Biology. Both 111, 112 and 151, 152 may not be omitted. 

130 



Biology 

certificate in Biology may substitute Education 291, 
Materials and Methods in Mathematics and Science, 
for three of the 36 hours of required Biology. 

Advanced work in many areas of Biology may re- 
quire additional Chemistry and Mathematics courses. 
The major advisor will call these to the attention of 
majors, depending on their individual needs. 

Highly qualified Biology majors are invited by the 
Department to apply for admission to the honors pro- 
gram in Biology. They must meet certain preliminary 
requirements, earn a QPR of not less than 3.0 on all 
college work and 3.3 on all work in Biology, complete 
Biology 391, 392 and pass a comprehensive oral exami- 
nation. They are then graduated with the distinction 
"Honors in Biology." For additional information 
consult members of the Biology staff. 

For majors, Biology 151, 152 are prerequisites for 
all courses numbered above 152 with the exception 
of Biology 218, 301, 302, and 305. Non-majors may take 
other courses after having completed only Biology 111, 
112 with the written permission of the instructors of 
the courses. 

The following schedule is recommended for students 
who desire to major in Biology: 

Freshman Year Sophomore Year 

English 111, 112 English 153, 156 

Mathematics (6 hours) * History 111, 112 

Language 151, 152 f Pol Sci., Sociol. and Anthro., or 
Biology 111, 112 Econ. 6 hours 

Chemistry 111, 114J Biology 151, 152 
Physical Education 111, 112 Chemistry 22 1 , 222 



* Students are recommended to take Mathematics courses selected from 111, 112, 161. 
162. 

t Students with language deficiencies or those beginning a new language must take 
Language 111, 112 here and make suitable adjustments in the remainder of the program. 

t Students who do not complete both Biology 111, 112 and Chemistry 111, 114 are 
advised to complete Chemistry 111, 114 in Summer School to satisfy the prerequisites 
for Biology 151, 152 by the sophomore year. 

Students taking Military Science or those with special deficiencies must modify this 
program. This will reduce the number of free electives available unless Summer School 
is utilized for these additional courses. 

131 



Biology 

Junior Year Senior Year 

Religion (6 hours) Required Advanced Biology 

Philosophy 2 1 1 Electives 

Physics 111, 112 

Required advanced Biology 

Electives 

111, 112. General Biology and the Diversity of Life 

An introductory course in which the fundamental facts of the struc- 
ture and activity of living systems are stressed with emphasis on the 
diversity of life. The laboratory work will provide examples of im- 
portant biological principles and organisms. Three hours lecture, 
three hours of laboratory. Biology 111 prerequisite to Biology 112. 

Credit, 4 hours each semester 

151, 152. Biological Principles and the Unity of Life 

An intermediate course stressing those physiological, developmental, 
genetic and evolutionary principles common to a wide range of 
living organisms, with considerable emphasis on the molecular and 
cellular aspects of biological organization. Three hours lecture and 
three hours laboratory. Prerequisite Biology 111, 112 and two 
semesters of general chemistry. Credit, 4 hours each semester 

218. Botany for Everyday Use 

A course chiefly for upper-class non-biology majors, to develop a 
knowledge and appreciation of common plants and plant products. 
Among the topics dealt with are a brief survey of the plant kingdom, 
the distribution, some simplified identifications, propagation and 
cultural practices, plant hormone uses, broad economic uses, and 
literature of plants. Aimed at giving a broad but essentially non- 
technical view of the plant kingdom. Three hours lecture. 

Credit, 3 hours 

220. Comparative Chordate Anatomy 

A comparative study of the anatomy of chordate animals. Dissection 
of type forms in the laboratory. Two hours lecture, four hours lab- 
oratory. Credit, 4 hours 

226. Micro b iology 

A study of the more important groups of microorganisms; bacteria, 
yeasts, molds, viruses, et cetera. Major emphasis will be placed on 
the bacteria and their activities. Two hours lecture, four hours 
laboratory. Credit, 4 hours 

132 



Biology 

227. Survey of Non-vascular Plants 

Representative species of non-vascular plants (algae, fungi, mosses 
and others) will be examined with emphasis on morphology and 
phylogeny. Two hours lecture, four hours laboratory. 

Credit, 4 hours 

228. Survey of Vascular Plants 

A comparative survey of the vascular plants with emphasis on the 
structure, reproduction, and classification of selected types to portray 
the evolutionary development of the group. Two hours lecture, 
four hours laboratory. Credit, 4 hours 

231. Invertebrates 

A systematic study of invertebrates with emphasis on comparative 
morphology, taxonomy, and phylogenetic relationships. Three hours 
lecture, three hours laboratory. Credit, 4 hours 

233. Vertebrates 

A systematic study of vertebrates with emphasis on identification, 
distribution, classification, adaptations, and ecology. Two hours 
lecture, four hours laboratory. Credit, 4 hours 

240. Principles of Ecology 

Inter-relationships among living systems and their environments. 
Structure and dynamics of major ecosystem types. Contemporary 
problems in ecology. Two hours lecture, four hours laboratory. 

Credit, 4 hours 
260. Vertebrate Embryology 

A study of vertebrate embryological development. Two hours lecture, 
four hours laboratory. Credit, 4 hours 

301. Principles of Modern Botany 

A course for secondary school teachers designed to illustrate selected 
biological principles. A survey of the plant kingdom with emphasis 
on taxonomy and phylogeny will be followed by a consideration of 
important physiological principles. Laboratory exercises and field 
work will be designed to be helpful to secondary school teachers in 
organizing their own laboratories. Not for credit toward a M.A. in 
Biology. Credit, 3 hours 

302. Principles of Modern ^oology 

A course for secondary school teachers designed to illustrate important 
biological principles. Lectures will include a survey of the animal 

133 



Biology 

kingdom followed by a review of the basic principles of animal 
reproduction, genetics, ecology, and evolution. Laboratory exercises 
and field work will be designed to be helpful to high school teachers in 
organizing and directing laboratory exercises in their own schools. 
Techniques for preparing laboratory specimens and demonstration 
materials will be considered. Not for credit toward a M.A. in Biology. 

Credit, 3 hours 

305. The Teaching of Modern and Advanced Biology 

A course designed to provide opportunity for cooperation between 
University and Public School personnel in implementing new 
courses for the teaching of biology. Participation is limited to ex- 
perienced teachers of biology. Lectures include supplemental infor- 
mation selected from recent advances in methodology. Laboratory 
exercises are designed for training in techniques of inquiry appli- 
cations in problem solving. To receive credit, a student must complete 
a six-weeks summer session and six class sessions during an academic 
year. Not for credit toward a M.A. in Biology. Credit, 6 hours 

309. Genetics 

A study of the principles of inheritance and their application to plants 
and animals, including man. Three hours lecture. Credit, 3 hours 

311. Genetics Laboratory 

A laboratory course in the methods of breeding some genetically 
important organisms and of compiling and presenting genetic data. 
Biology 311 may not be taken independently of Biology 309. Two 
hours laboratory. Credit, 1 hour. 

313. Biological Effects of Radiations 

The action of ionizing and excitational radiations on living systems, 
the mechanisms of radiation damage, and the morphological and 
physiological effects. Two hours lecture and two hour laboratory. 
Prerequisites or corequisites, Chemistry 221, 222 and Physics 111, 
112. Credit, 3 hours 

314. Principles of Evolution 

Analysis of the theories, evidences, and mechanisms of evolution. 
Three hours lecture. Credit, 3 hours 

318. Economic Botany 

A study of plants in terms of their economic importance, both 
positive and negative. Groups are considered systematically starting 

134 



Biology 

with the lower plants. Emphasis is placed on spermatophytic taxa 
yielding products useful to man. It is recommended that students 
complete Biology 228 before taking this course. Three hours lecture. 

Credit, 3 hours 
319. History of Biological Sciences 

A survey of the historical background and development of the 
biological sciences together with a biographical study of the out- 
standing biologists and physicians. Three hours lecture. 

Credit, 3 hours 
321. Animal Parasitology 

A survey of protozoan, helminth, and arthropod parasites from the 
standpoint of morphology, taxonomy, life-histories, and host-parasite 
relationships. The laboratory will include a detailed study of repre- 
sentative types and techniques for collecting, preserving, and pre- 
paring animal parasites for study and identification. Two hours 
lecture, four hours laboratory. Credit, 4 hours 

334. Entomology 

A study of insects from the standpoint of structure, development, 
taxonomy, and phylogenetic relationships. Economic aspects will 
be included. Two hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Credit, 4 hours 

338. Taxonomy of Seed Plants 

A study of the classification of seed plants, with emphasis on a 
comparative study of orders and families. Collection, identification, 
and preparation of herbarium specimens will be stressed. Two 
hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Credit, 4 hours 

341. Population Ecology 

A study of the biology of populations with emphasis on dynamics 
and ecological relationships. Growth curves, cycles, and fluctuations; 
interspecific and intraspecific phenomena including predation, 
competition, distribution, social factors; interactions with environ- 
ment; life tables, regulatory mechanisms. Prerequisite Biology 240 
or written permission of instructor. Two hours lecture, four hours 
laboratory. Credit, 4 hours 

344. Aquatic Ecology 

A study of the hydrosphere; an introduction to biological limnology 
and oceanography with emphasis on the interrelationships between 
the biotic and abiotic factors in the environment. Prerequisite Biology 
240 or written permission of the instructor. Two hours lecture, four 
hours laboratory. Credit, 4 hours 

135 



Biology 

345. Physiological Ecology (autecology) 

An intensive study of organisms as they are affected by the physical 
factors of their environment, with emphasis on the tolerance of 
selected seed plants to conditions of salinity, moisture stress, tempera- 
ture, and light. Considerable attention will be given to photo- 
periodism, vernalization, and drought. Prerequisite Biology 240 
or written permission of the instructor. Two hours lecture, four hours 
laboratory. Credit, 4 hours 

350. Animal Physiology 

A study of comparative animal physiology. Introduction is made 
to the applications of biochemistry-biophysics, including quantum 
mechanics, thermodynamics and cybernetics in explaining physio- 
logical processes. Prerequisite, one year of chemistry. Organic 
chemistry and one year of physics are recommended. Two hours 
lecture, four hours laboratory. Credit, 4 hours 

355. Plant Physiology 

The biophysics and biochemistry of major plant processes. Con- 
sideration will be given to the homeostasis, bioenergetics, and 
cybernetics of plant systems; with emphasis on the control mech- 
anisms in nutrition, metabolism, growth and development. Pre- 
requisite, general physics and general chemistry. Organic chemistry 
is recommended. Two hours lecture, four hours laboratory. 

Credit, 4 hours 
372. Vertebrate Histology 

A comparative study of the microscopic anatomy of vertebrates. 
Two hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prerequisites: Biology 
220 or 260. Credit, 4 hours 

390. Scientific Communication 

An introduction to bibliographic and graphic methods, including 
microscopy, instrumentation, photography, scientific drawing and 
writing, and preparation of manuscripts. Open to graduate students 
and seniors by permission of instructor. Two hours lecture, two 
hours laboratory. Credit, 3 hours 

391, 392, 393, 394. Special Problems in Biology 

Independent library and laboratory investigation carried out under 
the supervision of a member of the staff. Registration by permission 
of the instructor. Three hours per week. A maximum of two of these 
courses may be scheduled in any one semester 

Credit, 1 hour each course 

136 



Chemistry 

417. Cytology and Cytogenetics. Credit, 4 hows 

421. Helminth Parasitology Credit, 4 hours 

425. Comparative Plant Anatomy Credit, 4 hows 

426. Mycology Credit, 4 hows 

427. Phycology (Algology) Credit, 4 hows 
431. Advanced Invertebrate ^oology Credit, 4 hows 
433. Advanced Vertebrate ^oology Credit, 4 hows 
438. Dendrology Credit, 4 hows 
450. Cellular Physiology Credit, 4 hows 

453. Comparative Invertebrate Physiology Credit, 4 hows 

454. Ecological Animal Physiology Credit, 4 hows 

455. Plant Growth and Development Credit, 4 hows 
460. Experimental Embryology Credit, 4 hows 



Chemistry 

Professors Nowell, P. J. Hamrick, Miller 

Associate Professors Blalock, Gross 

Assistant Professors Baird, Eckroth, Noftle 



In addition to the basic courses prescribed by the 
College, a student desiring to receive the B.S. degree 
with major in Chemistry is required to take the fol- 
lowing course: Chemistry 111-114, 221-222, 332, 361, 
341-342, and one course from Chemistry 323, 324, 331; 
Physics 111-112, Mathematics 112, 113. An average of C 
in the first two years of Chemistry is required of students 
who elect to major in this Department. Admission to any 
class is conditioned by satisfactory grades in prerequisite 
courses and registration for advanced classes must be 
approved by the Department. 

137 



Chemistry 

Wake Forest College is on the list of schools approved 
by the American Chemical Society. Students who re- 
ceive the Bachelor's Degree and are certified by the 
chairman of the department as having fulfilled the 
minimum requirements for professional training as 
adopted by the Society are eligible for membership 
senior grade in the Society, within two years following 
graduation and after two years experience in the field 
of chemistry. Students who desire a specific statement 
of the minimum requirements of the Society should 
consult with the staff member who serves as major ad- 
viser for students majoring in chemistry. 

The following schedule is recommended for students 
who desire to major in Chemistry: (By following this 
schedule and the advice of the major adviser a student 
can meet the minimum requirements of the American 
Chemical Society.) 

Freshman Year* Sophomore Year* 

Chemistry 111,114 Chemistry 22 1 , 222 

English 111, 112 English 153, 156 

German, 111, 112 German 151, 152 

fHistory 111, 112 Mathematics 112, 113 

Mathematics 105, 111 Physics 111, 112 
Physical Education 111, 112 

Junior Year* Senior Year* 

Chemistry 341-342 Chemistry 361 

Chemistry 332 Chemistry, 4 hours 

Philosophy 211 JElectives, 21 hours 

Political Science, Sociology 

or Business Administration, 

6 hours [See page 1 1 3] 
Religion, 6 hours [See page 1 1 3] 
jElectives, 3 hours 



• Military Science may be taken in addition to the courses listed, 
t The premedical student should schedule Biology. 
t Chosen on the advice of the major adviser. 

138 



Chemistry 



111. General Chemistry 

A course emphasizing fundamental chemical principles. The labo- 
ratory covers basic chemical principles and the essentials of quali- 
tative analysis. Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. 

Credit, 4 hours 

114. General Chemistry and Quantitative Analysis 

A continuation of Chemistry 1 1 1 with application of principles 
to quantitative analysis and inorganic substances. The laboratory 
work is devoted to the concepts and techniques of quantitative 
analysis. Prerequisite: Chemistry 111. Three hours lecture, four 
hours laboratory. Credit, 4 hours 

131. Quantitative A nalysis 

A course in principles and methods of quantitative analysis for stu- 
dents whose course of study requires additional analytical chem- 
istry. Chemistry 332 may be substituted for Chemistry 131, but 
Chemistry 131 may not be substituted for Chemistry 332. Pre- 
requisites: Chemistry 114 and three hours of Mathematics. Three 
hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Credit, 4 hours 

221, 222. Organic Chemistry 

A study of the chemistry of the aliphatic and aromatic organic com- 
pounds. Prerequisite: Chemistry 1 14. Three hours lecture, four hours 
laboratory. Credit, 4 hours each semester 

281, 282. Senior Research 

Library, conference, and laboratory work. Open only to major 
students with a superior record. Six hours a week. 

Credit, 2 hours each semester 
301,302. Principles of Chemistry 

A two-semester lecture and laboratory course stressing the theory 
of chemical bonding, of acid-base behavior, of oxidation-reduction 
behavior, and of equilibria and the principles of separation and 
analysis. The laboratory will include both qualitative and quantita- 
tive experiments chosen to supplement the lecture material. Designed 
for teachers holding Class A certificate; may not count as credit 
toward the M.A. in Chemistry. Prerequisite: One year of college 
chemistry. Credit, 3 hours each semester 

305. Introductory Organic Chemistry 

A treatment of organic chemistry designed to acquaint the student 
with the main functional groups of organic chemistry and the more 

139 



Chemistry 



important types of organic reactions. Designed for teachers holding 
Class A certificate; may not count as credit toward the M.A. in 
Chemistry. Prerequisite: Two years of college chemistry or Courses 
301,302. Credit, 3 hours 

323. Organic Analysis 

A lecture and laboratory course in the systematic identification of 
organic compounds, including an introduction to instrumental 
methods of qualitative organic analysis. Prerequisite: Chemistry 
222. Two hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Credit, 4 hours 

324. Organic Preparations 

A library, conference, and laboratory course in the preparation of 
organic compounds. Prerequisite: Chemistry 222. Six hours a week. 

Credit, 3 hours 

331. Instrumental Analysis 

A course in the application of physical methods to analytical chem- 
istry. Prerequisite: Chemistry 341. Two hours lecture, four hours 
laboratory. Credit, 4 hours 

332. Analytical Chemistry 

A lecture and laboratory course in the principles and methods of 
analytical chemistry. Prerequisite: Chemistry 341. Three hours 
lecture, six hours laboratory. Credit, 5 hours 

341, 342. Physical Chemistry 

A course in the fundamentals of physical chemistry. Prerequisites: 
Chemistry 222, Physics 111-112, and satisfactory work in differential 
and integral calculus. Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. 

Credit, 4 hours each semester 

361. Inorganic Chemistry 

A lecture and laboratory course devoted to the principles and theory 
of modern inorganic chemistry. Prerequisites: Chemistry 341 and 
Physics 111. Three hours lecture, three hours laboratory. Credit, 4 hours 

381, 382. Seminar. 

Discussions of advanced topics in chemistry, especially as applied to 
contemporary research. Seminars conducted by staff members and 
visiting scientists. Open to senior majors and graduate students. 
One hour per week. No credit given for one semester only. Only 
one hour seminar credit may count toward the Master's Degree. 

Credit, 1 hour for two semesters 

140 



Greek 

Courses for Graduate Students* 

421, 422. Advanced Organic Chemistry 

Credit, 3 hours each semester 

423. Heterocyclic Chemistry Credit, 3 hours 

441. Molecular Structure Credit, 3 hours 

445. Themodynamics Credit, 3 hours 

AA1 . Chemical Bonding Credit, 3 hours 

491, 492 . Thesis Research 

Credit, 3 hours each semester for two semesters 

Classical Languages and Literature 

Professor Earp 

Associate Professor C. V. Harris 
Instructors E. Merrill, Roberts, Tucker, J. W. 
Wilson 

A major in this Department consists of a minimum of 
30 hours in either Greek or Latin. 

I 
Greek Language and Literature 

111, 112. Elementary Greek 

Greek grammar; selections from Greek prose writers and poets; 
collateral reading on Greek mythology, history, and antiquities. 
M T W Th F 9:00 

211. Xenophon 

Xenophon: Anabasis, fall term. Thorough drill in syntax. 
M W F 8:00 

212. Homer 

Homer: Iliad and Odyssey, spring term. Thorough drill in syntax. 
M W F 2:00 



* For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 

141 



Latin 



222. Plato 

Plato: Meno or Apology, Crito, and selections from the Phaedo, spring 
term. 

M W F 10:00 

231. The Greek New Testament 

Selections from the Greek New Testament, fall term. 
M W F 10:00 

261. Greek Tragedy 

Euripides: Medea. This course will include a study of the origin and 
history of Greek tragedy, with collateral reading of selected tragedies 
in translation. 
T Th 11:00 

262. Greek Comedy 

Aristophanes: Clouds. This course will include a study of the origin 
and history of Greek comedy, with collateral reading of selected 
comedies in translation. 
T Th 11:00 

271. Greek Civilization 

Lectures and collateral reading upon those phases of Greek civiliza- 
tion which have particular significance for the modern world. Given 
the first semester. This course is recommended especially to juniors 
and seniors. A knowledge of the Greek language is not required. 

T Th 2:00 

272. Greek Literature in Translation 

A study of selections from Greek literature in English translation. 
Given the second semester. This course is recommended especially 
to juniors and seniors. A knowledge of the Greek language is not 
required. 

T Th 2:00 

II 

Latin Language and Literature 

111, 112. Introductory Latin 

A course intended for students who have never studied Latin and for 
those who present only one unit of Latin for entrance. 
M W F 8:00, 1:00; T Th S 8:00, 11:00 

142 



Latin 



151, 152. Grammar, Cicero, Vergil 

This course will include (a) grammar, (b) Cicero's Letters, Vergil's 
Aeneid. Prerequisite, two units of entrance Latin or Latin 111, 112. 
M W F 11:00, 2:00; T Th S 8:00 

211, 212. Livy, Horace, Pliny 

Livy: Selections, first semester. Horace: Odes and Epodes, Pliny's 
Letters, second semester. Prerequisite, four units of entrance Latin 
or Latin 111, 112 and 151, 152. 
M W F 9:00, 2:00 

221, 222. Tacitus, Horace, Martial 

Tacitus: Germania and Agricola, first semester. Horace: Satires and 
Epistles; Martial: Epigrams, second semester. 
M W F 10:00 

241, 242. Roman Comedy and Satire 

Selected plays of Plautus and Terence, first semester. Pctronius and 
Juvenal, second semester. 
T Th S 9:00 

250. Latin Prose Composition 

Hours to be arranged. Credit, 3 hours 

261, 262. Roman Philosophy 

Lucretius, Cicero. 
T Th S 9:00 

271. Roman Civilization 

This course consists of lectures and collateral reading upon the 
general subject of Rome's contributions to the modern world. It 
is recommended especially to juniors and seniors. A knowledge of 
the Latin language is not required. 
T Th 11:00 

272. Latin Literature in Translation 

A study of selections from Latin literature in English translation. 
This course is recommended especially to juniors and seniors. A 
knowledge of the Latin language is not required. 
T Th 11:00 

143 



Education 

Economics 

A major in economics with the B.A. degree and a 
concentration in economics with the B.B.A. degree are 
offered in the School of Business Administration. Courses 
in economics are open to all students. For a description 
of the program see the School of Business Administration 
section of the catalog. 



Education 

Professors Parker, Memory, Preseren 
Associate Professors Elmore, Hall, Reeves 
Assistant Professor Syme 

Institutional Policy. The University recognizes that 
the educational profession is important to society and 
that the welfare of mankind is largely determined by 
the quality of educational leadership. One of the major 
objectives of Wake Forest University has been and 
continues to be the preparation of teachers and other 
professional school personnel. This commitment was 
reemphasized by vote of the faculty on November 18, 
1963. 

Wake Forest is committed to a high quality teacher 
education program, as evinced by selective admission 
to the program; a wide range of approved courses of 
professional instruction; and a closely supervised prac- 
ticum suitable to the professional needs of the students. 

In addition to the professional program, the Depart- 
ment of Education provides elective courses open to 
all students, including those not in teacher education 
programs. Such courses supplement the work of other 
departments and provide generally for the liberal edu- 
cation of all students. 

144 



Education 

Teacher Certification. The North Carolina State De- 
partment of Public Instruction issues the Professional 
Class A teacher's certificate to graduates of the Uni- 
versity who have completed an Approved Program, 
including the specified courses in their teaching field (s) 
and the prescribed courses in Education, and who 
receive recommendations from the designated official (s) 
of their teaching area(s) and from the Chairman of 
the Department of Education. 

Special students not completing an Approved Program 
are required to secure an analysis of their deficiencies 
for the Class A certificate from the Division of Teacher 
Education of the North Carolina State Department 
of Public Instruction. The Wake Forest Department of 
Education will then plan a program to remove these 
deficiencies. 

Certification requirements for other states should be 
secured from the State Department of Public Instruction 
in the state where certification is sought. The Wake 
Forest Department of Education will then assist in 
planning a program to meet certification requirements 
of that state. 

Admission Requirements. Admission to the teacher 
education program occurs normally during the sopho- 
more year. Admission involves filing an official ap- 
plication with the Department of Education, being 
screened by a faculty committee, and being officially 
approved by the Department of Education. 

Course Requirements. Junior standing is a general 
prerequisite for all courses in Education. Psychology 
151 and Speech 151 are recommended electives. 

The Approved Program of Teacher Education re- 
quires candidates to complete successfully 18 semester 
hours in Education, including Education 201, 211, 251, 

10 

145 



Education 

291, and 331. Education 211 is taken in the junior year 
or first semester of the senior year but prior to the other 
required courses. The remaining work in the teacher 
education program is taken simultaneously during one 
semester of the senior year, according to availability 
of programs. The methods courses (291) in English 
and Social Studies are offered each semester; Foreign 
Languages and Science are offered only in the fall 
semester; and Mathematics, Music, Physical Education 
and Health, and Speech are offered only in the spring 
semester. 

While enrolled in the block semester, the student will 
not be allowed to take courses concurrently that would 
interfere with being in an assigned student teaching 
situation for the regular public school day (generally 
8:00 a.m. to 3:45 p.m.) nor allowed to take more than 
one course occurring outside the regular school day. 

Major in the Department of Education. Ordinarily, 
teacher education students major in the academic area 
in which they plan to teach. Only students planning 
to be certificated in the broad areas of Science or Social 
Studies are permitted to major in Education. 

Student Teaching. Prerequisites for registering for 
Student Teaching include: 

1. Senior or graduate standing or classification as a 
graduate-level special student. 

2. A grade average of at least C on all courses taken 
at Wake Forest. 

3. A grade average of at least C on all courses taken 
in the area of certification or, in cases of two or more 
fields of certification, in each of the areas. 

4. Approval for admission to the Teacher Education 
Program. 

5. Successful completion of Education 211. 

146 



Education 

6. Approval by a Student Teaching Screening 
Committee. 

Students are assigned to Student Teaching oppor- 
tunities on the basis of available positions and profes- 
sional needs of the students. The University does not 
assume the responsibility for transportation to the 
schools during Student Teaching. 

Academic Requirements 

English— 36 hours, including English 111, 112, 153, 156, 301, 323; 
at least 3 additional hours in a literature course; at least 3 additional 
hours in a language course. 

French— 30 hours, including French 151, 152, 211, 212, 221, 222, 
223, 224, or their equivalents; at least 6 hours of courses in litera- 
ture beyond 212. 

German— 30 hours, including German 151, 152, 211, 212, 217, 218, 

219, 220, or their equivalents; at least 6 hours of courses in litera- 
ture beyond 212. 

Latin — 24 hours based on two or more high school units; otherwise 
30 hours. 

Spanish— 30 hours, including Spanish 151, 152, 211, 212, 221, 222, 
223, 224, or their equivalents; at least 6 hours of courses in litera- 
ture beyond 212. 

Mathematics — 30 hours, including Mathematics 111, 112, 113, 121, 
321, 331, 332; others as prescribed by the chairman of the Mathe- 
matics department. 

Music — Approximately 41 hours. For further information, consult 
Music department section of this catalog or the chairman of the 
Music department. 

Physical Education and Health — 44 hours, including Physical Education 

220, 221, 224, 251, 254, 258, 352, 353, 355, 356, 357, 363, 222 or 
228, and Biology 111, 112. 

Science — 46 to 51 hours, including 8 in Biology, 8 in Chemistry, 8 in 
Physics, 6 in Mathematics, plus further depth in Biology (16 
hours), Chemistry (21 hours), or Physics (17 hours). Certification 
is allowed in Biology with 24 hours, in Chemistry with 29 hours, 
or in Physics with 25 hours. 

147 



Education 



Social Studies — 42 hours, including History 111, 112, 151, 152, Busi- 
ness Administration 213, 214, Political Science 151, 152, Sociology 
151,9 additional hours of History divided between the American 
and non-American fields, 3 additional hours of Sociology, 3 hours 
of Geography. Certification is allowed in each of the fields of 
Economics, History, Political Science and Sociology with 24 hours 
in that field. 

Speech— 30 hours, including Speech 151, 161, 121 or 228, 231, 241 
or 242, 252, 261 and 152 or 251 and 272. 



Educational Psychology 

This course is required for a teaching certificate and 
is prerequisite to the other required courses. 

211. Educational Psychology 

General principles of adolescent developmental behavior. Physical, 
social, and psychological aspects of personality development and 
individual differences. Nature, theory, and conditions of learning. 
Techniques of problem solving. Appraising and directing learning. 
Internship in appropriate agency is required. 

M W F 12:00, 2:00, 3:00, each term Credit, 3 hours 

Required Courses 
These courses are required for a teaching certificate 
and are taught in a block. Classes meet six days a week 
during the first six and last two weeks of the semester 
in courses 201, 291, and 331. Course 251 occupies the 
other eight weeks of the semester. 

201. Secondary Education 

An examination of the fundamental principles involved in the or- 
ganization and administration of the high school curriculum in the 
light of individual and social needs; adolescence, pupil accounting, 
co-curricular activities, pupil promotion policies and practices, and 
articulation. 

M T W Th F S 9:00, each term Credit, 3 hours 

251. Directed Teaching 

This course contains the specific activities identified with systematic 
and formal observations, supervised student teaching, and with 

148 



Education 

varied activities related to the job of actual teaching, as specified by 
regulations of State Department of Public Instruction. Seniors only. 
C average, or higher, required in subject of certification and over all. 
Graded "Pass-Fail." For other prerequisites see page 144. 

Hours to be arranged, each term Credit, 6 hours 

291. Methods and Materials 

A functional approach to methods and materials actually used in the 
respective subjects in public high schools. Teaching of Foreign 
Languages and Science offered fall term only. Teaching of Health 
and Physical Education, Mathematics, Music and Speech offered 
spring term only. 

M T W Th F S, 8:00 Credit, 3 hours 

Teaching of English 

Teaching of Foreign Languages 

Teaching of Health and Physical Education 

Teaching of Mathematics 

Teaching of Music 

Teaching of Science 

Teaching of Social Studies 

Teaching of Speech 

331. Educational Organization, Administration, and Eval- 
uation 

School organization and administration including pupil personnel 
services, financial support, legal basis for education, and federal, 
state, and local relationships in the provision of public education. 
Accreditation and teacher certification, and the evaluation of the 
total school program. 

M T W Th F S 11:00 Credit, 3 hours 

Elective Courses 

301. Audio-Visual Education 

A survey of the theory, history, and techniques of using audio-visual 
aids, and their application to the current educational program. 

M W 3:00-4:15 Credit, 3 hours 

149 



Education 

303. History of European Education 

A study of educational theory and practice from Greek civilization 
through nineteenth century Europe. Particular emphasis will be 
placed upon the writers and philosophers who have contributed to 
Western educational thought. 

Fall term M W F 9:00 Credit, 3 hours 

304. History of American Education 

A study of education in the United States from Colonial days to the 
present. Special focus will be directed toward the social forces which 
have influenced American educational thought. 

Spring term M W F 9:00 Credit* 3 hours 

321. Measurement and Guidance 

Introductory course. A study of individual differences through 
statistical techniques as applied to mental and educational measure- 
ment; the interpretation and use of standard tests, the construction 
of informal objective tests, counseling, and audio-visual aids. 

M W F 9:00, 11:00 Credit, 3 hours 

341. Introduction to Counseling 

Philosophical, psychological, social, and historical foundations of 
counseling. Counseling theories and techniques, including psy- 
choanalytic, client-centered, eclectic, behavioral, and existential 
approaches. Relation of counseling to learning and religion. Or- 
ganization and administration of student personnel programs. 
Counseling research. 

M W F, 10:00 Credit, 3 hours 



Courses for Graduate Students* 

405. Sociology of Education Staff 

Credit, 3 hours 

407. Philosophy of Education Staff 

Credit, 3 hours 

411. Human Growth and Development Staff 

Credit, 3 hours 

413. Psychology of Learning Staff 

Credit, 3 hours 



' For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 

150 



421. Educational Research 

43 1 . Foundation of Curriculum Development 



Education 



Staff 
Credit, 3 hours 

Parker 

Credit, 3 hours 



433. Supervision of Instruction 



Messrs. Hall, Parker 

Credit, 3 hours 



435. Organization and Administration of Education 

Messrs. Hall, Parker 
Credit, 3 hours 



441. Psychology of Counseling 

AA?>. Vocational Psychology 

445. Counseling Laboratory and Internship 



Elmore 
Credit, 3 hours 

Staff 
Credit, 3 hours 

Staff 
Credit, 3 hours 



451, 452. Administrative Internship Credit, 3 hours each Semester 
491, 492. Thesis Research Credit, 3 hours each semester 

493. Basic Concepts of Remedial Reading Credit, 3 hours 

494. Advanced Practices in Remedial Reading Credit, 3 hours 

495. High School Reading Credit, 3 hours 



151 



English 



English 



Professors E. G. Wilson, Gossett, Snuggs 
Associate Professors Aycock, Brown, Carter, 

Kenion, Phillips, Potter 
Assistant Professors J. B. Allen, Drake, Fosso, 

Gray, Raynor, Shorter, Walhout* 
t Instructors Berces, Hagen, Hollowell, Small, 

Tilley, B. L. Wilson 
Lecturer Shaw 

Courses 111, 112, and 153, 156, for freshmen and 
sophomores, are prescribed for all degrees, and are pre- 
requisites for admission to all advanced courses in Eng- 
lish. 

The major in English requires a minimum of 30 
credit hours, of which at least 18 must be taken in the 
junior and senior years in courses numbered above 200. 
The minimum requirement for all English majors is 
five advanced courses in literature. Of these, three must 
be in English literature (including one in literature 
before 1700 and one in literature after 1700) and one 
in American literature. The advanced courses must 
also include one course in each of the major genres: 
poetry, fiction, and drama; and one single-author course 
and one period course. 

(A single course may satisfy two or three of the cate- 
gories above. For example, a course in Shakespeare 
would satisfy the requirements for a course in English 
literature before 1700, a course in drama, and a single- 
author course.) 

Highly qualified English majors are considered by 
the Department for admission to the honors program 
in English. They must meet certain preliminary re- 
quirements; earn a QPR of not less than 3.0 on all col- 



Absent on leave, 1967-68. 

152 



English 

lege work and 3.3 on all work in English; complete at 
least 20 hours in advanced courses in English, meeting 
the distribution requirements for all English majors 
and including in addition English 281, 282 (to be taken 
in the senior year); complete satisfactorily a senior 
research paper; and pass a comprehensive examination 
based on a general reading list and on a specialized 
reading list in a special area chosen by the student. 
They are then graduated with the designation of 
"Honors in English." For additional information 
consult members of the Department of English. 

I I . Composition Review * 

Essentials of standard usage and the basic principles of unity and 
coherence in sentence and paragraph; frequent themes. Required 
of those who have been assigned "composition conditions" (see foot- 
note on this page). The course carries no credit; the class meets 
three hours per week. 

III. English Composition 

A basic course in writing, which provides training in clear thinking 
and effective expression; frequent themes, corrective exercises, read- 
ing in modern prose, individual conferences; no credit given until 
the student has demonstrated ability to write satisfactorily. 

Credit, 3 hours 

112. Composition and Literature 

Study and practice in the several types of writing, with special atten- 
tion to the preparation of an investigative paper; readings in modern 
literature, with themes related to the reading; originality and indi- 
viduality of style emphasized. Prerequisite, English 111. 

Credit, 3 hours 



• Proficiency in the use of the English language is recognized by the Faculty as a re- 
quirement in all departments. A composition condition, indicated by cc under the grade 
for any course, may be assigned in any department to a student above the freshman 
year whose writing is unsatisfactory, regardless of previous credits in composition. 
Also the composition of all rising juniors, both Wake Forest students and transfers, 
is examined for proficiency. The writing of Wake Forest students is checked during 
their last course in sophomore English; that of transfers is checked during the ori- 
entation period each fall. For removal of a composition condition the student is required 
to take English 11 during the first semester for which he registers following the assign- 
ment of the cc. Since English 11 is not taught in the summer terms, a summer school 
student needing to remove a composition condition may repeat English 111 without 
credit. Removal of the deficiency is prerequisite to graduation. 

153 



English 

153. Major British Writers I 

A study of major works of several British poets and prose writers, 
including Chaucer, Spenser, Shakespeare, Milton, and Swift. 
Emphasis on reading rather than on literary history. Prerequisite, 
English 111-112. Credit, 3 hours 

154. Major British Writers II 

A study of several British writers from the Romantic, Victorian, and 
modern periods. Emphasis on reading rather than on literary history. 
May not be taken in the place of English 153 or English 156. Pre- 
requisite, English 111-112. 

Credit, 3 hours 
156. Major American Writers* 

A study of major American writers, including Poe, Emerson, Haw- 
thorne, Thoreau, Melville, Whitman, Dickinson, and Mark Twain. 
Emphasis on reading rather than on literary history. Prerequisite, 
English 111-112. 

Credit, 3 hours 
212. Literary Criticism 

Study of the basic principles of the great critics with practical 
application to specific literary works. Prerequisite, English 153, 156. 

Credit, 3 hours 
246. Modern Drama 

Extensive reading in the works of representative European, British 
and American dramatists from Ibsen to the present, in approximately 
chronological order, with attention to purposes, themes, and the 
evolution of modern techniques. Prerequisite, English 153, 156. 

Credit, 3 hours 
248. The Modern Novel 

Readings in recent fiction. Emphasis on British authors. Prerequisite, 
English 153, 156. Mr. Potter 

Credit, 3 hours 

253. American Fiction 

Studies in the novel and the short story, with reading of representative 
works of Cooper, Poe, Hawthorne, Melville, James, and others. 
Prerequisite, English 153, 156. Credit, 3 hours 

261. Essay Writing 

Primarily for those who are interested in writing for publication, 
with concentration on the various types of essays; wide reading 

• This course is required of all sophomores in Wake Forest College, on the theory that 
every college student should have an introduction to the literature of his owncountry. 
It is not required of students who transfer from other standard institutions with credit 
for the regular one-year course in sophomore literature, regardless of the content. 

154 



English 

in both modern and older essays; admission to the class only after 
conference with the instructor. Prerequisite, English 153, 156. 

Mr. Shaw 
Credit, 2 hours 

262. Short Story Writing 

A study of the fundamental principles of short fiction writing, with 
much collateral reading in the short story, and constant practice 
in writing; admission by consent of the instructor. Prerequisite, 
English 153, 156. Mr. Shaw 

Credit, 2 hours 

263. Expository Writing 

A course in the theory and practice of exposition and expository 
argumentation. Open only to students who lack the prerequisites 
for English 264. May not be taken by a student who has already 
received credit for English 264. Not credited toward an English 
major. Prerequisite, English 153, 156. Mrs. Raynor 

Credit, 3 hours 

264. Advanced Expository Writing 

An advanced course in exposition. Emphasis on logical thinking 
and on clarity and cogency in organizational structure and style. 
May not be taken by a student who has already received credit for 
English 263. Not credited toward an English major. Prerequisites, 
English 153, 156, C average in freshman English, and permission of 
the instructor. Mrs. Raynor 

Credit, 3 hours 
281, 282. Honors Course in English 

A conference course for senior students who wish to graduate "with 
Honors in English." Under the guidance of the Honors Advisor, 
the student will satisfy the special reading requirement and the thesis 
requirement described in "The English Departmental Honors 
Program," copies of which are available in the English office. Students 
who intend to enroll in this course will be expected to begin work 
on the special reading requirement in their junior year. 

Mr. Potter 
Credit, 2 hours each semester 

291. Education — The Teaching of English 

A course which is credited as Education in the professional require- 
ment for a high school teacher's certificate. A thorough review of 
English grammar with emphasis on the functional approach; di- 
rections for and activity in teaching composition and literature for 
high school students; use of audio-visual aids. Prerequisites, senior 
standing, English major, and a superior record. Mr. Aycock 

Credit, 3 hours 

155 



English 

301. The Structure of English 

An introduction to the principles and techniques of descriptive 
linguistics applied to contemporary American English. The chief 
concern is with syntax, morphology, and phonology. Some attention 
to (1) usage, (2) the relation of the phonemic system to orthography, 
and (3) regional variations in grammar, pronunciation, and vo- 
cabulary. Students are required to write two or three short papers. 
The course satisfies a state requirement for public-school certifica- 
tion in English. It is also open to students who do not plan to teach. 
Prerequisite, English 153, 156. Miss Hollowell 

Credit, 3 hours 

304. History of the English Language 

A survey of the development of English syntax, morphology, pho- 
nology, and vocabulary from Old English through Middle and 
Early Modern English to the present day, with some attention to 
the relation of English to the Indo-European language family. Pre- 
requisite, English 153, 156. 

Credit, 3 hours 

310. Introduction to Medieval Literature 

A study of important medieval literary works, exclusive of Chaucer's, 
illustrating literary genres, theories of interpretation, and major 
literary themes. Attention will be given to problems of bibliography 
and language relevant to the readings. Prerequisite, English 153,156. 

Mr. Allen 
Credit, 3 hours 

311. English Drama to 1580 

Reading of representative selections of English dramatic literature 
from the medieval beginnings to 1580, studied in relation to liturgical, 
literary, and social background, and used as a basis for consideration 
of dramatic theory. Primary emphasis is on the Cycle Plays and the 
Moralities. Prerequisite, English 153, 156. Mr. Shorter 

Credit, 3 hours 

315. Chaucer 

An introduction to Chaucer as a literary artist and master story- 
teller, with emphasis on The Canterbury Tales and Troilus and Criseyde 
studied in relation to sources, and to literary and social background. 
Prerequisite, English 153, 156. Mr. Shorter 

Credit, 3 hours 

320. Spenser 

Life and works of Edmund Spenser in relationship to the background 
of the Renaissance and to the Elizabethan era; concentration on 
The Faerie Queene. Prerequisite 153, 156. Mr. Snuggs 

Credit, 3 hours 

156 



English 

323. Shakespeare 

An introduction to Shakespeare as a dramatist and poet in relation- 
ship to his predecessors and contemporaries; a study of representative 
plays in the approximate chronological order, with the reading of 
additional plays; attention to problems of biography, dramatic 
companies, theatres, sources and criticism. Prerequisite, English 1 53, 
156. Mr. Snuggs 

Credit, 3 hours 

326. English Literature, 1600-1660 

A survey of non-dramatic prose and poetry of the Seventeenth 
Century, exclusive of Milton. Reading will include poetry of Jonson, 
Donne, Herbert, Crashaw, Marvell, Herrick, and prose of Bacon, 
Burton, Browne, and Walton. Consideration of the religious, political, 
and scientific background of the period. Prerequisite, English 153, 
156. Mr. Fosso 

Credit, 3 hours 

327. Milton 

A study of the poetical works of John Milton, with the concentration 
on Paradise Lost, and with the reading of selected prose; special at- 
tention to the life and personality of the author and to the literary 
and historical backgrounds of the era. Prerequisite, English 153, 156. 

Mr. Snuggs 
Credit, 3 hours 

328. The Age of Dryden 

A study of English prose, verse, and drama from 1660 to 1700. Em- 
phasis on the works of John Dryden as the dominant figure of the 
period, on literary theory, and on the comedy of manners. Pre- 
requisite, English 153, 156. Mr. Kenion 

Credit, 3 hours 

331. The English Novel to 1832 

The history of the English novel to 1832, chiefly through the reading 
and analysis of representative works which illustrate the evolution 
and progress of the form; emphasis on Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, 
Smollett, Sterne, Austen, and Scott. Prerequisite, English 153, 156. 

Mr. Brown 
Credit, 3 hours 

333. The Age of Pope 

A study of representative works of the major English writers of the 
period 1700-1740. Special emphasis upon Swift, Pope, Addison, 
and Steele, but attention also to other significant figures. Prereq- 
uisite, English 153, 156. Mr. Kenion 

Credit, 3 hours 

157 



English 

334. The Age of Johnson 

A study of the major English writers from Gray to Burns excluding 
the novelists; special attention to the letter writers and to Johnson, 
Boswell, Goldsmith, and Burns; collateral reading in Gibbon, Burke, 
and Reynolds. Prerequisite, English 153, 156. Mr. Brown 

Credit, 3 hours 

337 '. Romantic Poets 

A rapid survey of the beginnings of romanticism in English litera- 
ture, followed by a study of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Keats, 
and Shelley; collateral reading in the prose of the period. Prerequisite, 
English 153, 156. Mr. Wilson 

Credit, 3 hours 

338. Blake, Teats, and Thomas 

A reading and critical analysis of the poetry of Blake, Yeats, and 
Dylan Thomas; some attention to the literary movements with 
which they are associated. Prerequisite, English 153, 156. 

Mr. Wilson 
Credit, 3 hours 

340. Victorian Novelists 

A study of Dickens, Thackeray, the Brontes, Eliot, and Meredith, 
with some attention to their contemporaries; special attention 
to the social and literary background. Prerequisite, English 153, 156. 

Mr. Drake 
Credit, 3 hours 

341. The Major Victorian Poets 

A study of Tennyson, Browning, and Arnold as literary artists and 
as exponents of the literary, social and philosophical concepts of 
their era. Prerequisite, English 153, 156. Mr. Drake 

Credit, 3 hours 

342. From Victorian to Modern 

A study of English prose, poetry, and fiction from 1860 to 1900, 
with emphasis upon predominant social and intellectual currents 
of the period; writers to include Arnold, Huxley, Ruskin, Pater, 
Hardy, Swinburne, Meredith, and Butler. Prerequisite, English 
153, 156. Mr. Carter 

Credit, 3 hours 

345. Twentieth Century Poetry 

A study of selected American and British poets of the twentieth 
century, with attention to the transition from post-Victorianism, the 
renaissance following 1912, experimentation, and present trends. 
Prerequisite, English 153, 156. Miss Phillips 

Credit, 3 hours 

158 



English 

355. American Fiction from 1865 to 1915 

The emphasis will be on Twain and James, but the course will also 
include such writers as Howells, DeForest, Garland, Frederic, Cable, 
Crane, Norris, London, Dreiser, Wharton and Cather. Prerequisite, 
English 153, 156. Credit, 3 hours 

356. Intellectual and Social Movements in American Liter- 
ature since 1915 

Studies in naturalism, the literature of World War I, the modern 
temper, literary debunkers of the 1920's, neohumanism, Freudianism, 
the literature of the depression, Marxism, new criticism, and exis- 
tentialism. Prerequisite, English 153, 156. Mr. Gossett 

Credit, 3 hours 

358. Whitman and His Contemporaries 

Studies in major American poets of the nineteenth century, with 
concentration on Walt Whitman. Prerequisite, English 153, 156. 

Miss Phillips 
Credit, 3 hours 

359. Literature of the South 

Studies in the poetry and prose of the Southern United States, chiefly 
of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Prerequisite, English 
153, 156. Mr. Walhout 

Credit, 3 hours 

Courses for Graduate Students* 

(Note: Not every course listed in this section will be given every 
year, but at least two will be offered each semester of the regular 
academic year, and normally one will be offered each term of the 
summer session.) 

410. Literary Criticism Mr. Snuggs 

Credit, 3 hours 

415. Studies in Chaucer Mr. Shorter 

Credit, 3 hours 

419. English Drama, 1580-1642 Mr. Snuggs 

Credit, 3 hours 

425. Studies in Seventeenth Century English Literature 

Credit, 3 hours 
* For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 

159 



Journalism 

435. The Major Augustans Mr. Kenion 

Credit, 3 hours 

443. The Nineteenth Century English Novel Mr. Carter 

Credit, 3 hours 

AAA. English Poetry of the Nineteenth and Twentieth Centuries 

Mr. Wilson 

Credit, 3 hours 

455. Studies in American Fiction Mr. Gossett 

Credit, 3 hours 

457. American Poetry Miss Phillips 

Credit, 3 hours 

491, 492. Thesis Research 

Credit, 3 hours each semester for two semesters 



Journalism 

For a career in the newspaper profession, breadth 
of academic background is essential. The following 
courses, which provide the fundamentals of professional 
training, are concerned with the basic principles of 
journalistic writing and editing, and with a conception 
of the newspaper as a whole. 

271. Journalistic Writing 

Survey of the fundamental principles of news-writing; study of news 
and news values, and of outstanding newspapers. Open to juniors 
and seniors, and to sophomores who obtain the permission of the 
instructor. Prerequisite, English 111-112. Mr. Shaw 

Credit, 3 hours 

272. Copy-editing 

A laboratory course in copy -editing, headline-writing, typography, 
and make-up. Prerequisite, English 111-112 and 271. Mr. Shaw 

Credit, 2 hours 

160 



Art History 



274. Special Feature Articles 

Practice in writing articles for newspapers and magazines, with 
emphasis on selecting subject, gathering material, and on the prep- 
aration and sale of manuscripts. Prerequisite, English 111-112, and 
preferably 271. Mr. Shaw 

Credit, 2 hours 

211 . The Editorial 

Analysis of editorial policies of typical newspapers, discussions of 
current events and topics for editorial expression, and practice 
in writing various types of editorials; a study of the fundamentals of 
public opinion, and what the editorial writer can do to influence 
thinking. Prerequisite, English 111-112, 271-272. Mr. Shaw 

Credit, 2 hours 

218. History of American Journalism 

A study of the development of the American newspaper, with detailed 
investigations of representative papers and editors, and with special 
reference to the problems of present-day journalism. Prerequisite, 
English 111-112, 271-272. Mr. Shaw 

Credit, 2 hours 

Art History and Appreciation 

The following courses, conducted by a member of 
the English staff, are not a part of the regular English 
curriculum, but may be included in the program of the 
English major as related courses. 

265. Ancient and Medieval Art 

A survey of the arts as they developed in Egyptian, Mesopotamian, 
Minoan, Greek, and Roman civilizations and Medieval Europe. 
Prerequisite, junior or senior standing. Mr. Aycock 

Credit, 2 hours 

266. Renaissance and Modern Art 

A survey of the arts as they developed in Europe and the United 
States; emphasis on architecture, sculpture and painting. Prerequi- 
site, junior or senior standing. Mr. Aycock 

Credit, 2 hours 
268. American Art 

A history of art in the United States; emphasis on architecture, 
sculpture, painting, and the minor arts. Prerequisite, junior or senior 
standing. Mr. Aycock 

Credit, 3 hours 
11 

161 



German 

German 

Professor O'Flaherty 
Associate Professors Fraser, Sanders 
Visiting Lecturer Rupp 
Instructors Bridgewater, Merrill 

A major in this department requires 30 hours, in- 
cluding German 281 and 285. 

A language laboratory has been in operation since 
September 1960. Students enrolled in course numbered 
111 are required to spend one hour a week in the 
language laboratory as a part of their class preparation. 
Others may be required to attend the laboratory for 
remedial purposes. 

German majors who have a minimum quality point 
ratio of 3.0 in all college work and 3.3 in all departmental 
work may be admitted to the honors program in Ger- 
man. There are four requirements for completion of 
the honors major in German after admission: (1) main- 
tenance of a minimum quality point ratio of 3.3 in all 
work toward the major; (2) participation in at least one 
senior seminar at this institution; (3) the completion of 
a special research project under the direction of a mem- 
ber of the department; (4) the passing of a comprehensive 
written and oral examination, the oral part of which 
will be conducted in German by members of the de- 
partment. For further details, students should consult 
a member of the department. Successful honors candi- 
dates are graduated with the designation "Honors 
in German." 



Ill, 112. Elementary German 

This course covers the principles of grammar and pronunciation, 
and includes the reading of simple texts. Credit, 3 hours each semester 



162 



German 



151, 152. Intermediate German 

The principles of grammar are reviewed, and there is much reading 
of selected German prose and poetry. Prerequisite, German 111, 
1 1 2 or equivalent. Credit, 3 hours each semester 

211, 212. Introduction to German Literature 

The object of this course is to acquaint the student with recognized 
masterpieces of German literature. Parallel readings and reports 
are assigned. Prerequisite, German 151, 152. 

Credit, 3 hours each semester 

217. Conversation and Phonetics 

A course in spoken German, emphasizing facility of expression. 
Considerable attention is devoted to phonetics. Prerequisite, German 
1 52 or equivalent. Credit, 3 hours 

218. Composition and Grammar Review 

A review of the fundamentals of German grammar, with intensive 
practice in translation and composition aimed at the development 
of a reasonable competence in writing German. Prerequisite, Ger- 
man 1 52 or equivalent. Credit, 3 hours 

219. Advanced Composition 

This course involves a study of advanced grammar and composition. 
English texts of increasing difficulty will be translated into German 
in addition to free composition in German. Prerequisite, German 218 
or equivalent. Credit, 3 hours 

220. German Civilization 

A survey of contemporary German culture, including a study of 
its historical development in broad outline. Emphasis is placed 
on the intellectual, artistic, political, social and economic life of 
Germany. The course is conducted in German. Prerequisite, German 
21 7 or permission of instructor. Credit, 3 hours 

223, 224. Eighteenth Century German Literature 

The main movements of the century are traced in this course: the 
Enlightenment and its reaction in the Sturm und Drang; Weimar 
Classicism and its reaction in early Romanticism. The first two 
movements are considered in the first semester, the remaining in the 
second semester. Prerequisite, German 211-212. 

Credit, 3 hours each semester 



163 



German 

263. German Literature of the Nineteenth Century (I) 

Reading selections in this course are taken from the poetry, novels, 
Novellen, dramas and critical works produced from 1800 to 1848. 
with particular emphasis on Romanticism and Jungdeutschland. 
Reports and discussions are for the most part in German. Prerequisite, 
German 211, 212 or equivalent, and permission of the instructor. 

Credit, 3 hours 

264. German Literature of the Nineteenth Century (II) 

This course emphasizes readings from the beginnings of Poetic 
Realism to the advent of Naturalism. Reports and discussions are 
for the most part in German. Prerequisite, German 211, 212 or 
equivalent, and permission of the instructor. Credit, 3 hours 

281. Seminar: Twentieth Century Prose 

Advanced students investigate the main currents in German liter- 
ature from the last part of the nineteenth century to the present. 
Outstanding writers are studied in detail. Lectures, reports, and 
discussions are for the most part in German. Prerequisite, German 
211, 212 or equivalent and permission of instructor. Credit, 3 hours 

285. Seminar: Goethe 

Faust Part I will be studied in class. Parallel readings in other works 
by Goethe will be assigned. Prerequisite, German 211, 212. 

Credit, 3 hours 
287, 288. Honors Course in German 

This is a conference course involving extensive reading in German 
literature and the study of bibliography and the techniques of 
research. A major research paper is required. Designed for students 
who are candidates for departmental honors. 

Credit, 2 hours each semester 



164 



History 

History 

Professors Stroupe, Gokhale, Perry, Smiley, 
Lowell R. Tillett, Yearns 

Visiting Professors Bronner, Tate 

Associate Professors Barnett, Berthrong, Hen- 
dricks, Mullen, *Zuber 

Assistant Professors, Barefield, McDowell, 
J. H. Smith, Weller 

Instructors Foster, Hadley 

The Bachelor of Arts degree is awarded to students 
who complete the requirements for the bachelor's de- 
gree as stated elsewhere in this catalog and take their 
major in History. The History major is 30 semester hours 
and must include History 111, 112 and History 151, 152 
or their equivalents. The remaining 18 hours of the His- 
tory major and 18 hours of required work in related fields 
are selected by the student and a History adviser. 

Highly qualified History majors are considered 
by the department for admission to the honors pro- 
gram in History. They must meet certain preliminary 
requirements, earn a QPR of not less than 3.0 on all 
college work and 3.3 on all work in History, complete 
satisfactorily History 287, 288, and pass a comprehen- 
sive written examination. They are then graduated with 
the designation of "Honors in History." For additional 
information consult members of the History staff. 

Students contemplating graduate study should plan 
to take required and general survey courses early in 
their college careers, should include the course in His- 
toriography, and should acquire a reading knowledge 
of one modern foreign language (preferably French, 
German or Russian) for the M.A. degree and two for 
the Ph.D. degree. For information regarding the Master 



' Absent on leave, 1967-68. 

165 



History 

of Arts degree in History at Wake Forest University 
consult the Bulletin of the Graduate School. 

Ill, 112. Modern Europe 

The political, economic, and social history of Europe in its world 
setting from the Renaissance to the present. Students majoring in 
history should take this course their freshman year. History 1 1 1 
prerequisite for History 112. 

History 111, jail semester, M W F 8, 10, 11, 12, 1, 2, 3; T Th S 

8, 9, 11, 12; spring semester, M W F 8; T Th S 9 
Histvry 112, fall semester, M W F 8; T Th S 9; spring semester, 
M W F 8, 10, 11, 12, 1, 2, 3; T Th S 8, 9, 11, 12 Staff 

151, 152. The United States 

A general survey of United States history from the period of dis- 
covery and colonization to the present. Social, economic, and 
intellectual developments are included, but political history is 
emphasized. History 151 covers the period from discovery to 1865 
and is prerequisite for History 152, which covers from 1865 to the 
present. Students majoring in history should take this course in the 
sophomore year. 

M W F 8, 9, 2; T Th S 9, 11 Staff 

215, 216. The Ancient World 

Oriental and Greek history, fall semester; Roman history, spring 
semester. Cultural aspects emphasized. 

T Th 3 Mr. Smiley 

219, 220. The Renaissance and Reformation 

This is a study of the transition of Europe from medieval to modern 
times. The emphasis is on artistic, literary, and religious achieve- 
ments, with some attention given to political and economic develop- 
ments. 

T Th 2 Mr. Barefeeld 

257, 258. The South 

A study of geography, population elements, basic institutions, and 
selected events. 

M W F 12 Mr. Smiley 



166 



History 

264. Economic History of the United States 

A general survey of the economic development of the United States 
from colonial beginnings to the present. This course may count as 
History or Business Administration, but not both. 

M W F 9 Mr. Perry 

265. American Diplomatic History 

An introduction to the history of American diplomacy since 1776, 
emphasizing the effects of public opinion on fundamental policies. 
M W F 9 Mr. Perry 

271, 272. Latin America 

A study of the development of Latin America from pre-Columbian 
times to the present. Fall semester — discovery to the eve of Indepen- 
dence in 1810. Spring semester— the Independence movement and the 
individual growth of the modern Latin American Republics in 
the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Throughout, special emphasis 
is given to the evolution of Latin American political institutions. 
T TkS 11 Miss Weller 

287, 288. Honors Course in History 

A two-semester sequence of seminars on problems of historical 
synthesis and interpretation. Designed for seniors who are candidates 
for distinction in history. 

Th 3-4 Staff 

291 . Education — Teaching of Social Studies 

An examination of the theories and techniques involved in the 
teaching of history, geography, politics, economics, and sociology 
in secondary schools. The principal emphasis is on history. Required 
of students who expect certification in one or more of the social 
studies. Credited as Education. Mr. Syme 

M T W Th F S 8 Credit, 3 hours 

311, 312. Social and Intellectual History of Modern Europe 

Western European thought and culture are examined in relationship 
to economic, social, and political developments. Fall semester: seven- 
teenth and eighteenth centuries; spring semester: nineteenth and 
twentieth centuries. 

M W F 1 Mr. Berthrong 



167 



History 

317, 318. Medieval Europe 

A course in which selected political, economic, social, and cultural 
aspects of the Middle Ages are studied. History 317 prerequisite for 
History 318. 

T Th 11 Mr. Barefield 

319, 320. Germany 

Fall semester: the origins of the German nation and the rise of 
Brandenburg-Prussia in a context of German particularism. Spring 
semester: from the Reich of Bismarck to divided Germany. 

M W F 10 Mr. McDowell 

323, 324. England 

A political and social survey, with some attention to continental 
movements. Fall: to 1603; spring: 1603 to present 

M W F 9, 2; T Th S, 9 Messrs. Barnett, Hadley 

325, 326. Tudor and Stuart England 

An intensive constitutional and social study of the period. Fall: the 
Tudors; Spring: the Stuarts. 

M W F 11 Mr. Barnett 

327, 328. The British Empire 

Fall semester: early commercial developments and the old colonial 
Empire, 1066-1783. Spring semester: the second British Empire 
and the development of the Commonwealth. Special emphasis will 
be placed on the role of Britain in New Zealand, India, The West 
Indies, Australia and Cape Colony. 

M W F 11 Miss Weller 

329, 330. Modern England 

The political, social, economic, and cultural history of England 
since the accession of the Hanoverians in 1714. Fall: to 1815. Spring: 
since 1815. 

M W F 11 (Not offered 1968-69) Mr. Hadley 

331, 332. Russia 

Primarily political, with some attention to cultural and social de- 
velopments. Fall semester, the Russian Empire; spring semester, 
the Soviet Union. 

M W F 1 Mr. Tillett 

168 



History 

338. Recent European History 

A study of political and economic changes in Europe since 1914, 
with emphasis on the influence of public opinion. 

M W F 12 Mr. Mullen 

341, 342. History and Civilization of Southeast Asia 

Developments in the history and culture of Burma, Thailand, Ma- 
laya, Indonesia, and Indo-China from the earliest times to the pres- 
ent. The course devotes special attention to religion, social organiza- 
tion, economy, Indian and Chinese influences, literature, art, and 
architecture in the region. 

M W F 9 Mr. Gokhale 

345, 346. History and Civilization of South Asia 

An introduction to the history and civilization of India, Pakistan, 
Nepal and Ceylon from ancient to recent times. Emphasis is given 
to historical developments in the social, economic, intellectual 
and cultural life and to the impact of Hinduism-Buddhism, Islam 
and the West on the sub-continent. 

M W F 9 {Not offered 1968-69) Mr. Gokhale 

347, 348. Modern India 

An intensive examination of the historical development of India 
since 1600. Topics discussed include the Mughal Empire and its 
contributions, the growth of Western enterprise and British rule, and 
the Western impact on the emergence of modern India. 

M W F 11 Mr. Gokhale 

349, 350. China and Japan 

The cultural and political development of East Asia. Fall semester: 
traditional China and Japan to 1800; spring semester: nineteenth 
and twentieth centuries. 

T Th 2* Mr. Tate 

351, 352. Social and Intellectual History of the United States 

A study of the significant ideas and cultural achievements of the 
American people and of their relationship to the social environment. 
History 351 covers the period from the first settlements to 1865. 
History 352 covers the period since 1865 and may be taken inde- 
pendently of History 35 1 . 

T Th S 9 Mr. Zuber 



"Class meets 75 minutes each day. 

169 



History 

353. Colonial America 

The background and development of colonial America to 1763. 
Emphasis on political, social, economic, and cultural characteristics 
as they became uniquely American. 

M W F 10 Mr. Hendricks 

354. Revolutionary and Early National America, 1763-1820 

The American Revolution, its causes and effects, the Confederation, 
the Constitution, and the new nation as it gained complete inde- 
pendence. 

M W F 10 Mr. Hendricks 

355. The Westward Movement 

The role of the frontier in American history, 1763-1890. 

T Th 8 Mr. Smiley 

359, 360. Recent American History 

The United States from the Populist Era to contemporary times. 
The fall semester includes the reform movements of the late nine- 
teenth century, imperialism, progressivism, and World War I. The 
spring semester covers the "Roaring-Twenties," the depression, 
the New Deal, World War II, and post-war developments. 

T Th S 9 Mr. Smith 

362. American Constitutional History 

A study of the origins of our constitutional system, the controversies 

involving the nature of the union, constitutional readjustments to 

meet the new American industrialism, and the modern Constitution. 

T Th S 11 Mr. Yearns 

368. North Carolina 

Selected phases of the development of North Carolina from colonial 
beginnings to the present. 

M W F 8 Mr. Stroupe 

391, 392. Historiography 

A study of the development of history as a branch of knowledge 
through a survey of the principal historians and their writings from 
ancient times to the present. Fall semester: European historiography; 
Spring semester: American historiography. 

T Th 1 Mr. Perry 



170 



History 



Courses for Graduate Students* 

411, 412. Seminar in Modern European History Mr. Tillett 
T Th 11-12:30 Credit, 3 hours each semester 

435. European Diplomatic History, 1848-1914 Mr. Mullen 
M W F 12— Fall 

436. Europe since 1939 
M W F 12— Spring 

442. Seminar on Southeast Asia 
{Not offered 1968-69) 

445, 446. Traditional India 
Th 6:30 P.M. 

447. Seminar on Modern India 
{Not offered 1968-69) 



Credit, 3 hours 

Mr. McDowell 

Credit, 3 hours 

Mr. Gokhale 

Credit, 3 hours 

Mr. Gokhale 

Credit, 3 hours each semester 

Mr. Gokhale 

Credit, 3 hours 



451, 452. Seminar in United States History Mr. Smiley 

M W 2-3:30 Credit, 3 hours each semester 



457. The Old South Mr. Stroupe 
T Th 8:30-10:00 A.M.— Fall Credit, 3 hours 

458. The Civil War and Reconstruction Mr. Yearns 
T Th 8:30-10:00 A.M.—Spring Credit, 3 hours 



491, 492. Thesis Research 



Staff 
Credit, 3 hours each semester 



* For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 

171 



Mathematics 



Mathematics 

Professors Gentry, Sawyer, Seelbinder 

Visiting Professor Brauer 

Associate Professors Gay, Johnson, Gaylord 

May, Graham May, Waddill 
Assistant Professor Howard 
Instructor Smith 
Vice President Lucas 

This Department offers basic courses in each of the 
main divisions of Mathematics : algebra, analysis, geome- 
try, applied mathematics. 

A major in this Department (33 hours) must include 
courses 111, 112, 113, 121, 311, 321, 331. 

Any student preparing to teach Mathematics in the 
secondary school should include in his program courses 
111, 112, 113, 121, 321, 331, 332. 

Highly qualified Mathematics majors are considered 
by the Department for admission to the honors program 
in Mathematics. They must meet certain preliminary 
requirements, earn a QPR of not less than 3.0 on all 
college work and 3.3 on all work in Mathematics, 
complete satisfactorily a senior research paper and pass 
a comprehensive oral and written examination. They 
are then graduated with the designation of "Honors 
in Mathematics." For additional information consult 
members of the Mathematics staff. 

102. Principles of Mathematics 

An introduction including a definition and examples of deductive 
reasoning, inductive reasoning, abstract logic, abstract mathematical 
science, pure and applied mathematics. A study of set theory as an 
application. A study of the real number system using an axiomatic 
approach. Many examples taken from arithmetic, algebra, trigo- 
nometry and analytic geometry. Any student receiving credit for 
Mathematics 102 will not receive credit for Mathematics 105. 

Credit, 3 hours 

111 



Mathematics 



105. Introduction to Mathematical Analysis 

An introduction to series, limits, derivatives and antiderivatives. A 
thorough study of (a) polynomial equations of first, second and higher 
degrees in one or more variables, (b) algebraic, exponential, logarith- 
mic, trigonometric and inverse functions, (c) identities, (d) conic 
sections, (e) polar, cylindrical, spherical coordinates and transfor- 
mation of coordinates, and (f) parameters. Any student receiving 
credit for Mathematics 105 will not receive credit for Mathematics 
1 02. Credit, 3 hours 

111, 112, 113. Calculus with Analytic Geometry I, II, III 

A study of differential and integral calculus and an investigation 
of the basic ideas of analytic geometry as they arise. 

Credit, 3 hours each semester 

121. Linear Algebra 

A study of vectors and vector spaces, linear transformations and 
matrices, linear groups and determinants. Credit, 3 hours 

142. Introduction to Axiomatic Methods 

A sophomore-level course to facilitate the transition from courses 
which emphasize problem solving to ones in which the emphasis 
is on proving theorems. Material will be selected from several areas 
of Mathematics. Many different theorems and types of proof will 
be considered. Credit, 3 hours 

157. Introduction to Probability 

Definitions, Sample spaces, Probability in sample spaces, Bayes' 
Formula, Random variables, Probability functions, Binomial dis- 
tribution, applications. Credit, 3 hours 

161. Modern Finite Mathematics 

A study of mathematics as it pertains to social science and business 
today. Emphasis will be placed on development of mathematical 
models, probability, matrices, linear programming, decision theory, 
and theory of games. Credit, 3 hours 

162. Analysis for the Biological, Management and Social 

Sciences 

Topics from analytic geometry and calculus; a study of the linear, 
parabolic and hyperbolic laws with an introduction to differential 
and integral calculus. Applications including maxima and minima 

173 



Mathematics 



problems and curve fitting will be included. No student will be al- 
lowed credit for both Mathematics 162 and Mathematics 111. 

Credit^ 3 hours 

174. Surveying 

The use of engineering equipment. Surveying and engineering 
practices, government system of division and sub-division of land; 
deed description, lot and farm boundaries; topographical surveying, 
making of contour maps, observations for determination of meridian 
and latitude, reducing field notes, plotting, blue printing, use of 
slide rule, etc. Credit, 3 hours 

232. Foundations of Geometry 

A course of logic in geometry with special emphasis on postulates, 
systems of geometry, etc. Recommended for teachers. Prerequisite, 
Mathematics 112. Credit, 3 hours 

251. Differential Equations 

Special solvable non-linear equations, linear equations, transforma- 
tions, and symbolic methods; solutions in series; Gauss, Bessel 
and Legendre equations; simultaneous ordinary differential equa- 
tions. Credit, 3 hours 



255. Theory and Applications of the Digital Computer I 

Basic theory and applications of computers. Intensive study and 
laboratory training in coding and programming, using Fortran. One 
hour lecture, two hours laboratory for J^ semester. 

Credit, 1 hour 

256. Theory and Applications of the Digital Computer II 

A continuation of Math 255, including PL/1, Symbolic Programming 
Systems, and basic machine language. Two hours lecture, two hours 
laboratory. Credit, 3 hours 

292. Education — The Teaching of Mathematics 

The objectives and content of the many proposals for change in our 
curriculum and texts. The techniques, relative merits, and role of 
such teaching procedures as the inductive and deductive approaches 
to new ideas. The literature of mathematics and its teaching. The 
underlying ideas of elementary mathematics and the manner in 
which they may provide a rational basis for teaching. 

Credit, 3 hours 

174 



Mathematics 



294. History of Mathematics 

A study of the development of mathematics, dealing with the evo- 
lution of the number system, arithmetic, geometry, algebra, trigo- 
nometry, etc., together with a study of the lives of the leading 
mathematicians. Recommended for those of junior standing who 
expect to teach Mathematics. Credit, 3 hours 

301. Basic Concepts of Algebra for Teachers 

A study of the foundations of algebra and the structural properties of 
elementary algebraic systems with special emphasis on the real num- 
ber system, sets, methods of proof and algebraic functions. Credit for 
this course may not be applied toward the Master of Arts degree by 
students majoring in Mathematics. Credit, 3 hours 

302. Basic Concepts of Geometry for Teachers 

A study of points, lines and planes; real numbers and the Ruler 
Axiom; separation in the Plane and in Space; angles and the Protrac- 
tor Axiom; Congruences. Credit for this course may not be applied 
toward the Master of Arts degree by students majoring in Mathe- 
matics. Credit, 3 hours 

311, 312. Advanced Calculus I, II 

Real and complex numbers; basic concepts in set theory; limits and 
continuity; Differentiation of functions of one and several variables; 
Taylor's expansion; definite, improper, infinite, multiple integrals; 
infinite series; power series; applications. Math 311 may not be taken 
for credit by graduate students majoring in mathematics. 

Credit, 3 hours each semester 
317, 318. Theory of Functions 

Limits, implicit functions, power series, double series, Cauchy's 
Theorem and its applications, residues, Riemann surfaces, conformal 
mapping. Credit, 3 hours each semester 

321, 322. Modern Algebra 

A study of groups, fields, rings, determinants, matrices, linear de- 
pendence, linear transformations, quadratic and bilinear forms. 
Course 32 1 may not be taken for credit by graduate students majoring 
in mathematics. Credit, 3 hours each semester 

323, 324. Determinants and Matrices 

A study of the basic concepts and theorems concerning determinants 
and matrices including some of the recent and most important re- 
sults in the study of algebraic matrices. Credit, 3 hours each semester 

175 



Mathematics 



331, 332. Geometry 

The elements of higher geometries including congruence, parallelism, 
similarity, area, volume, and ruler and compass construction will 
be studied. Math 331 may not be taken for credit by graduate students 
majoring in mathematics. Credit, 3 hours each semester 

333. Introduction to Topology 

An axiomatic treatment of the theory of point sets. Topological 
properties of Euclidean spaces, metric spaces and Hausdorff spaces 
will be studied. Credit, 3 hours 

335. Projective Geometry 

Synthetic and analytic treatment centering around Desargue's 
Theorem and the principle of projectivity. Credit, 3 hours 

341. Foundations of the Number System 

A set of objects called natural numbers characterized by Peano's 
Postulates will be assumed. The integers, rational numbers, real 
numbers and complex numbers will be constructed. Credit, 3 hours 

345, 346. Theory of Numbers 

An introduction to the properties of integers, congruences, a study of 
Theorems of Fermat and Wilson, primitive roots, arithmetic func- 
tions, quadratic reciprocity, sums of squares. 

Credit, 3 hours each semester 

351, 352. Applied A nalysis 

Fourier Series; Bessel functions; Vector algebra and Calculus; 
line and surface integrals; Divergence theorem; Green's Theorem; 
Stokes' Theorem; Laplace transformation with applications to 
differential equations; partial differential equations and boundary 
value problems; Calculus of Variations. Credit, 3 hours each semester 

355. Numerical Analysis 

A computer-oriented study of various analytical methods in mathe- 
matics including real and complex roots of equations, finite difference 
methods and theory of interpolation, numerical differentiation and 
integration, numerical solution of ordinary and partial differential 
equations, simultaneous equations and matrix inversion, error 
analysis. Two hours lecture, two hours laboratory. Prerequisites, 
Math 113, Math 255. Credit, 3 hours 

176 



Mathematics 



357, 358. Statistics 

A study of the elementary theory and applications, with particular 
emphasis on the mathematical development of probability distribu- 
tions, finite population sampling, estimation, testing of hypotheses 
and confidence methods. One who takes either of these courses may 
not receive credit for Bus. Ad. 368, Sociology 280 or Psychology 213. 
This course may not be taken for credit by graduate students maj- 
oring in mathematics. Co-requisite, Math 113. 

Credit, 3 hours each semester 

381. Research 

Library and conference work performed on an individual basis. 
Open only to students with a superior record. Six hours a week. 
Prerequisite, permission of the staff. Credit, 2 hours 



Courses for Graduate Students* 

411, 412. Real Variable Credit, 3 hours each semester 

413,414. Complex Variable Credit, 3 hours each semester 

421, 422. Abstract Algebra Credit, 3 hours each semester 

423, 424. Seminar on Theory of Matrices 

Credit, 1 hour each semester 
431. General Topology Credit, 3 hours 

433. Algebraic Topology Credit, 3 hours 

435. Differential Geometry Credit, 3 hours 

443, 444. Seminar on Number Theory 

Credit, 1 hour each semester 

491,492. Thesis Research 

Credit, 3 hours each semester for two semesters 



• For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 

12 

177 



Military Science 



Military Science 

Colonel Hugh J. Turner, Jr., Professor 
Major Ervin L. White, Assistant Professor 
Major Robert G. Topp, Assistant Professor 
Captain Paul L. Sechtman, Assistant Professor 
Captain Eddie J. White, Assistant Professor 
Sergeant Major Thomas D. Shafer, Assistant 
Master Sergeant Daniel T. Rucker, Assistant 
Sergeant First Class Eldon McDonald, Assis- 
tant 
Mrs. Helen E. Mickey, Administrative Assis- 
tant 
Mrs. Inez Stonestreet, Librarian 
Mrs. Dorothy J. Windsor, Secretary 

A senior unit of the United States Army Reserve 
Officers' Training Corps was established at Wake Forest 
College in 1951. The general objective of the program 
of instruction is to produce junior officers possessing the 
leadership and other attributes essential to their pro- 
gressive and continued development as Officers in the 
United States Army. 

The basic contract between Wake Forest University 
and the Department of the Army requires each student 
"to devote the number of hours to military instruction 
prescribed by the Secretary of the Army." The Depart- 
ment of Military Science therefore establishes separate 
rules on attendance and on procedures governing the 
ROTC program at the University. 

The ROTC program is divided into a Basic Course 
(academic freshmen and sophomores) and an Advanced 
Course (academic juniors and seniors). 

The purpose of the Basic Course is to increase initia- 
tive and confidence in the student, to develop his 
capacity for leadership, to provide training in military 

178 



Military Science 



subjects common to all branches of the Army, and to 
lay a foundation for intelligent citizenship. 

Except when credit for military school ROTC, or 
previous military service is allowed, failure to enroll in 
the ROTC as an academic freshman will normally pre- 
clude the student from participation in the Basic Course. 
Transfer students who have previously enrolled in any 
Department of Defense ROTC program usually may 
continue in Army ROTC at Wake Forest. 

A program designed specifically for transfer students 
and for those who were unable to take ROTC during 
their first two years is offered. Selected applicants must 
successfully complete a six-week basic summer camp 
prior to their junior year. This summer training takes 
the place of the Basic Course in the four-year program 
and qualifies the student to enter the Advanced Course. 

The Advanced Course is designed to develop further 
the objectives of the Basic Course and to enable students 
to qualify for commissions as Reserve Officers in the 
United States Army. Entrance into the Advanced 
Course is selective, based on demonstrated performance 
and potential. 

Advanced Course ROTC students receive a monetary 
allowance of $50.00 per month. This allowance is 
payable from the day of enrollment at the beginning 
of the student's junior year until the end of his senior 
year. This allowance is not drawn during the summer 
camp which the Advanced Course ROTC student 
attends at the conclusion of his junior year. All summer 
camp expenses, including travel incident thereto, 
are paid by the Government. While at camp the student 
is paid at the rate of $151.95 per month. Total re- 
muneration for the Advanced Course is about $1,200.00. 

Upon graduation, students who have completed the 
Advanced Course receive commissions as Second Lieu- 

179 



Military Science 



tenants in the United States Army Reserve. Graduating 
students who have demonstrated leadership, scholarship 
and military aptitude to an outstanding degree may be 
designated "Distinguished Military Graduates." These 
selected individuals are afforded an opportunity to 
apply for a Regular Army Commission. 

ROTC students meeting prescribed requirements may 
receive deferment from selective service after their first 
semester. 

Any Military Science Courses completed at Wake 
Forest University are transferable to any other institution 
with Army or Air Force ROTC programs. 

The ROTC Cadet Corps is organized as a modified 
Regular Army unit to provide maximum opportunities 
for the exercise of leadership. It includes a Band and 
Drill Team. Both of these organizations receive special 
training and represent Wake Forest University in special 
events. 

Basic Course students are provided U. S. Army 
uniforms at no cost to the individual. Advanced Course 
students are furnished a complete, tailored uniform 
package, valued at approximately $150.00, for the 
duration of the ROTC course and for retention by the 
individual upon being commissioned. Textbooks and 
other equipment necessary for the ROTC program are 
also provided. A $20.00 uniform deposit is required of 
each ROTC student. The deposit, less charges for loss or 
damages, is refunded at the end of the school year or 
upon withdrawal from the course. 

The national honorary military societies of Scabbard 
and Blade and Pershing Rifles have chapters at Wake 
Forest. Membership, on an elective basis, is open to 
ROTC cadets. 

The ROTC Rifle Team competes with other colleges 
and universities each year; both shoulder-to-shoulder 



180 



Military Science 



and postal matches are fired. This activity is recognized 
as a minor sport at Wake Forest University. All practice 
firing and each match is supervised by a regular army 
instructor. The firing is conducted with modern small 
bore target rifles on an indoor range. 

Outstanding achievements are recognized through 
a number of annual awards. The President of the 
University, the Department of the Army, military 
associations and several patriotic organizations sponsor 
a variety of medals, decorations and trophies for su- 
perior leadership and scholarship in military science. 
Details may be obtained from the Professor of Military 
Science. 

Courses Offered 

111, 112. Military Science (First Tear Basic) 

Includes a study of military organization; individual weapons and 
marksmanship; the United States Army and national security; and 
leadership. One hour theory and weekly leadership laboratory. 
(Plus academic subject, see note below.) Credit, 1 hour each semester 

151, 152. Military Science (Second Tear Basic) 

Includes a study of American military history; map and aerial photo- 
graph reading; introduction to basic tactics and techniques; and lead- 
ership. Two hours theory, and weekly leadership laboratory. Pre- 
requisite: Military Science 1 1 1 and 112.* Credit, 2 hours each semester 

211, 212. Military Science (First Tear Advanced) 

Includes a study of leadership problems; military teaching principles; 
branches of the Army; small unit tactics and communications; 
and weekly leadership laboratory. (Plus academic subject, see note 
below.) Prerequisite or corequisite: Military Science 151 and 152.* 

Credit, 2 hours each semester 

251, 252. Military Science (Second Tear Advanced) 

Includes a study of operations; logistics; Army administration; 
military law; the United States in world affairs; service orientation; 

* Unless credit is given for previous military science or training. 



181 



Music 

leadership; and weekly leadership laboratory. (Plus academic sub- 
ject, see note below.) Prerequisite or corequisite: Military Science 
2 1 1 and 212. Credit, 2 hours each semester 

Note. For basic course students any course selected from the areas 
listed below of a minimum of two (2) credit hours taken either se- 
mester is required the first year to satisfy the basic course requirement. 

For advanced course students any course selected from the areas 
listed below of a minimum of three (3) credit hours, and which is 
not a course required to satisfy the basic requirement of the major 
field of study, is required each year to satisfy the advanced course 
requirement. Satisfactory completion of each such course under- 
taken will be a prerequisite to commissioning. 

Area I Effective Communication. 

Area II Science Comprehension. 

Area III General Psychology. 

Area IV Political Development and Political Institutions. 

The PMS will evaluate and approve elective subjects selected by 
the student. 

Music 

Professor Thane McDonald 

Associate Professor P. S. Robinson 

Assistant Professors Giles, Huber 

Instructor Lucille S. Harris 

Part-time Teachers Felmet, Rainey, Roumillat, 

Stone 
Artist in Residence Kalter 

A student who is considering music as a major field 
must declare his intention to the department chair- 
man as early as possible in his freshman year and take 
the musical aptitude test. 

A major in this Department requires 36 hours divided 
between Applied Music (12-18 hours), Music Theory 
(9-12 hours, including Music 157, 158), and Musical 
Culture (minimum of 6 hours). In addition, the Music 
major must present a minimum of 4 hours resident 
Ensemble * credit and demonstrate performing ability in 

• No student may register for more than one hour of Ensemble credit each semester. 
Not more than eight hours Ensemble credit will be counted toward graduation. 

182 



Music 

student recitals. At the discretion of the Music faculty 
a public recital will also be required. All Music majors 
are required to attend all faculty and student recitals. 
No student taking an Applied Music course may per- 
form publicly without the permission of the instructor. 

Students desiring North Carolina Teacher Certifi- 
cation in Music should note the requirement of 18 
hours of Applied Music (including a keyboard profi- 
ciency equivalent to Piano 114a). 

Qualified Music majors are considered for admission 
to the honors program in Music provided they meet 
certain preliminary requirements and complete the 
academic requirements for the Music major with a min- 
imum QPR of 3.3 in Music and an over-all minimum 
QPR of 3.0. Further requirements are: a memoriz- 
ed senior recital to include one lesser work assigned 
two weeks before the recital and prepared without 
the aid of the teacher; also the performance in the 
senior year of two additional memorized major works 
to be prepared without the aid of the teacher. 

Applied Music candidates for honors must also present 
to the music faculty a lecture-recital on the tonal and 
structural analysis of the material in the senior recital 
three weeks before the recital. Music Education candi- 
dates must prepare a major score during the final se- 
mester, do the total rehearsing and conduct it in a public 
performance. All candidates must complete satisfactorily 
a comprehensive examination in the fields of music 
theory, music history, and music literature. When these 
requirements are met the department will recommend 
to the Committee on Honors that the candidate be 
graduated with "Honors in Music." 

In the following curricula for Music majors only 40 
hours of Music will be counted toward the 128 hours 
required for graduation. 



183 



Music 



Bachelor of Arts with a major in one of the following areas: 

A. Applied Music hours 

Music 155, 156. Theory 6 

Music 157, 158. Theory 6 

Music 213. Counterpoint 3 

Music 214. Composition, Form and Analysis 3 

Music 233, 234. Music History 6 

Applied Music. Principal Instrument 16 

Music 109-1 16. Ensemble 4 

~44 

Additional non-Music 88 

Total 132 

B. Church Music 

Music 1 55, 1 56. Theory 6 

Music 157, 1 58. Theory 6 

Music 213. Counterpoint 3 

Music 2 1 4. Composition, Form and Analysis 3 

Music 229. Hymnology 3 

Music 230. Church Music Literature 3 

Music 23 1 . Music in the Church 3 

Music 233, 234. Music History 6 

Applied Music. Organ and/or Voice 12 

Music 109-116. Ensemble 4 

Music (Education) 293. Voice Methods 1 

Music (Education) 295. Conducting 3 

~53 

Additional non-Music 84 

Total 737 

C. Music Education {for Teacher Certification) 

Music 143, 144. Brass and Percussion Instruments Class. . 2 

Music 145, 146. String Instruments Class 2 

Music 147, 148. Woodwind Instruments Class 2 

Music 155, 156. Theory 6 

Music 157, 158. Theory 6 

Music 213. Counterpoint 3 

Music 214. Composition, Form and Analysis 3 

Music 233, 234, Music History 6 

Music 235, 236. Orchestration and Scoring for Band 4 

Music 291 . Teaching of Music 3 

Music 293, 294. Voice Methods 2 

Music 295. Conducting 3 

Applied Music. Principal and Secondary Instrument. ... 12 

184 



Music 

Music 109-116. Ensemble 4 

Education (Additional Specified) 15 

73 

Additional non-Music 67 

Total 140 



Music Theory 

101. Fundamentals 

Music terminology, scales, keys, intervals, chords, rhythms, ab- 
breviations, embellishments and smaller forms as they apply to 
performance, vocally and at the keyboard. Primarily for students 
not majoring in music and for music majors (without credit) having 
a deficiency in music theory. 
M W F 11 

155, 156. Theory 

Music reading as applied to vocal and keyboard performance. 
Rhythms in scale and interval singing. Ear training based on chord 
study equal to diatonic harmony. Aural study of the basic forms. 
Prerequisite, Music 101 or equivalent. 
M W F 2 

157, 158. Theory 

Study of triads, seventh and ninth chords and their inversions. 
Melody harmonization and practical composition involving modula- 
tion in the smaller forms. 
M W F 12 

211, 212. Advanced Harmony 

Study of melody harmonization and compostion in the smaller 
forms involving chromatic chords and non-harmonic tones. Analysis 
of passages drawn from standard literature. Prerequisite, Music 157, 
158. 

M W F 10 {Alternates with Music 213, 214) 

213. Counterpoint 

Strict counterpoint in the five species with two to four voices. Also 
a study of the "free" or modern counterpoint. Prerequisite, Music 
157, 158. 

T T S 9 Fall — {Alternates with Music 211) Credit, 3 hours 

185 



Music 

214. Composition, Form and Analysis 

Study of practical composition involving harmonic and contrapuntal 

materials in small and large forms. Prerequisite, Music 157, 158, 213. 

T T S 9 — Spring (Alternates with Music 212) Credit, 3 hours 

235. Orchestration 

Study of instrumentation emphasizing orchestral styles, with practical 
experience in scoring for strings, winds, and percussion. Prerequisite: 
Music 158 or permission of instructor. 

T Th 11 — Fall (Alternate years) Credit, 2 hours 

236. Orchestration and Scoring for Band 

Advanced scoring for the orchestra or the contemporary concert 
band. Selection of the medium is made by the student with approval 
of the instructor. Prerequisite: Music 235. 

T Th 11 — Spring (Alternate years) Credit, 2 hours 



Music Culture 

102. Music Appreciation 

Open to all students desiring an understanding of music as an element 
of liberal culture and who wish to equip themselves for more intelli- 
gent appreciation and listening. 
M W F 11 

225, 226. American Music 

English origins in the seventeenth century. America's first compos- 
ers. National songs, Lowell Mason, Stephen Foster. Music of the 
Civil War. Folk music — its use by American composers. The newer 
developments in orchestral and choral music. Contemporary com- 
posers. Illustrative recordings. 
M W F 10 

227, 228. Opera 

A survey of the development of opera. Representative works studied 
through the use of recordings. 

M W F 10 (Alternates with Music 225, 226) 

229. Hymnology 

Early church hymnody; Latin and Greek contributions; the ref- 
ormation chorale. English Psalmody and the English Hymn during 

186 



Musk 

the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. Study of the great hymns 
and hymn tunes of the church including twentieth century hymns. 
Designed especially for ministerial students. 
M W F 9— Fall 

230. Church Music and Literature 

Survey of the great oratorios, cantatas, anthems, and organ com- 
positions of the church. 
M W F 9— Spring 

231. Music in the Church 

Function of the church musician and the relationship of his work 
to the overall church program. 

M W F 9— -Spring {Alternates with Music 230) 

233, 234. Music History 

Survey of the history, literature and meaning of music, aiming 
to stimulate intelligent hearing and understanding of music and its 
social uses. Illustrative recordings. 
M W F 2 



Methods* 

29 1 . Education — Teaching of Music 

Teaching and supervision of choral and instrumental music in the 
public schools, grades 1-12. Prerequisite, Music 157, 158. 

M T W Th F S 8— Spring Credit, 3 hours 

293, 294. Voice Methods 

Survey of technic and repertoire materials with demonstration of 
their application and interpretation. Twice weekly with assigned 
laboratory preparation. 

Hours to be arranged Credit, 1 hour each semester 

295. Choral and Instrumental Conducting 

Principles of conducting. Prerequisite, Music 157, 158. 

M W F 10— Fall Credit, 3 hours 



* Each course in this division may count as either Music or Education, but choice 
must be indicated at time of registration. 

187 



Music 

Ensemble * 

109, 110. Orchestra 

Study and performance of works from the classical and modern 

repertoire as well as concerti, oratorios, cantatas, operas and musicals. 

M W 4 Credit, 1 hour each semester 

111, 112. Choir 

Study and performance of sacred and secular choral literature. 
This organization forms the chapel choir. A selected group forms the 
touring choir for out of town concerts. 

T Th 4 Credit, 1 hour each semester 

113, 114. Band 

Concert Band: Study and performance of the standard band reper- 
toire in regular campus and public appearances including an annual 
tour. 

T Th F 4 Credit, 1 hour each semester 

Varsity Band: For those students who lack the necessary time and 
proficiency to participate in the Concert Band. 

T Th F 4 Credit, 1 hour each semester 

Marching Deacons Band: Performs for most of the football games and 
rehearses during the first half of the fall semester at the Concert 
Band time. 

T Th F 4 

115, 116. Accompanying 

Study of the elements of accompanying through class discussion 
and studio experience. One class meeting per week with three as- 
signed laboratory periods. 

Hours to be arranged Credit, 1 hour each semester 

Applied Music 

Applied Music courses are open to all college students 
with the approval of the instructor. Applied Music 
Students are expected to attend all departmental 
Recital Hours. The following descriptions are suggested 
performance levels for the four years of study in the 
principal fields of concentration. 

• No student may register for more than one hour of Ensemble credit each semester. 
Not more than eight hours Ensemble credit will be counted toward graduation. 

188 



Music 



Lesson and Practice Schedule 

Students enrolled in any Applied Music course will 
note the following schedule of weekly lessons and practice: 

One lesson with minimum of five hours practice. 

Credit, 1 hour each semester 
One lesson with minimum of ten hours practice. 

Credit, 2 hours each semester 

Note: All examinations in Applied Music courses will be given 
by the Music Department faculty and grades will be determined by 
this group. 

Piano 

llla-114a. Piano 

All major and minor scales and I, IV and V7 chords and inver- 
sions. Improvisation of simple harmonizations of familiar songs. 
Sight-reading of community songs and hymns. Transposition of 
melodies with simple harmonic accompaniments. Study of appro- 
priate standard piano literature. Primarily for students whose major 
interest is band and/or orchestral instruments. 

Ill, 112. 

Major and minor scales, dominant seventh and diminished seventh 
technic in root position and all inversions, quarter note at M.M. 
84-88. Bach, Two Part Inventions; Mozart, Sonata K280; Beethoven, 
Sonata Op. 14, No. 1 or 2. Short Romantic and Contemporary 
compositions of the difficulty of the Chopin A-fiat Prelude; technic 
studies as deemed necessary by the teacher. 

113, 114. 

Major and minor scales, dominant seventh and diminished seventh 
technic continued, quarter note at M.M. 100. Bach, Three Part 
Inventions; Beethoven, Sonata in C minor, Op. 10; Mozart, Fantasy 
in D minor; Chopin, Etude, Op. 10, No. 9; technic studies as deemed 
necessary by the teacher. 

211, 212. 

Major and minor scales in 3rds, 6ths, lOths, quarter note at M.M. 
92-96. Bach, Well Tempered Clavier or French Suites; Beethoven, 
Op. 27, No. 1, or Op. 78; Chopin, Etude Op. 25, No. 4; technic 
studies as deemed necessary by the teacher. 

189 



Music 



213, 214. 

Major and minor scales quarter note at M.M. 120-132 and in 3rds, 
6th, lOths, quarter note at M.M. 100-108. Bach, Well Tempered 
Clavier or English Suites; Beethoven, Op. 31, No. 2, or Op. 90; 
Brahms, Intermezzo Op. 117, No. 2; Chopin Etude Op. 10, No. 3; 
technic studies as deemed necessary by the teacher. 



Organ 

111, 112. 

Manual and pedal technique; clarity in contrapuntal playing; 
Bach's Eight Little Preludes and Fugues; hymn playing. 

113, 114. 

Pedal scales; smaller Preludes and Fugues of Bach; Chorale Preludes; 
simple works of more modern composers; hymn playing. 

211, 212. 

More difficult Bach Preludes and Fugues and Chorale Preludes; 
selected works by Mendelssohn, Franck, etc. 

213, 214. 

Larger Preludes and Fugues of Bach; Trio Sonatas; selected modern 

composers of all Schools; Widor, Vierne, Dupre, etc. 

Voice 

111, 112. 

Establishment of correct breath and pronunciation habits through 
complementing physical and phonetic exercises. Clarity of diction, 
pitch poise, legato singing and consistent reference to mezzo- voce 
stressed. Early Italian, folk and folk-like songs in English. 

113, 114. 

Vocalises to induce more facility in the medium range. Studies in 
messa di voce, portamenti, and grupetti stressed. Repertoire to include 
moderately difficult arias of the Classic school and early Romantic 
art songs. Participation in student recitals. 

211, 212. 

Extended scales and arpeggi. Execution of vocal fioirtura. Elimination 
of registers and an even-timbered quality throughout the range 
stressed. More difficult Classic arias, moderately difficult songs and 

190 



Musk 

arias of the Romantic school in original language. Participation 
in student recitals, oratorio and music-drama. 

213, 214. 

Attention to developing individual style; selection and interpretation 
of repertoire best suited to the student's particular ability. More 
difficult songs and arias of all schools in original language. Senior 
Recital. 

Orchestral and Band Instruments 

The following instruments are designated by course numbers /// 
112, 113, 114, 211, 212, 213, and 214 corresponding to eight suc- 
cessive semesters. 



Flute 


Trumpet 


Violin 


Oboe 


French Horn 


Viola 


Clarinet 


Trombone 


Cello 


Bassoon 


Euphonium 


Double Bass 


Saxophone 


Tuba 


Percussion 



Studies of progressive difficulty covering tone production, scales, 
and technical studies, all articulations or bowings, embellishments, 
phrasing, etudes, solo and small ensemble repertoire, excerpts from 
band and orchestral literature and applied transpositions. 



Secondary Courses 

137, 138. Literature of the Piano 

Survey course designed to acquaint students with some of the teach- 
ing materials of the piano. Several large works from the standard 
repertoire will be studied in detail during the second semester. 
Th 1 Credit, 1 hour each semester 

143, 144. Brass and Percussion Instruments Class 

Theory and practice of playing and teaching brass and percussion 
instruments. Twice weekly with a minimum of five hours practice. 
Prerequisite, Music 156. 

Hours to be arranged Credit, 1 hour each semester 

145, 146. String Instruments Class 

Fundamentals of playing and teaching all members of the string 
family. Twice weekly with a minimum of five hours practice. 

Hours to be arranged Credit, 1 hour each semester 

191 



Philosophy 

147, 148. Woodwind Instruments Class 

Fundamentals of playing and teaching all members of the wood- 
wind family. Twice weekly with a minimum of five hours practice. 
Hours to be arranged Credit, 1 hour each semester 

151,152. Voice Class 

Classes will consist of at least four students each. Offered to qualified 
students interested in making a study of voice class materials, or, as 
preparation for the private voice courses. Minimum of five hours 
practice. 

Hours to be arranged Credit, 1 hour each semester 

Applied Music Fees 

Students enrolled for individual or class study in 
applied music as offered above will note the following 
schedule of semester fees, in addition to tuition, payable 
to the Treasurer not later than November 1 and March 
1, respectively. 

One hour lesson per week $80 . 00 

One half hour lesson per week (voice and instruments only) 50 . 00 

Class instruction (maximum fee per student) 30 . 00 

Practice studio (with piano) rental per semester (one 

hour daily) 6 . 00 

Practice studio (with piano) rental per semester (two 

hours daily) 10 .00 

Organ practice per semester (one hour daily) 10.00 

Organ practice per semester (two hours daily) 14.00 

Other instrument rental per semester 5 . 00 



Philosophy 

Visiting Professor Ferm 
Professor Helm 
Assistant Professor Hester 
Instructor McCollough 

The Spilman Philosophy Seminar, open to advanced 
students in Philosophy, was established in 1934 by an 
endowment, in perpetuity for the Department, of 

192 




Reynolda Hall 




School of Law 



Philosophy 

$4,000 by Dr. Bernard W. Spilman. The income from 
the endowment is used to provide books for the seminar 
library which now contains about 4,000 volumes. 

In 1960, friends of the Department established the 
A. C. Reid Philosophy Fund. The annual income from 
this fund is used to support the departmental library 
and for other activities connected with the depart- 
mental program. 

Through a gift in 1966 from the late Guy T. Cars- 
well of Charlotte, North Carolina, a distinguished alum- 
nus of the College, the Guy T. and Clara Carswell 
Philosophy Lectureship has been established. Lecturers 
are selected by a special committee, and the lectures 
will deal with the general subject "Problems of Philoso- 
phy as Related to Christian Truth." 

The establishment of the James Montgomery Hester 
Philosophy Seminar was made possible by a gift from 
Mr. James Montgomery Hester of Long Beach, Cali- 
fornia, a prominent alumnus of the College. Five per- 
sons are selected by a special committee to serve as 
participants, with their topics restricted to the general 
subject "Contemporary Problems and Christian Faith." 

The furniture of the Department was donated in 
honor of Mr. and Mrs. W. A. Hough by their children. 

A major in this Department requires 24 credit hours, 
including Philosophy 221, 255, 259, 281, 282. 

211. Introductory Philosophy 

A course designed to introduce to the student the thought of repre- 
sentative philosophers from the early Greeks to the modern period. 
Sophomore standing required. 

M W F 8:00; 10:00; 12:00; 1:00; 2:00; T Th S 8:00; 9:00 

221. Modem Philosophy 

A course designed to introduce the student to the major modern 

philosophers, from the sixteenth through the nineteenth century. 

Prerequisite, Philosophy 211. 

M W F 9:00 {Fall) 
13 

193 



Philosophy 

231, 232. Readings in Philosophy 

Several great books, in or closely related to philosophy, will be read 
each semester. Prerequisite, Philosophy 21 1 and special permission. 
M W F 11:00 

241, 242. Seminar: Epistemology 

A comprehensive survey of philosophical conceptions of knowledge. 
Prerequisite, Philosophy 211 and 221, and junior standing. 

T Th 8:35 Credit, 3 hours each semester 

247, 248. Plato; Aristotle 

A study of Plato's dialogues and sections of Aristotle's works. Pre- 
requisite, Philosophy 2 1 1 
T Th 11:00 

251, 252. Kant and Hegel 

Extensive readings and reports. Prerequisite, Philosophy 211. 

T Th 1:00 

255. Philosophy of Religion 

A critical consideration of the philosophical aspects of religious 
thought. Prerequisite, Philosophy 211. 

M W F 11:00 

257. Aesthetics 

A critical examination of several philosphies of art, with emphasis 
on the application of these theories to particular works of art. Pre- 
requisite, Philosophy 211. 

Three hours to be arranged Credit, 3 hours 

259. Logic 

An elementary study of the laws of valid inference, recognition of 
fallacies, and logical analysis. 
M W F 9:00; 10:00 

262. Philosophy of Science 

Systematic exploration of some conceptual foundations of rational 
procedure, as exemplified especially in the physical sciences. Topics 
include: the nature of elementary fact, general law, and theoretical 
construct; the concept of explanation; induction and the role of 
deduction. Prerequisite, Philosophy 211. 
M W F 2:00 {Fall) 

194 



Physical Education 



263. Ethics 

A critical study of selected problems in ethical theory. Readings 

in the ethical works of Western philosophers. Prerequisite, Philosophy 

211. 

M W F 2:00 {Spring) 

267. Medieval Philosophy 

An examination of the philosophy of the Middle Ages, concentrating 
especially in the thought of Christian Scholastics. Prerequisite, 
Philosophy 211. 

M W F 9:00 (Spring) Credit, 3 hours 

271. Contemporary Philosophy 

A study of philosophical thought in the twentieth century, with 
emphasis upon its origins and distinctive characteristics. Prereq- 
uisite, Philosophy 211. Special reading assignments beyond lectures. 
T Th 11:00 (Spring Term) Credit, 3 hours 

281, 282. Seminar: Advanced Problems in Philosophy 

A careful examination of selected special topics in philosophy. 
Prerequisite, Philosophy 211 and 221 and special permission. 

Two hours to be arranged Credit, 3 hours each semester 



Physical Education 

Professors Barrow, Dodson 

Assistant Professors Casey, Crisp, Ellison, 

Pollock 
Instructors Dawson, Gettman, Hamilton, 

Shockley 

The purpose of the Department of Physical Educa- 
tion is to organize, administer and supervise the follow- 
ing programs: (1) Required Physical Education 
Program consisting of conditioning activities, varied 
team and individual sports, special corrective and 
remedial instruction to all students with physical prob- 
lems according to the individual's need, and to teach 
some basic information on posture and body mechanics, 

195 



Physical Education 



physiological principles, and practical health facts which 
must be observed to maintain a state of health and 
physical fitness. (2) Intramural Sports Program 
which allows all students to participate and specialize 
in varied individual and team sports which will be of 
lifelong benefit. (3) Supervised Recreation Program 
consisting of varied recreational and leisure time activi- 
ties. (4) Professional Curriculum Program which will 
offer the necessary training for those interested in the 
fields of Health, Physical Education, Recreation and 
Athletic Coaching. 



Required Physical Education 

Physical Education 111 and 112 are required of all 
freshmen and transfer students who have not complied 
with this requirement. For those men enrolled in ROTC 
Physical Education 111 and 112 requirement may be 
postponed until the sophomore year but must be com- 
pleted by the end of that second year of attendance in 
Wake Forest College. Not more than Jour hours of required or 
elective physical education may be counted toward graduation. 

111-112. Physical Education 

A basic course consisting of body mechanics, basic health and physio- 
logical principles, aquatics, team sports, rhythmic activities, and 
individual and dual sports designed to develop fundamental skills. 
Students' needs and interests will be met by allowing controlled 
election of selected activities based upon the results of a standardized 
proficiency examination and-or previous experiences. 

Credit, 1 hour each semester 

111-112. Physical Education {Special) 

A course consisting of remedial instruction or limited activity for 
students with special problems, handicaps or medical excuses. 

Hours to be arranged Credit, 1 hour each semester 

196 



Physical Education 



Elective Physical Education 

For those students who wish to specialize in sports 
activities beyond the requirement, a varied sports 
program is offered. Any two of the courses listed below 
may be elected for credit toward graduation. Prerequi- 
site, Physical Education 111-112. 



Hours to be arranged 

159. Beginning Golf 

160. Intermediate Golf 

161. Beginning Badminton & 
Tennis 

162. Fundamentals of Dance 

163. Dance Choreography 

164. Gymnastics 

165. Beginning Bowling 

166. Beginning and Inter- 
mediate Swimming 

167. Advanced Swimming; 
Beginning Scuba 



Credit, 1 hour each 

168. Life Saving; Water Safety 
Inst. Course 

169. Weight Training and 
Conditioning 

170. Handball; Squash Racquets 

172. Water Ballet; Synchronized 
Swimming 

173. Conditioning; Body 
Mechanics 

1 74. Intermediate Badminton 
and Tennis 

175. Intermediate Bowling 

176. Marksmanship Sports 



Courses for Major Students 

Students desiring to elect a major in Health and 
Physical Education and to satisfy the state requirements 
for a teaching certificate must be of Junior standing, 
and will be required to have Biology 111 and 112, and 
a minimum of 35 hours in Health and Physical Edu- 
cation. The following courses are required of all major 
students: 251, 254, 258, 352, 353, 355, 356, 357, and 363. 
Men students must take 220, 221, 222, and 224. Women 
students must take all of these except 222 for which 
they substitute 228. The remaining hours may be 
selected from 271, 376, and 381. 

Physical Education major students who are consider- 
ing graduate study should take course 381 as elective. 
Course 292 counts as education and is to be taken by 

197 



Physical Education 



students completing requirements for a teaching certifi- 
cate. 

Physical Education majors with superior records are 
considered by the department for admission to the honors 
program in Physical Education. These students must 
meet certain criteria which have been established by 
the department, earn a QPR of at least 3.0 on all college 
work and 3.3 on all hours required for the major in 
Physical Education, participate satisfactorily in Physical 
Education 381, and pass a comprehensive written exami- 
nation. Upon satisfactory completion of these require- 
ments, they will be recommended for graduation with 
"Honors in Physical Education." 

220. Methods and Materials in Gymnastics, Aquatics, and 

Dance 

Presentation of knowledge and skill in gymnastics, aquatics, and 
dance, and knowledge of methods and materials in teaching and 
coaching of these activities. Credit, 3 hours 

221. Methods and Materials in Recreation Games and 

Sports, and Folk Dance 

Presentation of knowledge and skill in recreational sports, games of 
low organization, and folk dance; and a knowledge of methods 
and materials in teaching these activities. Credit, 3 hours 

222. Theory of Coaching Sports {Men) 

Presentation of the knowledge of methods and materials in coaching 
football, basketball, baseball, and track and field. Credit, 3 hours 

224. Methods and Materials in Team and Individual Sports 

Theory and practice in organization, teaching, learning, and coach- 
ing techniques in selected team and individual sports which are 
normally included in a comprehensive physical education program. 

Credit, 3 hours 

228. Methods and Materials in Women's Sports {Women) 

Presentation of knowledge and skill in team sports for women, and a 
knowledge of methods and materials in teaching and officiating. 

Credit, 3 hours 

198 



Physical Education 



251. Principles of Physical Education 

A general introductory course and orientation into physical edu- 
cation and its relation to general education and the present organi- 
zation of society. Credit, 3 hours 

254. First Aid; Athletic Injuries 

A course in practical application of first aid and treatment of minor 
athletic injuries. Credit, 1 hour 

258. Organization and Administration of Health and Physical 

Education 

A course in problems and procedures in Health and Physical Edu- 
cation and the administration of an interscholastic athletic program. 

Credit, 3 hours 

271. Recreation Leadership 

This course emphasizes the various theoretical and practical aspects 
of leadership in various types of recreation. Credit, 3 hours 

292 . Education — Teaching of Health and Physical Education * 

A course for students in the field of Health and Physical Education 
where emphasis is placed on the fundamentals of teaching, laws of 
learning and other essentials. Credit, 3 hours 

352. Anatomy and Physiology 

A course to provide students of physical education with a functional 
knowledge of the anatomic structure and physiologic function of the 
human body. Credit, 3 hours 

353. Physiology of Exercise 

This course presents the many effects of muscular activity on the 
processes of the body which constitutes the scientific basis of Physical 
Education. Credit, 3 hours 

355. Adapted Physical Education 

A course in body mechanics and kinesiology dealing with a program 
for all handicapped and special problems in Health and Physical 
Education. Credit, 2 hours 

356. Evaluation and Measurement in Health and Physical 

Education 
A course in measurement techniques and beginning statistical 
procedures to determine pupil status in established standards of 

• Required Education course in major field counting toward Education requirement 

199 



Physics 

health and physical education which reflect the prevailing edu- 
cational philosophy. Credit, 2 hours 

357. Kinesiology 

A study of the principles of human motion based on anatomic, 
physiologic, and mechanical principles. It considers joint and muscle 
function in motor skills as the approach to the mechanical analysis 
of movement. Credit, 3 hours 

363. Personal and Community Health 

A course presenting personal, family, and community health and 
the significant developments and current research in the field. 

Credit, 3 hours 

376. Organization and Administration of Recreation 

A course in recreational problems and the administration of the 
several types of recreation. Credit, 3 hours 

381. Research in Physical Education 

A study of the nature and purpose of research, and the methods 
and techniques used in its procedures. Standards are emphasized 
with respect to selecting, defining, and analyzing potential problems 
and preparing bibliographies and writing up research. 

Credit, 3 hours 



Physics 

Professors Turner, Haven, Shields, George 

P. Williams, Jr. 
Associate Professor Brehme 
Assistant Professor Woldseth 

In addition to the courses prescribed by the College, 
the requirements for a B.S. Degree with a major in 
Physics are a minimum of 33 hours of Physics which 
must include courses 111, 112, 151, 152, 154, 211, 212; 
311, 312, 343, 345; Chemistry 1 1 1 , 114 and Mathematics 
through differential equations. 

Highly qualified Physics majors are considered by 
the Department for admission to the honors program in 
Physics. They must meet certain preliminary require- 

200 



Physics 

ments, earn a QPR of not less than 3.0 on all college 
work and 3.3 on all work in Physics, complete satis- 
factorily Physics 381 and pass a comprehensive written 
examination. They are then graduated with the desig- 
nation of "Honors in Physics." For additional infor- 
mation consult members of the Physics staff. 

The following is a suggested schedule for Physics 
majors. Electives must be chosen in consultation with 
the major adviser. Military Science may be taken in 
addition to the courses listed. 



Freshman Tear 




Sophomore Tear 






Physics 


111*, 112 


Physics 151, 


152, 


154 


Mathematics 


105 f, HI 


Mathematics 


112, 


113 


English 


111, 112 


Chemistry 


111, 


114 


History 


111, 112 


English 


153, 


156 


Language % 


111, 112 


Language 


151, 


152 


Physical Education 


111, 112 








Junior Year 




Senior Tear 






Physics 


211,212 


Physics 


311, 


312 


Mathematics 


121,251 


Physics 


343 




Religion, * * 6 hours 




Mathematics 


351, 


352 


Political Science 


151, 152 


Philosophy 


211 




or Business 




Electives 






Administration 


213,214 









105. Descriptive Astronomy 

An introductory study of the universe from the solar system of the 
galaxies, with discussions of the celestial sphere and celestial naviga- 
tion. Several class meetings are scheduled in the evening for purposes 
of observation. Credit, 3 hours 

111, 112. General Physics 

A basic course for freshmen and sophomores including the elements 
of mechanics, properties of matter, wave motion, sound, heat, elec- 
tricity and magnetism, light, and some of the recent developments in 
physics. Three hours lecture, two hours laboratory. Upperclassmen 
may elect this course but will be given additional assignments. 

Credit, 4 hours each semester 

• Students with superior high school records may choose 151. 
t May be omitted by permission of department of Mathematics. 
t German or Russian preferred, French allowed. [See page 112.] 
** See page 113 

201 



Physics 



151, 152. Mechanics, Wave Motion and Heat 

The fundamental principles of mechanics, wave motion, and heat, 
including the study of equilibrium, motion in a straight line and in 
the plane, conservation laws, simple harmonic motion, gravitation, 
fluid dynamics, wave motion, and thermodynamics. Calculus is a 
co-requisite. Three hours lecture both semesters. 

Credit, 3 hours each semester 

154. Mechanics, Heat and Wave Motion Laboratory 

Classical experiments are performed with special attention given 
to treatment of data and analysis of errors. Three hours laboratory. 

Credit, 1 hour 
211, 212. Electricity 

The first semester includes a study of electric fields and potentials, 
electrical properties of matter, magnetic fields, circuit theory, and 
electromagnetic waves. The second semester is a study of the optics of 
the electromagnetic spectrum, including reflection, refraction, inter- 
ference, diffraction and absorption. Prerequisite, Math 112 or by 
permission of the instructor. Three hours lecture, two hours lab- 
oratory. Credit, 4 hours each semester 

230. Electronics 

Elements of electron theory including a study of electrons in vacuum 
tubes and semi-conductor devices. An analysis is made of basic cir- 
cuits including amplifiers, oscillators, scalers, and those circuits used 
in basic research. Prerequisite, Physics 211. Two hours lecture, two 
hours laboratory. Credit, 3 hours 

301, 302. Advanced General Physics 

A course designed primarily for science teachers and includes me- 
chanics, wave motion and sound, thermodynamics, electricity, optics, 
and selected topics, in atomic and nuclear physics. Credit is not al- 
lowed for graduate students in the Department of Physics. Pre- 
requisite, Mathematics 105. Three hours lecture, two hours labo- 
ratory. Credit, 3 hours both semesters 

311. Classical Mechanics 

Selected topics in dynamics including the motion of a system of 
particles, rigid bodies, and a particle under the action of a central 
force. This course also includes a study of accelerated reference sys- 
tems, LaGrange and Hamilton equations, vibrating systems, normal 
coordinates, vibrating strings and wave motion. Prerequisites, Physics 

152, Mathematics 251. Credit, 3 hours 

202 



Physics 

312. Electromagnetic Theory 

A study of the basic equations of electromagnetism with emphasis 
on the meaning and application of Maxwell's equations. Prerequisite, 
Physics 211, Mathematics 251. Credit, 3 hours 

343, 344. Modern Physics 

A two semester lecture course dealing with the theories of atomic, 
molecular, and nuclear structure. The first semester will be pre- 
dominandy introductory quantum mechanics, and its application 
to atomic spectra. Molecular and nuclear structure will be studied 
in the second semester. Credit, 3 hours each semester 

345, 346. Modern Physics Laboratory 

A two semester laboratory course designed to illustrate the theories 
and principles considered in Physics 343 and 344. Three hours lab- 
oratory. Credit, 1 hour each semester 

351. Thermodynamics and Statistical Physics 

A study of heat transfer, the laws of thermodynamics, and change 
of state. An introduction to the kinetic theory of molecular motion, 
including velocity and density distribution functions, equations of 
state, and fluctuations considered from the quantum and classical 
approach. Credit, 3 hours 

381. Research 

Library, conference, and laboratory work performed on an individual 
basis. Open only to students with superior records. Six hours a week. 
Prerequisite, permission of the staff. Credit, 2 hours 



Courses for Graduate Students* 

412. Classical Mechanics Credit, 3 hours 

413. Electromagnetism Credit, 3 hours 
441,442. Quantum Mechanics Credit, 3 hours each semester 
452. Solid State Physics Credit, 3 hours 
455. Magnetic Properties of Solids Credit, 2 hours 



1 For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 

203 



Political Science 



456. Seminar on Defects in the Solid State Credit, 2 hours. 

461. Nuclear Physics Credit, 3 hours 

470. Statistical Mechanics Credit, 3 hours 

480. Special Theory of Relativity Credit, 3 hours 

491,492. Thesis Research 

Credit, 3 hours each semester for two semesters 



Political Science 

Professor Richards 
Professor of Asian Studies Gokhale 
Associate Professor Moses 
Assistant Professors Broyles, Fleer, 

Reinhardt*, Schoonmaker 
Instructors Sears, Sebo, Thornton 

The major in Political Science is 30 hours and must 
include Political Science 151, 230, 251, 261, and three 
additional hours in American Government. The re- 
maining 1 5 hours in the major and 1 8 hours of required 
work in related fields are selected by the student and 
the Political Science adviser. One who elects Political 
Science to fulfill the basic requirement in the social 
sciences must take Political Science 151. The additional 
three hours will normally be selected from Political 
Science 152, 230, 251, and 261, but any other course 
numbered 211 to 266 may be elected with the permission 
of the Department. Political Science 151 is prerequisite 
for all other courses in the field. Students of demonstrated 
ability, however, may be admitted to advanced courses, 
without this prerequisite, with the written approval 
of their major adviser and the instructor concerned. 

Highly qualified Political Science majors are con- 

* Absent on leave, 1967-68. 

204 



Political Science 



sidered by the Department for admission to the honors 
program in Political Science. They must meet certain 
preliminary requirements, earn a QPR of not less than 
3.0 on all college work and 3.3 on all work in Political 
Science, complete a satisfactory senior research project, 
and pass a comprehensive examination on the senior 
paper and a selected bibliography recommended by the 
Department. In addition the honors candidate is re- 
quired to take Political Science 280 and either Political 
Science 281 or 282. 

American Government 

151, 152. American Institutions, Politics, and Policies 

A survey course in American democracy. The first semester covers 
the political institutions and processes which give expression to the 
principles of American democracy. The second semester covers 
current policies as they relate to these principles. Included are such 
policy areas as economic regulation, welfare, civil liberties, and 
national defense. Political Science 151 may be taken without 152. 

Staff 
Credit, 3 hours each semester 

211. American Political Parties 

A study of the organization and functions of parties in American 
politics. Particular attention will be given to the role of political 
parties in the nomination of candidates for public office, elections, 
and the governmental process. Mr. Fleer 

Credit, 3 hours 

212. Political Behavior 

A study of the influences — social, economic, political — which affect 
the formation of political opinions and the nature of political partici- 
pation. Forms of political behavior which will be examined include 
voting behavior, interest group activity, and the holding of public 
office. The impact of opinions and political participation on the 
governmental process will be explored. Mr. Fleer 

Credit, 3 hours 

213. Introduction to Public Administration 

Development of administrative organization; organization theory; 
administrative behavior; politics and administration; personnel and 
budgetary processes; administrative responsibility. Mr. Thornton 

Credit, 3 hours 

205 



Political Science 



214. Policy and Administration 

The role of public administrative agencies in policy formation and 
implementation. Topics include administrative organization; sources 
of external support and opposition; interpersonal behavior; forms 
of administrative action, including rule-making and adjudication; 
problems of compliance; control of administration. Mr. Thornton 

Credit, 3 hours 

218. The Legislative Function and Policy Formation 

A survey of the legislative function in government. Topics considered 
include the theory of representative government; legislative structure, 
organization, and procedure; party organization and influence in 
legislative bodies; the influence of pressure groups and lobbying in 
the legislative process; relationships between legislatures and other 
branches of government. Mr. Fleer 

Credit, 3 hours 

221. State and Local Government and Politics 

An advanced course in which political patterns, organization, and 
processes of state and local governments in the United States are 
given intensive consideration. Selected problems peculiar to non- 
national governments will be given special emphasis. Mr. Thornton 

Credit, 3 hours 

222. Urban Government and Politics 

A study of government and politics in the American city and metro- 
politan communities. Special attention will be given to historical 
developments, forms and structure of government, state-city rela- 
tions, political control and power structures, functional activities, 
and the problem of the suburbs. Mr. Richards 

Credit, 3 hours 

225. American Constitutional Law: Separation of Powers 

and the Federal System 
A study of the role of courts in the American political process and 
an analysis of Supreme Court decisions affecting the three branches 
of the national government, the relations of the national government 
to the states, and the relation of the states to each other. 

Mr. Richards 
Credit, 3 hours 

226. American Constitutional Law: Civil Liberties 

A study of judicial interpretations of fundamental and procedural 
rights in such areas as freedom of expression, religion, and assembly; 

206 



Political Science 



substantive due process of law; equal protection of the laws; and the 
rights of the criminally accused. Mr. Richards 

Credit, 3 hours 

227 '. The Judicial Process 

A study of courts and the legal system as a part of the American 
political process. Attention is given to judicial organization, pro- 
cedures involved in litigation, the selection of judges, judicial decision- 
making, and the social, economic, and political impact of judicial 
decisions. Mr. Richards 

Credit, 3 hours 



Comparative Government 

230. Comparative Politics 

A comparative analysis of democratic and authoritarian political 
systems in industrial and nonindustrial societies. Staff 

Credit, 3 hours 

231. Great Britain and Western Europe 

A study of the British political system in comparison with conti- 
nental European systems, particularly those of France and West 
Germany. Mr. Schoonmaker 

Credit, 3 hours 

232. The Soviet Union and Eastern Europe 

A comparative examination of the political structures and processes 
of the Soviet Union and other selected non-democratic regimes of 
Eastern Europe. Mr. Moses 

Credit, 3 hours 

233. Politics of Developing Areas 

A study of the various social, economic, psychological, and political 
problems that beset a country undergoing the process of industri- 
alization. The course is designed to present a general introduction 
to the problem of nonindustrialized nations and to give the student 
greater proficiency in the use of analytical methods which may 
prove beneficial in other courses dealing with specific geographical 
areas. Mr. Schoonmaker 

Credit, 3 hours 

236. Latin America 

A comparative analysis of the structures and processes of the po- 
litical systems in Latin America Mr. Moses 

Credit, 3 hours 

207 



Political Science 



239. Government and Politics in East Asia 

An introduction to the political culture of East Asia, with primary 
emphasis on the nature and development of political thought and 
processes in China and Japan. Mr. Reinhardt 

Credit, 3 hours 

240. Government and Politics in Southeast Asia 

An introduction to the political culture of Southeast Asia, with 
primary emphasis on nation-building and the political processes in 
Vietnam, Indonesia, and Malaysia. Mr. Reinhardt 

Credit, 3 hours 

245. Government and Politics of South Asia 

A course devoted to the study of the governments of India, Pakistan, 
Nepal, and Ceylon. Special attention will be given to political or- 
ganizations, party structures, and provincial and local governmental 
systems. Mr. Gokhale 

Credit, 3 hours 



International Politics 

251. Fundamentals of International Politics 
The course will seek to describe and explain international politics 
in terms of changing international social systems. The emphasis will 
be on the ways in which such systems are formed, operate and break 
down. Major time will be devoted to the development and operation 
of the present system. Mr. Sears 

Credit, 3 hours 

253. International Organization 

The purpose of this course will be to acquaint the student with the 
process by which larger political communities are formed beginning 
with the state and working up to such international organizations 
as the League of Nations and the United Nations. Mr. Sears 

Credit, 3 hours 

254. American Foreign Policy 

A study of the role of the United States in the contemporary world, 
with attention to foreign policy-making machinery, the interplay of 
foreign and domestic policy questions, the style and the substance of 
American foreign policy. Mr. Sears 

Credit, 3 hours 

208 



Political Science 



258. International Relations of the Latin American States 

A survey of political relations among the republics of Latin America 
and of relations of these states with other countries. Some emphasis 
will be given to Latin America-United States relations. 

Mr. Moses 
Credit, 3 hours 

Political Philosophy 

261. Introduction to Political Philosophy: Ancient and 

Medieval 

An introduction to the continuing problems of political philosophy. 
Ancient and medieval philosophers are surveyed from Plato to 
Machiavelli. Original works of Aristotle are treated extensively. 

Mr. Broyles 
Credit, 3 hours 

262. Political Philosophy: Modern 

A survey of modern political philosophy from Machiavelli through 
John Dewey. One or two philosophers are selected for special at- 
tention and extensive reading of original sources. Mr. Broyles 

Credit, 3 hours 

264. American Political Thought 

A study of the nature of the American experiment in self-government 
as expressed in the thought of the Founding Fathers, Lincoln and 
other prominent Americans. Mr. Broyles 

Credit, 3 hours 

266. Asian Political Thought 

A study of the origins and development of political thought in 
Asia, including the political ideas of the Confucian, Hindu-Buddhist 
and Islamic traditions. A portion of the course will be devoted to 
the general examination of Asian nationalism, liberal democracy 
and socialism and will include a comparison of Eastern and Western 
political philosophy. Mr. Reinhardt 

Credit, 3 hours 

Research and Honors 

280. Political Science: Survey of the Discipline 

A limited enrollment course concerned with the nature and purpose 

of political science as a field of inquiry. Focuses on quantitative and 

and sociological approaches to the subject and areas of special 

14 

209 



Psychology 

interest in the discipline, including political theory, comparative 
government, political behavior, and international relations. Ad- 
mission with permission of instructor. Mr. Broyles 

Credit, 3 hours 
281, 282. Research in Political Science 

An advanced course devoted to extensive reading and research in 
the field of Political Science. Admission to the course is by permission 
of the Department only. Staff 

Credit, 3 hours each semester 



Psychology 

Professors John E. Williams, Beck, Dufort 

Associate Professor Hills 

Assistant Professors Catron, Horowitz, Trav- 

land, woodmansee 
Instructor Harbin 

The Department presents Psychology as one of the 
life sciences, since the basic subject matter and point 
of view are biological, and as one of the behavioral 
sciences, with applications of psychological methods to 
human-social fields. Psychology 151 is prerequisite for 
all other courses. A student majoring in the Department 
will be expected to complete 30 hours of work, including 
courses numbered 211, 212, 323. In addition to the 
basic (general B.A.) mathematics requirement, a major 
student must take three additional hours of mathematics 
from among the following: 111, 157, 161, 255, or other 
courses approved by the Department of Psychology. 

Highly qualified Psychology majors are considered 
by the Department for admission to the honors programs 
in Psychology. Admission to this program normally 
occurs in February of the junior year. Successful com- 
pletion of the program with the designation "Honors 
in Psychology" requires that the candidate earn a mini- 
mum QPR of 3.3 on all work in Psychology and 3.0 

210 



Psychology 

in all other academic work; complete satisfactorily a 
special sequence of courses including Psychology 281, 
282 and 284; and pass a comprehensive written and/or 
oral examination. For further information consult mem- 
bers of the Psychology faculty. 

151. Introductory Psychology 

A systematic survey of Psychology as a natural science. Sophomore 
standing required. Three hours lecture-demonstration. Prerequisite 
to all other courses in Psychology. Credit, 3 hours 

211, 212. Introduction to Experimental and Quantitative 

Methods. 

An introduction to classical and contemporary problems in psy- 
chological research, general methods and techniques used in their 
solution, elementary psychological statistics and their applications. 
Two hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Credit, 4 hours each semester 

213. Psychological Statistics 

Since the statistical procedures are applicable to either populational 
or experimental data, this course may count as either Psychology or 
Sociology, but not both. At the time of registration the student must 
determine in which field credit is desired. Not to be taken by one 
who has taken Psychology 211, 212. One who takes this course may 
not receive credit in Bus. Ad. 368, Math 357, 358, or Sociology 280. 
Two hours lecture, two hours laboratory. Credit, 3 hours 

241 . Psychology of Adjustment 

Analysis of the principles by which habits and patterns of adjust- 
ment are learned and maintained, particularly as these principles 
have application to the emotional and social adjustment of the normal 
individual. Intended primarily for students not majoring in Psy- 
chology. Not to be taken by one who has taken Psychology 344. Three 
hours lecture. Credit, 3 hours 

266. Developmental Psychology 

A survey of the psychological development of the child. Topics of 
special interest are psychoanalytic stages of development, child 
rearing practices, socialization process and personality development. 
Occasional special laboratory exercises may be scheduled. Three 
hours lecture. Credit, 3 hours 

211 



Psychology 

273. Psychology of Business and Industry 

Psychological principles and methods applied to problems commonly 
encountered in business and industry. Three hours lecture. 

Credit, 3 hours 
281,282. Original Problems 

Research problems to be attacked experimentally or statistically by 
students majoring in the department. Emphasis is placed on inde- 
pendent work with only guidance from the instructor. It is expected 
that 28 1 and 282 will be taken in that order. Credit for either se- 
mester alone requires special approval of the instructor. Four hours 
laboratory. Prerequisites: Psychology 211, 212, consent of instructor. 

Credit, 2 hours each semester 

284. Honors Seminar in Psychology 

A one-semester seminar, designed for the superior student, exploring 
in depth some of the more challenging concepts in classical and 
contemporary psychology. Primarily for juniors who are candidates 
for distinction in psychology but open to others by permission of the 
instructor. Credit, 3 hours 

321. Learning Theory and Research 

An introductory treatment of the nature of the learning process 
in terms of such phenomena as conditioning, selective learning, 
reinforcement, extinction, generalization and discrimination, drives 
and learning, and motor learning. This course covers the theoretical 
and experimental issues in learning theory and research without 
covering the application of these issues to practical (e.g., educational) 
situations. Credit, 3 hours 

323. History and Systems of Psychology 

After noting some psychological concepts in ancient and early modern 
thinking, this course places major emphasis upon nineteenth and 
twentieth century developments in Germany, France, Britain, Russia, 
and America. For junior and senior majors, and others upon consent 
of the instructor. Three hours lecture. Credit, 3 hours 

324, 325. Advanced Theory and Method 

Advanced level courses emphasizing current problems which are 
being attacked experimentally and theoretically. The journal litera- 
ture will furnish an important source of material for group discus- 
sion, in seminar fashion. 324. Sensation and Perception. 325. Learning 
and Motivation. Typically only one of the courses will be offered in a 
particular year. Prerequisites: Psychology 211, 212, consent of in- 
structor. Credit, 3 hours each semester 

212 



Psychology 

331. Comparative Psychology 

A survey of the evolution of behavior and essential morphology from 
protozoa to primates. Experimentation on simple (reflex) and com- 
plex (learning) functions of the white rat and other available forms. 
Two hours lecture, two hours laboratory. Credit, 3 hours 

332. Physiological Psychology 

Integrative and reactive (neural and chemical) functions of the 
human body as they involve structures in the receptive, the reactive, 
and the central phases of action, emotion, and thought. Two hours 
lecture, two hours laboratory. Credit, 3 hours 

336. Perception and the Cognitive Processes 

This course is designed to study classical and contemporary ap- 
proaches to the problems of perception and thinking. Emphasis 
will be placed on the nature of these processes and on those factors 
which influence them, including maturation, learning, motivation, 
emotion, and personality. Credit, 3 hours 

338. Motivation of Behavior 

An analysis of contemporary approaches to motivational theory in 
terms of such concepts as instinct, drives, acquired drives, reward and 
punishment, frustration and conflict, curiosity and exploration. 

Credit, 3 hours 

344. Abnormal Psychology 

Descriptive analyses of the major mental disorders with a canvassing 
of attempts at interpretation, and major types of therapy. Some 
observation of cases will be attempted. Three hours lecture. 

Credit, 3 hours 

352. Psychological Appraisal 

An introduction to the theory and techniques of psychological ap- 
praisal with particular emphasis on psychological tests. The course 
includes the demonstration of various appraisal techniques but is 
not intended to train the student as a practitioner. Two hours lec- 
ture, two hours laboratory. Credit, 3 hours 

356. Personality Theory and Research 

An introduction to classical and contemporary theories of personality 
and a comparative evaluation of major theories in terms of relevant 
research studies. The journal literature is used to introduce the stu- 
dent to research problems and methodology in this area. Three 
hours lecture. Credit, 3 hours 

213 



Psychology 

362. Social Psychology 

A predominantly experimental approach to current theoretical and 
research motifs. These include social perception, social motivational 
theory, attitude measurement and change, social learning, and small 
group behavior. Occasional special laboratory exercises may be 
scheduled. Three hours lecture. Credit, 3 hours 



Courses for Graduate Students* 

415, 416. Research Design and Analysis in Psychology 

Credit, 3 hours each semester 

427, 428. Behavior Theory 

Credit, 2 hours each semester 
434. Biological Psychology 

Credit, 3 hours 

451. Theory and Practice of Psychological Testing 

Credit, 3 hours 

457. Experimental Approaches to Personality 

Credit, 2 hours 

465. Advanced Social Psychology 

Credit, 3 hours 

481. Contemporary Problems in Psychological Theory 

Credit, 3 hours 
483. Reading and Research in Psychology 

Credit, 1,2 or 3 hours 
491, 492. Thesis Research 

Credit, 3 hours each semester for two semesters 



'For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 

214 



Religion 



Religion 



Professors Griffin, Angell, Bryan, E. W. 

Hamrick 
Associate Professors Dyer, Mitchell, Via 
Assistant Professors Talbert, Trible 
Visiting Lecturer Rose 

The Department of Religion offers courses in instruc- 
tion designed to give every student entering Wake Forest 
an opportunity to acquire at least an introduction to 
the life, literature and the most important movements 
in the field of religion. It also seeks to give to students 
preparing for specialized service, as religious education 
directors, ministers, and missionaries, the foundational 
courses needed for further study. 

Six hours in Religion are required for all degrees. 
Three hours to be selected from courses: 111, 112, 
153, 155, 157; and three hours from the following: 
231,256,261,264,271. 

A major in Religion requires 30 credit hours — at 
least 12 hours in Biblical studies and the remaining 
hours from other offerings of the Department. 

A major in Religious Education requires 30 credit 
hours — 12 hours in Biblical studies and 18 hours selected 
from the following: Religion 240, 256, 264, 271, 292, 341, 
342, 343, 350; Music 229, 230. 

Pre-seminary students are advised to include in their 
program of study, in addition to courses in Religion, 
courses in Philosophy, Ancient History, Public Speaking, 
and two languages, Greek or Latin, and German or 
French. 

Majors in Religion who have completed three courses 
in the Department with a QPR of 3.3, and an overall 
QPR of 3.0 on all college work, may apply to the Chair- 
man of the Department for admission to the honors pro- 
gram. Normally this is to be done by February of the 

215 



Religion 

junior year. Upon completion of all the requirements, 
the candidate will be graduated with the designation 
of "Honors in Religion." For further information 
consult members of the Religion Department. 

111. Introduction to the Old Testament 

A survey of the Old Testament designed to introduce the student to 
the history, literature and religion of the ancient Hebrews. Staff 

Credit, 3 hours 

112. Introduction to the New Testament 

A survey of the environment, literature and thought of the New 
Testament intended to introduce the student to the significance of 
the ministry of Jesus and the origins of the Christian Church. 

Staff 
Credit, 3 hours 
153. The Hebrew Prophets 

A study of the background, personal characteristics, function, mes- 
sage, contribution, and present significance of the Hebrew prophets. 

Mr. Hamrick, Miss Trible 
Credit, 3 hours 
155. Jesus and the Synoptic Gospels 

An examination of Matthew, Mark, and Luke as theologies and a 
consideration of the quest for the historical Jesus. 

Mr. Talbert, Mr. Via 
Credit, 3 hours 

157. The Bible Through the Ages 

A study of the beginnings, development, and transmission of the 
Bible with special attention to the formation of the canon and the 
history of Biblical translation. Mr. Hamrick 

Credit, 3 hours 

231. Basic Christian Ethics 

The biblical and theological foundations of the Christian Ethic and 
its expression in selected contemporary problems. Mr. Bryan 

Credit, 3 hours 

236. Church and Community 

An examination of the basic needs and trends of the contemporary 
community, especially the rural and suburban, in the light of the 
Christian norms for "the good community" (koinonia); the strategy 
of the church in constructive community relations. Mr. Bryan 

Credit, 3 hours 

216 



Religion 

240. Theory of Religious Education 

A study of the nature and meaning of religious education with 
emphasis upon the basic foundations in religion and education. 
Attention is given to various viewpoints about learning; to objectives; 
to a consideration of curriculum. Mr. Mitchell 

Credit, 3 hours 

256. Polity and Worship in American Religious Life 

A comparative study of the organization and worship of the major 
religious bodies in the United States today, including a brief exami- 
nation of historical roots. Mr. Mitchell 

Credit, 3 hours 

261. World Religions 

The place of religion in life and the origin, nature, and accomplish- 
ments of the living religions of the world, studied from the historical 
point of view. Mr. Griffin 

Credit, 3 hours 

264. The History of Christianity 

A rapid survey of the history of the Christian Church. 

Mr. Griffin 

Credit, 3 hours 

271. An Introduction to Christian Theology 

A study of the ground, structure and content of Christian belief. 

Mr. Angell 
Credit, 3 hours 

281, 282. Honors Course in Religion 

A conference course for students who wish to graduate with "Honors 
in Religion." It will provide the structure in which the student will 
prepare for his comprehensive exam or prepare his research project. 
Final credit is dependent upon the completion of both semesters. 

Credit, 1 hour each semester 

292. Teaching of Religion — Methods and Materials 

A study of the principles and purposes of method and of the use 
of methods and materials in the field of religious education especially 
as it is related to the work within the local church and community. 
This course may be credited as Education for those who are applicants 
for a state teacher's certificate in religious education. Mr. Mitchell 

Credit, 3 hours 

311, 312. An Introduction to Biblical Hebrew 
A study of the essentials of Hebrew grammar, syntax, and vocabu- 
lary. Reading and exegesis of selected passages from the Old Testa- 

217 



Religion 

ment. Credit wall be given for 3 1 1 only with the successful completion 
of 312. Mr. Hamrick, Miss Trible 

Credit, 3 hours each semester 

314. Introduction to Biblical Archaeology 

A survey of the contributions of Near Eastern archaeology to Biblical 
studies. Mr. Hamrick 

Credit, 3 hours 

■ 

315. The Narrative Literature of the Old Testament 

A study of types of narratives in the Old Testament and of the 
relationship between literary forms and meaning. Special attention 
will be given to the narrative traditions of the Pentateuch. 

Miss Trible 
Credit, 3 hours 

316. The Poetic Literature of the Old Testament 

A study of Job, Psalms, Proverbs, Song of Solomon, Lamentations, 
with some attention to scattered poems in other Old Testament 
books. Miss Trible 

Credit, 3 hours 

317. Ancient Israel and Her Neighbors 

A comparative study of ancient Near Eastern cultures and religions, 
with special emphasis on Israel's relationships with surrounding 
peoples. Mr. Hamrick 

Credit, 3 hours 

322. Johannine Literature 

Consideration of one of the following: the Fourth Gospel, the Johan- 
nine Epistles, or Revelation. Prerequisite, 3 hours in Religion. 

Mr. Talbert, Mr. Via 
Credit, 3 hours 

327. Major Epistles of Paul 

Consideration of one of the following: Romans, I Corinthians, II 
Corinthians, Galatians, or Colossians. Prerequisite, 3 hours in 
Religion. Mr. Talbert, Mr. Via 

Credit, 3 hours 

334. Christian Ethics and Contemporary Culture 

A study of the encounter between the Christian Ethic and the value 
systems implicit in certain social areas such as economics, politics, 
race and sex. Mr. Bryan 

Credit, 3 hours 



218 



Religion 

341. Administration of Religious Education 

The aim of this course is to prepare students for practical leadership 
in the educational work of the churches. Emphasis is laid upon the 
church school and other auxiliary agencies, through which the 
churches carry on their program of education, and upon practical 
methods of organizing and administering such a program. 

Mr. Mitchell 
Credit, 3 hours 

342. The Religious Education of Children 

Designed as an introduction to the study of child development and 
its significance for the home and church in regard to religious edu- 
cation. The course deals specifically with age groups from the nursery 
through juniors. Mr. Dyer 

Credit, 3 hours 

343. The Religious Education of Young People and Adults 

A study of growth and development through adolescence to adult- 
hood, with emphasis on the role of the home and the church in re- 
ligious education. Mr. Dyer 

Credit, 3 hours 

346. Theological Foundations of Religious Education 

A study of theological methodology, theories of learning and philos- 
ophies of education in terms of their implications of religious edu- 
cation. Mr. Mitchell 

Credit, 3 hours 

350. Psychology of Religion 

An examination of the psychological elements in the origin, develop- 
ment, and expression of religious experience. Informal lectures and 
class discussions on assigned readings. Mr. Mitchell 

Credit, 3 hours 

362. Post-Biblical Judaism 

The rise and development of post-Biblical (Rabbinic) Judaism until 
modern times, treated through a consideration of the concepts, 
events, movements and personalities which have shaped its growth. 

Mr. Rose 
Credit, 3 hours 

365. History of Religions in America 

A study of American religions from Colonial times until the present. 

Mr. Griffin 
Credit, 3 hours 



219 



Religion 

367. The Primitive Church 

A study in the major problems of Christian origins; readings of 
primary sources and investigation of selected themes. Prerequisite, 
3 hours in Religion. Mr. Talbert 

Credit, 3 hours 

373. The History of Christian Thought 

A study of the history of Christian thought, beginning with its He- 
braic and Greek backgrounds and tracing its rise and development 
to modern times. Mr. Angell 

Credit, 3 hours 

374. Contemporary Christian Thought 

An examination of the major issues and personalities in modern 
theology. Mr. Angell 

Credit, 3 hours 
378. Theology and Modern Literature 

A consideration, in the light of theological thought, of the human 
situation as reflected in the works of such writers as Dostoevsky, 
Updike, Kafka, Lawrence, Faulkner, and Silone. Mr. Via 

Credit, 3 hours 



Courses for Graduate Students* 

416. Old Testament Theology Miss Trible 

Credit, 3 hours 

418, 419. Old Testament Exegesis Mr. Hamrick 

Credit, 3 hours each semester 

42 1 . New Testament Theology Mr. Via 

Credit, 3 hours 

423, 424. New Testament Exegesis Mr. Talbert 

Credit, 3 hours each semester 

438. Seminar in Historical Types of Christian Ethics 

Mr. Bryan 

Credit, 3 hours 

448. Seminar in Religious Education Mr. Mitchell 

Credit, 3 hours 



For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 

220 



Romance Languages 



466. Seminar in Christian History Mr. Griffin 

Credit, 3 hours 

475. Seminar in History of Christian Thought Mr. Angell 

Credit, 3 hours 

480. Theology and the Aesthetic Mr. Via 

Credit, 3 hours 

491,492. Thesis Research Staff 

Credit, 3 hours each semester 



Romance Languages 

A major in this Department requires 30 hours in 
either French or Spanish. 

A language laboratory has been in operation since 
September 1960. Students enrolled in language courses 
numbered 111, 112, 151 and 152 are required to spend 
one hour per week in the laboratory as part of their 
class preparation. 

French or Spanish majors who have a minimum 
quality point ratio of 3.0 in all college work and 3.3. 
in Romance Language courses may be admitted to 
the honors program in Romance Languages. Honors 
candidates must complete a major in French or Spanish 
with an over-all quality point ratio of at least 3.0 and a 
minimum quality point ratio of 3.3 in Romance Lan- 
guage courses, complete satisfactorily French or Spanish 
281, and pass a comprehensive written and oral examina- 
tion. The oral examination may be conducted, at least 
in part, in the student's major language. Successful 
honors candidates are graduated with the designation 
"Honors in Romance Languages." 



221 



French 

I 

French 

Professors Parcell, Parker, Shoemaker 
Associate Professors Mary Frances Robinson, 

Anne Tillett 
Visiting Lecturer Rodtyvitt 
Instructors Bourquin, Garrison, Jenkins 

111, 112. Elementary French 

A course for beginners, covering the principles of French grammar, 
and the reading of elementary texts. The equivalent of two years 
of French in high schools. Credit, 3 hours each semester 

151, 152. Intermediate French 

A continuation of grammar and composition. Translation of a 
number of texts with a view to building up a vocabulary and ac- 
quiring facility in pronunciation and sight reading. Prerequisite, 
French 111, 1 1 2 or its equivalent. Credit, 3 hours each semester 

211, 212. Introduction to French Literature 

Reading of selected texts. Parallel reading and reports. Prerequisite 
French 151, 1 52 or its equivalent. Credit, 3 hours each semester 

221. Conversation and Phonetics 

A course stressing practice in speaking French. Particular attention 
paid to phonetics, pronunciation, intonation, fluency, correctness 
of sentence structure, and vocabulary of everyday situations. Pre- 
requisite, French 152 or its equivalent. Credit, 3 hours 

222. Composition and Review of Grammar 

A systematic review of the fundamental principles of grammar, with 
intensive practice in translation and composition aimed at the 
development of a reasonable competence in writing correct French. 
Prerequisite, French 1 52 or its equivalent. Credit, 3 hours 

223. Advanced Composition 

Practical training in writing French, both from literary models 
and in free composition. Further analysis of comparative grammar 
and study of problems not treated in more elementary courses. 
English texts of increasing difficulty will be translated and discussed 
in class. Prerequisite, French 222 or its equivalent. Credit, 3 hours 

222 



French 

224. French Civilization 

A survey of present-day French culture, including consideration 
of its historical development. Emphasis on intellectual, artistic, 
political, social and economic life of France. Course conducted in 
French. Prerequisite, French 221 or permission of instructor. 

Credit, 3 hours 

231. Medieval French Literature 

A survey of French literature of the Middle Ages with cultural and 
political backgrounds. Translation of selected masterpieces in origi- 
nal form and modern transcription; lectures, parallel reading and 
reports. Conducted in English. Prerequisite, French 211, 212 or its 
equivalent. Credit, 3 hours 

232. Sixteenth Century French Literature 

After a brief consideration of the historical background, a survey 
of the outstanding writers of the sixteenth century. Lectures, parallel 
reading and reports. Conducted in English. Prerequisite, French 

21 1, 212 or its equivalent. Credit, 3 hours 

241, 242. Seventeenth Century French Literature 

After a brief consideration of the historical background, a survey 
of the outstanding writers of the classical age. Lectures, parallel 
reading and reports. Conducted in English. Prerequisite, French 
21 1, 212 or its equivalent. {Not offered in 1968-69) Credit, 3 hours 

244. Moliere 

Intensive study of the plays. Some translation in class. Parallel 
reading, lectures and reports. Prerequisite, French 211, 212 or its 
equivalent. Credit, 3 hours 

246. Racine 

Intensive study of the plays. Some translation in class. Parallel 
reading, lectures and reports. Prerequisite, French 211, 212 or its 
equivalent. Credit, 3 hours 

251. Eighteenth Century French Literature 

A survey of French philosophical and political literature of the 
eighteenth century. Emphasis on Montesquieu, Voltaire, Diderot, 
Rousseau, and VEncyclopidie. Intensive and extensive reading, 
lectures, and reports. Prerequisite, French 21 1, 212 or its equivalent. 

Credit, 3 hours 

223 



French 



261. French Romanticism 

A study of the chief French romantic poets. A considerable amount 
of the poetry of Lamartine, Musset, Hugo and Vigny read in class, 
supplemented with parallel reading. Lectures and reports. Con- 
ducted in English. Prerequisite, French 211, 212 or its equivalent. 

Credit, 3 hours 

262. French Literature of the Latter Nineteenth Century 

A survey of French literature of the latter half of the nineteenth 
century with cultural and political backgrounds. Lectures, discus- 
sions, reports. Emphasis on poetry. Prerequisite, French 212 or its 
equivalent. Credit, 3 hours 

263. Trends in French Poetry 

Poetic theory and practice in France from the Renaissance to the 
Revolution. Analysis and interpretation of a considerable number 
of works from the sixteenth, seventeenth, and eighteenth centuries. 
In addition to the historical perspective of the genre, particular 
attention will be devoted to structure, imagery and symbolism. 
Prerequisite, French 211 or its equivalent. Credit, 3 hours 

264. The French Novel 

A study of several masterpieces in the field of the novel, including 
representative selections from the conte and the nouvelle. The develop- 
ment of the novel from the early seventeenth century to the late 
nineteenth century. Lectures, parallel reading and reports. Prereq- 
uisite, French 21 1, 212 or its equivalent. Credit, 3 hours 

265. Nineteenth Century French Drama 

An intensive study of the principal dramatic works, and a considera- 
tion of the related literary movements which evolved during the 
course of the nineteenth century in France. Lectures, parallel 
readings, oral and written reports. Prerequisite, French 211, 212 or 
its equivalent. Credit, 3 hours 

271, 272. French Literature of the Twentieth Century 
An analysis of the currents in French literature during the twentieth 
century. Detailed study of representative works of the foremost prose 
writers, dramatists and poets. Lectures in English and/or French, 
supplemental readings, oral and written reports. Prerequisite, 
French 211, 212, or its equivalent. {Not offered in 1968-69) 

Credit, 3 hours each semester 

224 



Russian 

281. Reading and Research 

Extensive reading in the field of French literature. Study of bibli- 
ography and research techniques. Presentation of a major research 
paper. Open to students by permission of the department. Required 
of candidates for departmental honors. 

Credit, 3 hours 



II 

Hindi * 
Professor Gokhale 

111, 112. Elementary Hindi 

Basic Hindi grammar and vocabulary. The course is primarily de- 
signed to give the student enough knowledge of the language to 
read newspapers and simple Hindi books. 

Credit, 3 hours each semester 

151, 152. Intermediate Hindi 

A two semester course devoted to the teaching of the basic principles 
of literary Hindi; advanced vocabulary building and composition; 
introduction of Hindi literary texts. Credit, 3 hours each semester 



III 

Russian * 
Associate Professor Anne Tillett 

111, 112. Elementary Russian 

The essentials of Russian grammar and the reading of elementary 
texts. Admission with the consent of the instructor. (Not offered in 
1969-70) Credit, 3 hours each semester 

151, 152. Intermediate Russian 

Continuation of the study of Russian grammar, with practice in 
conversation and composition. Reading of selected texts. Prerequisite, 
Russian 111, 112 or its equivalent. Credit, 3 hours each semester 



* These courses are attached to the Department of Romance Languages for adminis- 
trative purposes only. 
IS 

225 



Spanish 

211, 212. Introduction to Russian Literature 

Reading of selected texts from the literature of the 19th and 20th 
centuries. Parallel reading and reports. Prerequisite, Russian 151, 
1 52 or the equivalent. ( Not offered in 1968-69) Credit, 3 hours each semester 



IV 

Spanish 

Associate Professors King, Bryant, Campbell 
Instructors Delgado, Jensen 

111, 112. Elementary Spanish 

A course for beginners, covering grammar essentials, pronunciation, 
dictation, and reading of simple prose. Credit, 3 hours each semester 

151, 152. Intermediate Spanish 

A review of grammar and composition with practice in conversation. 
Reading of selected texts. Prerequisite, Spanish 111, 112 or equiva- 
lent. Credit, 3 hours each semester 

211, 212. Introduction to Hispanic Literature 

Selected readings in Spanish and Spanish American literature from 
the beginnings to the contemporary period. Parallel reading and 
reports. Prerequisite, Spanish 151, 152 or equivalent. 

Credit, 3 hours each semester 

221. Conversation and Phonetics 

A course stressing practice in speaking Spanish. Particular attention 
paid to phonetics, pronunciation, intonation, fluency, correctness 
of sentence structure, and the vocabulary of everyday situations. 
Prerequisite, Spanish 152 or equivalent. Credit, 3 hours 

222. Latin American Civilization 

A survey of present-day Latin American culture in the light of its 
historical development. Emphasis on the intellectual, artistic, 
political, social and economic life of Latin America. Lectures, 
discussion, and oral and written composition. Course conducted in 
Spanish. Prerequisite, Spanish 221 or permission of instructor. {Of- 
fered in alternate years. Not offered in 1968-69.) Credit, 3 hours 

226 



Spanish 

223. Advanced Grammar and Composition 

A thorough and systematic review of the fundamental principles of 
grammar, with intensive practice in translation, composition and 
language analysis, aimed at the development of a reasonable com- 
petence in writing correct Spanish. Prerequisite, Spanish 152 or 
equivalent. Credit, 3 hours 

224. Spanish Civilization 

A survey of present-day Spanish culture in the light of its historical 
development. Emphasis on the intellectual, artistic, political, social 
and economic life of Spain. Lectures, discussion, and oral and 
written composition. Course conducted in Spanish. Prerequisite, 
Spanish 221 or permission of instructor. {Offered in alternate years. 
Not offered in 1968-69) Credit, ]3 hour* 

225. 226. Survey of Spanish Literature 

A comprehensive survey of Spanish literature from the beginnings 
to the present. The first half will include Spanish literature to 1700; 
the second half will include Spanish literature from 1700 to the 
present. Prerequisite, Spanish 211, 212 or equivalent; also recom- 
mended, Spanish 221. Credit, 3 hours each semester 

227 '. Spanish American Literature 

A general survey of Spanish American literature from the Colonial 
through the contemporary period, including selections from repre- 
sentative novels, short stories, essays, and poetry. Parallel reading 
and reports. Prerequisite, Spanish 211, 212 or equivalent. 

Credit, 3 hours 

234. Spanish Prose Fiction Before Cervantes 

A historical and critical analysis of the several types of prose fiction 
which developed in Spain prior to the appearance of the Quixote 
in 1605. Lectures and readings provide the foundation for class dis- 
cussion of the sentimental, chivalric, pastoral, Moorish, and picares- 
que novels as forerunners of the prose masterpiece by Cervantes. 
Prerequisite, Spanish 211, 212 or equivalent. Credit, ,3 hours 

241. Golden Age Drama 

A study of the drama of the Golden Age with emphasis upon the 
dramatic works of Lope de Vega, Calder6n de la Barca, Tirso de 
Molina, and Ruiz de Alarc6n. Lectures, classroom discussions, 
parallel reading and reports. Prerequisite, Spanish 211, 212 or 
equivalent. Credit, 3 hours 

227 



Spanish 

243. Cervantes 

Intensive study of the life and works of Cervantes, with special 
emphasis on the Quixote and the exemplary novels. Lectures, parallel 
reading and reports. Prerequisite, Spanish 211, 212 or equivalent. 

Credit, 3 hours 

261. Nineteenth Century Spanish Novel 

A study of the novels of Valera, Pereda, Gald6s, Pardo Bazan, 
Blasco Ibahez and their contemporaries, with consideration of literary 
and social trends in the last half of the nineteenth century. Lectures, 
readings, and reports. Prerequisite, Spanish 211, 212 or equivalent. 

Credit, 3 hours 

262. Spanish Romantic Drama 

An intensive study of Spanish Romanticism with emphasis on the 
drama. Lectures, classroom discussions, parallel reading and reports. 
Prerequisite, Spanish 211, 212 or equivalent. {Not offered in 1968-69.) 

Credit, 3 hours 
265. Spanish American Novel 

A study of the novel in Spanish America from its beginnings to the 
contemporary period. Lectures, parallel reading and reports. Pre- 
requisite, Spanish 211, 212 or equivalent. Credit, 3 hours 

272. Modern Spanish Drama 

An intensive study of the principal Spanish dramatic works of the 
present century, beginning with the "Generation of '98" and con- 
tinuing up to the contemporary period. Lectures, classroom discus- 
sions, dramatic criticism, parallel reading and reports. Prerequisite, 
Spanish 21 1, 212 or equivalent. {Not offered in 1968-69.) Credit, 3 hours 

273. The Modern Spanish Novel 

An extensive study of representative Spanish novels, beginning with 
the works of the "Generation of '98" and continuing up to the con- 
temporary period. Lectures, classroom discussions, parallel reading 
and reports. Prerequisite, Spanish 211, 212 or equivalent. {Not offered 
in 1968-69.) Credit, 3 hours 

281. Reading and Research 

Extensive reading in the field of Spanish literature. Study of bibli- 
ography and research techniques. Presentation of a major research 
paper. Open to students by permission of the department. Required 
of candidates for departmental honors. Credit, 3 hours 



228 



Sociology 

Sociology and Anthropology 

Professors Banks, Patrick 
Associate Professors Gulley, Tefft 
Assistant Professors Earle, Evans 
Instructors Schwartz, Perricone 

The requirement for a major in Sociology and An- 
thropology is 30 hours which must include Sociology 
151, 371, 380 and 384 and Anthropology 162, 351 or 352. 
Students who choose Sociology and Anthropology to 
meet the basic course requirements in the social sciences 
will take Sociology 151 and one of the following: Soci- 
ology 152 or Anthropology 162 (normally taken by 
freshmen and sophomores only), or any course from 
Sociology 323 through 359 or from Anthropology 351 
through 373. 

Qualified Sociology and Anthropology majors may 
be considered by the department for admission to the 
honors program in Sociology and Anthropology. They 
must have earned a QPR of not less than 3.0 on all 
college work and 3.3 on all work in this department, 
satisfactorily complete a senior research project and pass 
a comprehensive oral and written examination. They 
are then graduated with the designation of "Honors 
in Sociology and Anthropology." Members of the 
staff may be consulted for additional information. 

For further information about courses numbered 400 
and above consult the Bulletin of the Division of Grad- 
uate Studies. 

Sociology 

151. Principles of Sociology 

A general introduction to the field of Sociology: social origins; culture, 
human nature; collective behavior; communities; social institutions; 
social change. Credit, 3 hours 



229 



Sociology 

152. Social Organization and Social Problems 

An analysis of modern social organization and disorganization as 
they relate to various social problems. Particular emphasis will be 
placed on social problems in contemporary American society. One 
who takes this course may not receive credit for Sociology 344. 
Prerequisite, Sociology 151. Credit, 3 hours 

248. Marriage and the Family 

A study of the social basis and importance of the family, with special 
reference to the influence of social change on family life and the 
problems growing out of modern conditions. Credit, 3 hours 

323. Social Organization 

An analysis of the structure and function of small and large human 
groups. Special attention will be given to the bureaucratic structure 
of selected voluntary associations and administrative organizations. 
Prerequisite, Sociology 151. Credit, 3 hours 

325. Industrial Sociology 

A study stressing the relationship between industry and society, 
industry and the community, work groups and work relations, the 
role of the worker in work groups, and the social organization within 
industries. Prerequisite, Sociology 151. Credit, 3 hours 

333. The Community 

A survey of materials relating to the community as a unit of socio- 
logical investigation. Emphasis is placed on the contemporary 
urban community with special reference to its structure and function. 
Although this is one of the basic courses in sociology it would have 
particular relevance for those interested in some form of social or 
Community work. Prerequisite, Sociology 151. Credit, 3 hours 

335. Socio-Cultural Factors in Health and Medicine 

This course deals primarily with problems of health, and with the 
ways in which social scientists (especially sociologists and anthro- 
pologists) contribute to the understanding and solving of such 
problems in both modern and traditional societies. The impact of 
western medical practices and theory on non- Western societies is 
stressed. Prerequisite, Sociology 151. Credit, 3 hours 

337. Social Gerontology 

This course will present an overview of the basic social problems 
and processes of aging. Social and psychological issues will be dis- 

230 



Sociology 

cussed. Attention will also be paid to the area of geriatrics dealing 
with the health of the aged. The need for the establishment of roles 
for the elderly and restructuring of society to deal with problems of 
aging will be stressed. The procedures of governmental, voluntary, 
and private institutions for the aged will be surveyed. A part of the 
students' time will be devoted to interviewing aged people. Prereq- 
uisite, Sociology 151. Credit, 3 hours 

339. Public Opinion and Propaganda 

The nature and development of public opinion; its relation to atti- 
tude, biases, stereotypes and controversial issues. The place of com- 
munication in formal and informal means of control; role of leaders, 
pressure groups and minority groups; propaganda and censorship; 
use of radio, press, motion picture and graphic arts; and measure- 
ment of public opinion. Prerequisite, Sociology 151. Credit, 3 hours 

340. Sociology of Child Development 

A study of the process of socialization in the light of contemporary 
behavioral science; the primary factors in personality development; 
the relations between personality and social structure. Prerequisite, 
Sociology 151. Credit, 3 hours 

341. Criminology 

A study of crime from the point of view of its nature, causes, per- 
sonal and social consequences, and methods of treatment and pre- 
vention. Prerequisite, Sociology 151. Credit, 3 hours 

?>AA. Social Deviation and Disorganization 

A study of the theoretical approaches to some of the principal social 
and personal problems in contemporary society. Primary emphasis 
will be given to the relationship between social structure and social 
problems. Prerequisite, Sociology 151. Credit, 3 hours 

355. Oriental Social and Cultural Systems 

This course is designed primarily to develop in the student a knowl- 
edge and an understanding of the basic social and cultural systems 
of the Orient. Major emphasis will be given to the study of the 
process of socialization and social institutions. The influence of 
current cultural contacts with the West and consequent changes in 
the traditional social institutions will be discussed. Prerequisite, 
Sociology 151. Credit, 3 hours 

231 



Sociology 

356. Modern Asia: the Social Impact of the West 

A study of the cultural contact between East and West with special 
emphasis on the current social changes in Asian societies under the 
impact of western technology and ideology. Credit, 3 hours 

359. Race and Culture 

A study of racial and ethnic groups from a cultural point of view. 
A number of inter-racial areas of the world are analyzed with especial 
reference to Hawaii, Brazil, South Africa, and the United States. 
Prerequisite, Sociology 151. Credit, 3 hours 

371. Contemporary Social Theory 

A systematic study of the major writings in the development of 
modern sociological thought. The sociological theories of recent 
writers will be critically examined with a view to laying the founda- 
tions for the student's own constructive theory of social life. Pre- 
requisite, Sociology 151. Credit, 3 hours 

380. Social Statistics 

This course is designed primarily for the first year of statistics for 
students in Sociology and related fields. It will deal with research 
designs, the collection, tabulation, charting, analysis, and sum- 
marization of data. Emphasis will be upon the application rather 
than the theory of statistical methods. This course may count as 
either Sociology or Psychology, but not both. At the time of regis- 
tration the student must determine in which field credit is desired. 
One who takes this course may not receive credit in Bus. Adm. 368, 
Math 357, 358 or Psychology 213. Credit, 3 hours 

384. Social Research 

A survey of the field of sociological research. Practice in the methods 
of developing studies and'analyzing sociological data is emphasized. 
Prerequisite, Sociology 151, senior standing, and permission of the 
instructor. Credit, 3 hours 

385, 386. Seminar 

A reading and research seminar for majors in Sociology and Anthro- 
pology. Credit, 1 hour each semester 



111 



Anthropology 



Anthropology 

162. General Anthropology 

An introduction to the science of man, presenting the basic concepts 
of human biology and cultural anthropology. Emphasis will be on the 
origin and development of culture and the relevant processes of 
innovation, diffusion, acculturation and adaptation. Credit, 3 hours 

342. Contemporary Latin American Culture 

The course deals with contemporary Latin American culture. 
Emphasis is placed on the following: (a) Aspects of culture, such as 
the land, the people, the blending of New and Old World cultural 
elements, peasant and marginal peoples, social and political orga- 
nizations, religion and the church; and (b) Theoretical problems 
in anthropology to which the data from Latin America have partic- 
ularly contributed, such as Active kinship (especially the compadrazgo 
system), acculturation, nationalism, urbanization, the folk-urban 
continuum, the nature of folk and peasant society, worldview, and 
culture change. Prerequisite, Sociology 151. Credit, 3 hours 

343. Social and Cultural Change 

The course deals primarily with processes of social and cultural 
change and with the utilization of anthropological theory and knowl- 
edge in programs for planned change. The course attempts to relate 
data about processes of cultural and social change to practical prob- 
lems of modern life. Emphasis is placed on problems facing the newly- 
developing countries of the world and the impact of technological 
change in such fields as public health, community development, 
education, and agriculture. Prerequisite, Sociology 151. Credit, 3 hours 

351. Bioanthropology and Archaeology 

An introduction to the fields of physical anthropology and archae- 
ology, presenting materials on human biology, fossil man, and pre- 
historic cultures. Students are given an opportunity to do field and 
laboratory work. Prerequisite, Sociology 151. Credit 3 hours 

352. Cultural Anthropology 

An introduction to the scientific study of culture, using materials 
drawn from ethnology and social anthropology. Emphasis will be 
given to non-literate cultures, and such topics as technology, econom- 
ics, kinship and political organization, religion, art, and language 
will be surveyed. Prerequisite, Sociology 151. Credit, 3 hours 



233 



Anthropology 



353. Peoples and Cultures of Africa 

A survey of the representative races and cultures of Negro Africa 
south of the Sahara. Their family, political, religious and economic 
institutions will be analyzed as well as their value and symbol 
systems. Consequences of tribal confrontation with Euro-American 
cultures will be considered. Prerequisite, Sociology 151. 

Credit, 3 hours 

354. Primitive Religion 

A study of the world-view and values of various nonliterate cultures 
as expressed in their myths, rituals, and art. The role of culture in 
providing a structure for the perception of reality will be explored, 
and the importance of symbols in human activity will be stressed. 
Prerequisite, Sociology 151. Credit, 3 hours 

357. Culture and Personality 

A study of the relations between the individual and his society, 
including the influence of culture in shaping personalities and the 
part the individual plays in carrying on or changing his culture. 
Prerequisite, Sociology 151. Credit, 3 hours 

358. The American Indian 

A survey of the ethnology and prehistory of the American Indian. 
Reading and classroom work will be supplemented by field trips to 
sites of major importance. Prerequisite, Sociology 151. Credit, 3 hours 

362. Human Ecology and Geography 

A survey of the fundamental concepts and essential data concerning 
the relations between man and his inorganic and organic environ- 
ment. The place of culture as an ecological factor will be emphasized. 

Credit, 3 hours 

37 '3. Ethnography of Southeast Asia 

An anthropological study of the cultures of Southeast Asia. At- 
tention will be concentrated on the nonliterate cultures in Burma, 
Thailand, Laos, Cambodia, Viet Nam, Malaya, and Indonesia, 
supplemented by material on the high cultures of the area. 

Credit, 3 hours 

385, 386. Seminar 

A reading and research seminar for majors in Sociology and Anthro- 
pology. Credit, 1 hour each semester 



234 



Anthropology 

Courses for Graduate Students* 
Sociology 

411. Development of Sociological Theory 

412. Advanced Sociological Theory 
421. Quantification in Social Research 

426. Seminar: Sociological Research Methods 
431. Seminar: An Analysis of Contemporary Society 
491,492. Thesis Research 

Anthropology 
451, 452. Anthropological Theory 
462. Seminar: Research Methods in Social Anthropology 
464. Seminar: Research in Applied Anthropology 
472. Seminar: Research Methods in Archaeology 
491,492. Thesis Research 

Speech 

Professor Shirley 
Associate Professor Burroughs 
Assistant Professors Hayes and Tedford 
Instructor Bennison 

The major in Speech consists of 30 credit hours which 
must include courses 151, 161, 121 or 228, 231, 241 or 
242, and 252. The Speech adviser will recommend the 
remaining 12 hours from courses that conform to the 
individual's needs. Each Speech major is strongly 
urged to elect courses in the Social Sciences, Psychology, 
Philosophy, and Literature. 



* For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin 

235 



Speech 

Superior speech majors meeting certain specified re- 
quirements may be invited by the Department to par- 
ticipate in the honors program in Speech. To fulfill the 
requirements for honors, a student must earn a QPR of 
3.3 on all Speech courses and an overall QPR of 3.0, 
successfully complete Speech 289, and pass a compre- 
hensive written and oral examination at the end of 
the senior year. Upon satisfactory completion of these 
requirements, the candidate will be graduated with 
"Honors in Speech." Members of the Speech staff will 
provide additional information. 

121. Introduction to the Theatre 

A survey of all areas of Theatre art: Playwrighting, Directing, 
Acting, Design. Experience in laboratory and University Theatre 
Productions. Credit, 3 hours 

151. Speech Fundamentals 

A study of the nature and fundamentals of Speech. Practice in the 
preparation and delivery of short speeches. Credit, 3 hours 

152. Public Speaking 

The preparation and presentation of short speeches to inform, con- 
vince, actuate, and entertain with emphasis on organization and 
language. Prerequisite, Speech 151. Credit, 3 hours 

161. Voice and Diction 

A study of the principles of voice production with emphasis on 
phonetics as the basis for correct sound formation. Credit, 3 hours 

221. History of the Theatre. 

A survey of the development of theatre from its earliest beginnings 
to the present. Open to freshmen and sophomores by permission of 
instructor. Credit, 3 hours 

222. History of the Theatre 

A survey of theatre in America from colonial to modern times. 

Credit, 3 hours 

223. Stagecraft 

A study of the visual elements of play production in theory and in 
practice. Practical experience gained in laboratory and University 

236 



Speech 

Theatre Productions. Open to freshmen and sophomores by per- 
mission of the instructor. Credit, 3 hours 

226. Theories of Acting 

A study of the acting theories of the important actors and theatre 
theorists from Aristotle to the present. Attention will be given to 
acting techniques. Practical experience will be gained in theatre 
productions. Open to freshmen and sophomores by permission of 
instructor. Credit, 3 hours 

228. Play Directing 

An introduction to the theory and practice of play directing. Partici- 
pation in laboratory and University Theatre productions required. 
Prerequisites: Speech 121, 226, or permission of instructor. 

Credit, 3 hours 
231. Oral Interpretation of Literature 

Fundamentals of reading aloud with emphasis on selection, analysis, 
and performance. Credit, 3 hours 

241. Introduction to Broadcasting 

A study of the development and structure of radio and television 
broadcasting in the United States. Laboratory work in radio and 
television announcing. Open to freshmen and sophomores by 
permission of instructor. Credit, 3 hours 

242. Radio and Television Production 

A study of production and direction of radio and television pro- 
grams. Open to freshmen and sophomores by permission of instructor. 

Credit, 3 hours 

251. Persuasion 

A study of the principles and forms of persuasive speaking. Practice 
in persuasive speaking. Prerequisite, Speech 151, or permission of 
the instructor. Credit, 3 hours 

252. Argumentation and Debate 

A study of the essentials of argumentation. Practice in debate. Open 
to freshmen and sophomores by permission of the instructor. 

Credit, 3 hours 

253. American Public Address 

The history and criticism of American public address from colonial 
times to the present. Credit, 3 hours 

237 



Asian Studies 



261. Speech Correction 

An introductory study of principles and methods of speech correction. 
Observations and clinical practice will be provided. Credit, 3 hours 

262. Speech Pathology 

Essentially a detailed treatment of the disorders of speech. Research 
project. Prerequisite, Speech 261. Credit, 3 hours 

263. Audiology 

Survey of the field of hearing and hearing disorders. Prerequisite, 
Speech 261. Credit, 3 hours 

272. Group Discussion and Conference Leadership 

An introduction to the theory and practice of cooperative group 

deliberation Credit, 3 hours 

289. Honors Course in Speech 

A thorough research paper and a project involving intensive work 
in an area of special interest will be performed on an individual 
basis under an advisor appointed by the departmental honors com- 
mittee Open to seniors who are candidates for graduation with 
distinction in Speech. Credit, 1 hour 

291. Education — The Teaching of Speech 

A study of speech methods and resources, emphasizing theories 
and practices in teaching speech in the secondary school. 

Credit, 3 hours 

The Asian Studies Program 

As a result of a grant from the Mary Reynolds Bab- 
cock Foundation, an Asian studies program was inaugu- 
rated in the fall of 1960 at Wake Forest College, Salem 
College, and Winston-Salem State College. The di- 
rector of the program is Professor B. G. Gokhale, and 
the following courses are available in the Wake Forest 
University curriculum: 

Asian Studies 211, 212. Asian Thought and Civilization 
Some dominant themes in Asian thought and their influence on Asian 
civilization. Prerequisite, sophomore standing. 

Credit, 3 hours each semester 

History 341, 342. History and Civilization of Southeast Asia 

History 345, 346. History and Civilization of South Asia. 

History 347, 348. Modern India 

238 



Courses at Salem College 



Hindi 111, 112. Elementary Hindi 

Hindi 151, 152. Intermediate Hindi 

Political Science 239. Government and Politics in East 

Asia. 
Political Science 240. Government and Politics in South- 
east Asia 
Political Science 245. Government and Politics of South Asia 
Political Science 266. Asian Political Thought 
Sociology 355. Oriental Social and Cultural Systems 
Sociology 356. Modern Asia: The Social Impact of the 

West 
Anthropology 373. Ethnography of Southeast Asia. 
A description of each of these courses may be found in 
the curriculum of the department concerned. 

Courses at Salem College 

Wake Forest University and Salem College participate 
in a plan of exchange credits whereby courses offered at 
Salem and not offered at Wake Forest are available to 
full-time students regularly enrolled at Wake Forest. 
The same privilege is extended by Wake Forest to 
full-time Salem students. 

A Wake Forest student interested in taking a course at 
Salem must make formal application in advance, and 
the application must be approved by his faculty adviser 
and by the Dean of the College. No financial payment 
is necessary except in certain courses in which the 
student receives private instruction. Grades and quality 
points earned in courses at Salem are evaluated in the 
same way as they would be if the work were taken at 
Wake Forest. 

More detailed information about this plan is available 
in the offices of the Registrar and the Dean of the Col- 
lege. The plan is effective only during the regular 
academic year and not during any summer session. 

239 



SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

Faculty* 

James Ralph Scales, President 

Gaines M. Rogers, Dean and Professor of Finance 

William E. Gage, Assistant Professor of Economics 

Leon P. Cook, Associate Professor of Accounting 

Ralph C. Heath, Professor of Marketing 

Hugh K. Himan, Assistant Professor of Economics 

Delmer P. Hylton, Professor of Accounting 

W. Penn Lewis, Lecturer in Accounting 

Jeanne Owen, Professor of Business Law 

Karl Myron Scott, Professor of Management 

J. Van Wagstaff, Assistant Professor of Economics 



Aims 

The School of Business Administration was conceived 

by the Administration and Trustees of Wake Forest Uni- 
versity to provide a liberal education and at the same 
time the preparation essential to a career in business. 
With the constant growth in the industrialization of the 
region and the increase in the complexity of modern 
business, it is felt that professional training for men of 
business becomes ever more essential. The future business 
leader, as indeed the present, must be an individual 
with the professional outlook, an individual of strength, 
culture, and character. Therefore, it is believed that the 
School of Business Administration operating in con- 
junction with a liberal arts college, and with a back- 
ground of Christianity, represents the ideal combination 
in the preparation for a career in business. 



• See Administration and Faoulty Sections for full information. 

240 



Business Administration 



Admission Requirements 

A student, who has completed 54 semester hours 
of work and who meets the quality-point ratio indicated 
below, may be admitted to the School of Business 
Administration upon application. 

Minimum Quality-Point Requirements: 

Hours Attempted Quality-Point Ratio 

54 to 64.9 1.65 

65 to 74.9 1.70 

75 to 84.9 1.80 

85 and over 1.85 

Minimum Academic Requirements for Continuation 
See page 101. 

Enrollment in Courses by Non-Business Students: Students 
who have not been admitted to the School of Business, 
may take business courses numbered 300 and above 
only with permission of the Dean of the School of 
Business. Those courses which may be counted toward 
an economics major are excepted. 

Transfer of Credit from Other Schools 

Of the 57 hours of work in the School of Business 
Administration required for the B.B.A. degree, a mini- 
mum of 36 hours must be taken in this School. The 
following rules apply for transfer of residence credit 
from other schools: 

1. A course passed with the lowest passing grade at another in- 
stitution does not give hour credit toward graduation, but may 
be used to satisfy a course requirement upon approval of the 
Dean of the School of Business Administration. 

2. Work passed above the minimum passing grade: 

(a) Schools which are members of the American Association 

of Collegiate Schools of Business: 

All credit is acceptable if the student received a satisfactory 
16 

241 



Business Administration 



grade in the course and if a similar course is offered at 
Wake Forest University. Credit for courses not offered at 
Wake Forest University may be accepted upon approval of 
the Dean of the School of Business Administration. 

(b) Four-year colleges which are accredited by the regional 
accrediting association: 

Credit for Principles of Accounting and Principles of 
Economics will be granted with or without a validating 
exam at the discretion of the Dean of the School of Business 
Administration. A validating examination may be required 
for any course transferred. 

(c) Accredited junior colleges: 

Principles of Economics may be accepted without a validat- 
ing exam at the discretion of the Dean of the School of 
Business Administration. A validating exam is required 
for Principles of Accounting. No junior or senior courses 
will be accepted. 

(d) Non-accredited schools: 

All credit transferred must be validated by examination. 

3. A student transferring to Wake Forest University must first meet 
the general admission requirements of the College. If he transfers 
54 hours or more, he must then apply for admission to the 
School of Business Administration should he wish to become 
a candidate for the B.B.A. degree. One transferring less than 
54 hours may be admitted to the College from which he will be 
promoted to the School of Business Administration upon meet- 
ing the entrance requirements for this school. 

Accreditation 

The School of Business Administration is a Member 
of the American Association of Collegiate Schools of 
Business. 

Organizations 

The national honorary fraternity in business admin- 
istration, Beta Gamma Sigma, is represented at Wake 
Forest. Two professional fraternities in business admin- 
istration and commerce have installed chapters at Wake 
Forest. The Gamma Nu Chapter of Delta Sigma Pi 
and the Gamma Delta Chapter of Alpha Kappa Psi 
were granted charters in 1950. A local business Society 

242 



Business Administration 



for women students, Delta Kappa Nu, was organized 
in 1953. 

Awards 

For a description of the following awards see pages 
90-91: Lura Baker Paden Medal, North Carolina Association 
of Certified Public Accountants Medal, A. M. Pullen and 
Company Medal, Wall Street Journal Award, Alpha Kappa 
Psi Scholarship Key, Delta Sigma Pi Scholarship Key, Delta 
Kappa Nu's Business Woman Student Award. 

Dean's List Certificates are awarded to graduating 
seniors receiving the B.B.A. degree who have appeared 
on the Dean's List for two of the four semesters prior 
to graduation. 

Degrees 

The School of Business Administration offers the 
Bachelor of Business Administration degree and a 
major in Economics for those taking the Bachelor of 
Arts degree. A student cannot be considered a candidate 
for the B.B.A. degree until he has been admitted to the 
School of Business Administration. 

The Bachelor of Business Administration degree re- 
quires one hundred twenty-eight hours of college work. 
A minimum of fifty-one hours of prescribed work in 
Business Administration must be taken. A minimum of 
two quality points must be earned on all hours at- 
tempted at Wake Forest. In addition, the student must 
present a minimum of two quality points for each hour 
attempted elsewhere. Each student seeking the B.B.A. 
degree must take a minimum of nine hours beyond the 
principles level in non-required work in one area of 
concentration. 

Courses required of all candidates for the B.B.A. 
degree: 

243 



Business Administration 



Basic Requirements 

English 1 1 1, 1 12, 153, 156, 263 or Business Administration 213-214 

264 Science, 8 hours 

History 111, 112 (Laboratory Science) 

*Mathematics 105 and 161 Physical Education 111, 112 

fReligion, 6 hours Choice of 6 hours: 

f Sociology or Political Science, jLanguage through 151, 152; or 

6 hours Mathematics 111 or 1 62 or 255 
Philosophy 211 and speech 151 

Business Administration 101-102 

Professional Work 

Business Administration 368 Business Administration 331 

Business Administration 321 Business Administration 420 

Business Administration 361-362 Business Administration 460 
Business Administration 340 



Economics Major 

Students may obtain the Bachelor of Arts degree with 
a major in Economics. For a major in Economics forty- 
two hours are required in Economics and related fields 
with a minimum of thirty hours in Economics. Princi- 
ples of Economics, Micro and Macro Theory and 
Business Statistics must be included. 

Highly qualified majors in Economics may be con- 
sidered for admission to the honors program in Eco- 
nomics. Such candidates must meet certain preliminary 
requirements, earn a QPR of not less than 3.0 on all 
college work and 3.3 on all work in Economics, com- 
plete a satisfactory economics research project, and 
pass a comprehensive oral examination on such project, 
and complete B.A. 419 and either B.A. 413 or B.A. 
415. They are then graduated with the designation of 
"Honors in Economics." 



* Those students who are permitted to enter Mathematics 111 as a result of the Math- 
ematics Placement Teat are not required to take Mathematics 105. 
t See Page 113. 
X See Page 112. 



244 



Business Administration 



The courses listed below may be counted toward the 

major requirement in economics: 

B. A. 101, 102 B. A. 340 

B. A. 213, 214 B. A. 346 

B. A. 313, 314 B. A. 368 

B. A. 311 B. A. 411 

B. A. 312 B. A. 412 

B. A. 315 B. A. 413 

B. A. 316 B. A. 414 

B. A. 321 B. A. 434 

Fields of Concentration 

The courses listed below are classified into areas of 
concentration including both required and elective 
courses. Each student seeking the B.B.A. degree must 
take a minimum of nine hours beyond the principles 
level in non-required work in one area of concentration. 

Accounting 

The accounting curriculum is designed to give all 
candidates for degrees in Business Administration or 
Economics basic knowledge which is essential in under- 
standing and administering business operations. For 
those who elect more than the minimum required work, 
the curriculum makes available opportunity for educa- 
tion for the more responsible accounting positions in 
industry and government and also enables the student 
to prepare himself for the Certified Public Accountant 
examination. 

A major in accounting is offered to candidates for the 
B.B.A. degree. In order to qualify as an accounting 
major, the student must complete Business Administra- 
tion 101 and 102, 201 and 202, 203, and 404, and 
three additional courses in accounting. A point-hour 
ratio of 2.75 to 1 must be attained in accounting sub- 
jects. Those who graduate as accounting majors are 
permitted to take the C.P.A. examination in North 

245 



Business Administration 



Carolina without qualifying experience which is other- 
wise necessary. (The point-hour ratio does not apply 
for C.P.A. examination purposes.) 

The senior accounting major may have the oppor- 
tunity to obtain practical accounting experience and 
training through the Accounting Internship Program. 

It is recommended that the student interested in a 
career in accounting begin his accounting studies during 
his freshman year in college. 

B.A. 101, 102 Principles of Accounting 6 

B.A. 201, 202 Intermediate Accounting 6 

B.A. 203 Cost Accounting 3 

B.A. 204 Advanced Cost Accounting 2 

B.A. 301 Governmental Accounting 3 

B.A. 302 Accounting Systems 3 

B.A. 401 Advanced Accounting Problems I 3 

B.A. 402 Advanced Accounting Problems II 3 

B.A. 403 Income Tax Accounting 5 

B.A. 404 Auditing 3 

B.A. 405 Accounting Internship 2 

B.A. 406 Current Accounting Theory 2 

Economics 

B.A. 213, 214 Principles of Economics 6 

B.A. 311 Economic Geography 3 

B.A. 312 Economic History of U.S. 3 

B.A. 313 Microeconomic Theory 3 

B.A. 314 Macroeconomic Theory 3 

B.A. 315 International Economics 3 

BA. 316 Economics of Underdeveloped Areas 3 

B.A. 346 Principles of Transportation 3 

B.A. 41 1 Public Finance 3 

B.A. 412 Comparative Economic Systems 3 

B.A. 413 Contemporary Economic Problems 3 

B.A. 414 History of Economic Thought 3 



Finance 

B.A. 321 Money and Banking 3 

B.A. 326 Investments 3 

B.A. 342 Credits and Collections 3 

246 



Business Administration 



B.A. 364 Insurance 

B.A. 403 Income Tax Accounting 

B.A. 411 Public Finance 

B.A. 420 Corporation Finance 



Management and Industrial Relations 

B.A. 203 Cost Accounting 3 

B.A. 204 Advanced Cost Accounting 2 

B.A. 316 Business Cycles 3 

B.A. 33 1 Principles of Management 3 

B.A. 332 Production Management 3 

B.A. 333 Personnel Management 3 

B.A. 431 Labor Legislation 3 

B.A. 434 Industrial Relations 3 



Marketing 

B.A. 315 International Economics 

B.A. 340 Fundamentals of Marketing 

B.A. 341 Marketing Management 

B.A. 342 Credits and Collections 

B.A. 344 Retailing 

B.A. 346 Principles of Transportation 

B.A. 442 Fundamentals of Selling 



Public Administration 

B.A. 270 Public Administration 3 

B.A. 301 Governmental Accounting 3 

B.A. 331 Principles of Management 3 

B.A. 333 Personnel Management 3 

B.A. 41 1 Public Finance 3 

Pol.Sci. 151, 152 National, State, and Local Government 3 

Pol. Sci. 216 Government and Business 3 



Other Courses Not Counted Toward a Concentration 



B.A. 350 


Business Correspondence 


3 


B.A. 361 


Business Law 


3 


B.A. 362 


Business Law 


3 


B.A. 366 


Real Estate 


3 


B.A. 368 


Business Statistics 


3 


B.A. 460 


Quantitative Analysis of Business Data 


3 


B.A. 470 


Administrative Policy 
247 


3 



Accounting 

Description of Courses 

I 

Accounting 

101-102. Principles of Accounting 

The fundamental concepts of accounting, the accounting equation, 
the accounting cycle. Preparation of statements and working papers. 
Business Administration 101 is prerequisite to 102. 

Credit, 3 hours semester 

201-202. Intermediate Accounting 

A detailed analysis of problems and the related theory concerning 
accounts normally found in financial statements. Preparation of 
supplementary reports and statements designed for special purposes. 
Prerequisite: Business Administration 102; 201 is prerequisite of 202. 

Credit, 3 hours each semester 

203. Cost Accounting 

Theory and procedures used in accumulating product costs under 
job lot and continuous process manufacturing procedures. Major 
consideration is given to the analysis and interpretation of informa- 
tion accumulated under historical cost accounting procedures. 
Prerequisite: Business Administration 102. Credit, 3 hours 

204. Advanced Cost Accounting 

A continuation of BA 203 with emphasis on cost accumulation under 
predetermined cost procedures. Major attention is concentrated 
on analysis of variances from budgeted costs. Recent developments 
in cost accounting theory and practice are investigated. Prerequisite: 
Business Administration 203. Credit, 2 hours 

301. Governmental Accounting 

The theory and technique in handling accounts for non-profit 
institutions, and the preparation of reports and statements, with 
special emphasis on state and local governmental units. Prerequisite: 
Business Administration 201 Credit, 3 hours 

302. Accounting Systems 

A study of the functions which must be performed by an adequate 
accounting system. Methods and procedures necessary to accomplish 
these functions are examined and related to selected typical organiza- 
tions. Prerequisites: Business Administration 201 and 203. 

Credit, 3 hours 

248 



Accounting 

401. Advanced Accounting Problems — I 

Advanced problems designed as preparation for the student who 
intends to work for the C.P.A. certificate and for those who desire 
a more thorough background in accounting. Prerequisite: Business 
Administration 201. Credit, 3 hours 

402. Advanced Accounting Problems — II 

Advanced work in theory and practice of accounting designed to 
help prepare the student for the C.P.A. examination and to enable 
him to solve complex business problems. Prerequisite, Business 
Administration 201. Credit, 3 hours 

403. Income Tax Accounting 

Unusual treatment of certain accounts to comply with the Internal 
Revenue Code. Preparation of individual and corporate returns. 
Prerequisite: Business Administration 201. Credit, 5 hours 

404. Auditing 

A course designed to familiarize the student with the work of the 
independent professional accountant, with particular emphasis upon 
examination and verification of books and records and financial 
statements taken therefrom. Prerequisite: Business Administration 
202. Credit, 3 hours 

405. Accounting Internship 

This course may be taken only in conjunction with B.A. 404. The 
student observes and participates in actual operations and submits 
detailed reports thereon of his activity with a selected firm of certified 
public accountants. Approval of the Dean of the School of Business 
Administration is necessary for enrollment in the course. No credit 
is granted until successful completion of B. A. 404. Credit, 2 hours 

406. Current Accounting Theory 

A study of current problems and controversies in accounting theory. 
Admission to the class is by permission of the instructor only. The 
class meets in seminar fashion for two hours one day each week. 

Credit, 2 hours 



249 



Economics 



II 

Economics 

213. Principles of Economics 

An introductory course with emphasis on micro-economic analysis. 
Basic economic concepts and theories of production, value and 
price, economics of the firm, and functional distribution are the 
principal topics considered. Throughout the course application of 
relevant principles in the analysis of specific economic problems is 
stressed. Credit, 3 hours 

214. Principles of Economics 

The emphasis in this course is on macro-economic analysis. Principal 
topics considered are national income concepts, national income 
analysis, money and banking, and problems of economic growth and 
economic instability. Throughout the course application of relevant 
principles in the analysis of specific economic problems is stressed. 
Prerequisite; Business Administration 213. Credit, 3 hours 

312. Economic History of the United States 

This course may count as Business Administration or History, but not 
both. At the time of registration the student must determine in which 
field credit is desired. See History 264. Credit, 3 hours 

313. Microeconomic Theory 

An examination of the basic methods of price and distribution theory, 
including demand analysis, costs of production and supply re- 
lationships, and price and output determination under various 
market structures. Prerequisites: Business Administration 213, 214 s 

Credit, 3 hours 

314. Macroeconomic Theory 

Study of aggregate economic accounts, including the measurement 
of national income, determinants of levels of income and output, 
and causes and cures for problems of unemployment, inflation and 
economic growth. Prerequisites: Business Administration 213, 214. 

Credit, 3 hours 

315. International Economics 

An introductory study of the main features of the international 
economy, including international specialization and trade, balances 
of payments, foreign exchange, international disequilibrium and 

250 



Economics 



process of adjustment, trade restrictions and commercial policies, 
foreign investment. Prerequisite: Business Administration 213, 214. 

Credit, 3 hours 

316. Economics of Underdeveloped Areas 

A course concerned with the economics of underdeveloped countries, 
their growth and development. The course will examine the various 
theories of economic growth, common problems of developing econ- 
omies, and alternative means of alleviating such problems. Pre- 
requisite: Business Administration 213, 214. 

Credit, 3 hours 

411. Public Finance 

A study of government expenditures, budgeting, the administration 
of the public debt and the ensuing effects upon the economy, public 
revenue with an examination of each of the main taxes, and inter- 
governmental financial relationships. Prerequisite: Business Ad- 
ministration 213, 214. Credit, 3 hours 

412. Comparative Economic Systems 

An objective examination of the theory, programs, and practices 
of the principal contemporary economic systems, including capital- 
ism, socialism, communism, fascism, and co-operation. Prerequisite: 
Business Administration 213, 214. Credit, 3 hours 

413. Contemporary Economic Problems 

An application of economic principles to basic issues of the day. 
Major emphasis will be placed upon the economic research and 
analysis that precedes policy formation. Intended primarily for 
seniors taking a major or concentration in economics. Admission 
by permission of the instructor only. Prerequisite: Business Admin- 
istration 213,214. Credit, 3 hours 

A\A. History of Economic Thought 

A historical survey of the main development in economic thought 
from the biblical period to the twentieth century. Prerequisite: 
B. A. 213, 214. Credit, 3 hours 

415. Seminar in American Economic Development 

A study in which economic theory and statistical methods are ap- 
plied to problems and issues in American economic progress. The 
course will concentrate on a detailed analysis of certain economic 
institutions and their effects upon a changing economy. Advanced 
reading, discussion, and research are expected of the student. Pre- 
requisite: B.A. 213, 214. Credit, 3 hours 

251 



Management 



419. Economic Research 

An advanced course devoted to extensive reading and research 
in a selected area of economics. Each student will work under the 
personal supervision of a member of the economics staff. Admission 
to course by permission of staff only. Prerequisite: B.A. 313, 314. 

Credit, 3 hours 

III 

Finance 

321. Money and Banking 

A study of monetary systems, the banking structure, banking prob- 
lems and international finance. Prerequisite: Business Administration 
213,214. Credit, 3 hours 

326. Investments 

A study of the principles governing the proper investment of personal 
and institutional funds; information sources; exchanges and govern- 
ment regulations. Prerequisite: Business Administration 214, 101, 
and 102. Credit, 3 hours 

364. Insurance 

A study of the fundamental principles of insurance and their appli- 
cation to life, property, casualty, and social insurance. Offered in 
alternate years. Credit, 3 hours 

420. Corporation Finance 

A study of the principles and practices of corporate finance, types of 
securities and characteristics, problems of promotion and combina- 
tion, security placement, operating policies, receivership and reor- 
ganization, and government control. Prerequisite: Business Adminis- 
tration 214, 101, and 102 Credit, 3 hours 



IV 

Management and Industrial Relations 

331. Principles of Management 

A survey course designed to acquaint the student with the aspects 
of modern management. The background of the management move- 
ment, administrative policies, plant location, plant layout, product 

252 



Marketing 

development and research, and personnel relations are among the 
topics covered. Prerequisite: Business Administration 213, and 214. 

Credit, 3 hours 

332. Production Management 

Selected production problems are considered. Assembly -line tech- 
niques and quality control of materials will be covered. Prerequisite: 
Business Administration 213, 214 and 331. Credit, 3 hours 

333. Personnel Management 

A study of the principles and procedures involved in the recruitment 
and selection of a labor force, the handling of grievances, problems 
involved in collective bargaining, remuneration policies, merit 
rating, promotion and transfer, training in industry, and personnel 
records. Prerequisite: Business Administration 214. Credit, 3 hours 

431. Labor Legislation 

Labor problems are comprehensively treated with particular em- 
phasis upon their legal aspect; foundation of the labor movement, 
the social and political program they seek to carry through, the labor 
contract, social insurance legislation, and child labor laws are among 
the problems considered. Offered in alternate years. Prerequisite: 
Business Administration 213, 214. Credit, 3 hours 

434. Industrial Relations 

A course designed to acquaint the student with the trade unions as an 
institution, management objectives, the bargaining process, the 
economics of wage determination, the handling of non-wage issues 
in collective bargaining, and the politico-economic impact of trade 
unions upon the development of the American economy. Pre- 
requisite: Business Administration 213, 214. Credit, 3 hours 



V 

Marketing 

340. Principles of Marketing 

An examination of the marketing structure within the framework 
of the dynamic economic system of the United States. Studies the 
movement of goods from producer to consumer through the various 
channels of distribution; the functions of marketing; marketing costs; 
the choice of policies; social and economic implications. 

Credit, 3 hours 

253 



Public Administration 



341. Marketing Management 

This course is designed to further the student's understanding of 
business operations through study of the various functions considered 
to be a part of marketing management; Marketing Research; The 
Marketing Organization; Planning, Programming, Pricing the 
Product and Costing Distribution; Sales Management; Industrial 
Marketing; and International Marketing. Prerequisite: Business 
Administration 340. Credit, 3 hours 

342. Credits and Collections 

A study of the credit problems of individual business firms. Examines 
the policies upon which good credit practice is built; sources of 
credit information; analysis of risk; collection procedures; credit 
department organization; significance of consumer and mercantile 
credit to the economy. Credit, 3 hours 

344. Retailing 

An introductory course designed to acquaint the student with the 
basic problems of retailing. Business location, store layout, mer- 
chandise display, buying procedures, and inventory control are 
among the topics covered. Credit, 3 hours 

346. Principles of Transportation 

An analysis of the economic, social, and political aspects of trans- 
portation, with particular reference to the United States. This 
course develops the place that transportation holds in commercial 
logistics, and examines current problems in the field of transporta- 
tion. Credit, 3 hours 

442. Fundamentals of Selling 

A study of the sales function in the marketing of goods and services. 
This course is designed to acquaint the student with the fundamentals 
of both advertising and personal selling as an integral part of the 
marketing process. Credit, 3 hours 

VI 

Public Administration 

270. Public Administration 

This course may count as Business Administration or Political 
Science, but not both. At the time of registration the student must 
determine in which field credic is desired. See Political Science 213. 

Credit, 3 hours 

254 



Business Administration 



Other Courses Not Counted Toward a Concentration 

350. Business Correspondence 

A course in the theory and practical application of business writing 
principles, dealing concretely with salesmanship, collection, credit, 
et cetera, with particular reference to the types of expression best 
adapted to the problems of those fields. Prerequisite: typing ability. 

Credit, 3 hours 

361, 362. Business Law 

A study of the more important legal principles which govern in the 
daily conduct of business. Discussion of contracts, agency, negotiable 
instruments, sales, bailments, partnership, corporations, bankruptcy, 
and other topics. Credit, 3 hours each semester 

366. Real Estate 

A study of the fundamental principles, laws, and practices relating 
to appraisal, ownership, control, financing, and transfer of resi- 
dential and other real property. Credit, 3 hours 

368. Business Statistics 

A study of statistical methods with emphasis upon business and 
economic data, including such techniques as collecting, classifying, 
tabulating, graphing, and combining data in frequency distributions; 
index numbers; time series; correlation; and preparation of reports. 
One taking this course may not receive credit in Math 357, 358, 
Sociology 280, or Psychology 213. Prerequisite: Sixty semester hours 
work. Credit, 3 hours 

460. Quantitative Analysis of Business Data 

This course, required of all B.B.A. degree candidates except those 
majoring in accounting, is designed to help the student use account- 
ing and related data in solving problems in business administration. 
The case method is employed to a considerable extent. Prerequisite: 
Business Administration 214 and 102. Credit, 3 hours 

470. Administrative Policy 

A course designed to synchronize learning in the areas of economics, 
marketing, finance, management, and law through the use of general 
case studies, problem solving, gaming, and other techniques for 
establishing some knowledge of top management decision making. 
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Credit, 3 hours 



255 



GRADUATE SCHOOL 

On January 13, 1961, the Trustees of Wake Forest 
College established the Division of Graduate Studies and 
announced that beginning in September, 1961, the 
College would resume course and research work leading 
to the degree of Master of Arts in the Departments of 
Biology, Chemistry, English, History, Mathematics, and 
Physics. In September, 1964, the Department of Psychol- 
ogy was added to this group. Two years later, graduate 
study was begun in the Department of Sociology and 
Anthropology, and in September, 1967, the Departments 
of Physical Education and Religion inaugurated master's 
degree programs. 

On June 12, 1967, when Wake Forest College be- 
came Wake Forest University, the name of the Division 
of Graduate Studies was changed to the Graduate 
School. Also on that date, the Department of Edu- 
cation began offering programs of study leading to 
the Master of Arts in Education degree for those training 
to become teachers, principals, supervisors, and coun- 
selors in the public secondary schools. 

Candidates for the degree of Master of Arts are 
required to complete successfully a minimum of twenty- 
four hours of course work, write a thesis for which six 
hours of credit are allotted, and pass a reading ex- 
amination in one modern foreign language. The re- 
quirements for the Master of Arts in Education degree 
are essentially the same except that the prospective 
principal writes an internship report instead of a thesis 
and there are possible substitutions for the foreign 
language requirement in all of the programs in Edu- 
cation. 

The Graduate School will have twenty full tuition 
scholarships available to be awarded for the summer 
of 1968 and a total of fifty-eight assistantships, fellow- 

256 



Graduate School 



ships, and scholarships for the academic year 1968-1969. 
The Bulletin of the Graduate School, an application 
for admission form, and an application for grant form 
may be obtained by writing the Dean of the Graduate 
School, Box 7323, Reynolda Station, Wake Forest 
University, Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27109. 



17 

257 



SCHOOL OF LAW 

Faculty* 

James Ralph Scales, President 

Carroll W. Weathers, Dean and Professor of Law 

Richard Gordon Bell, Professor of Law 

Hugh William Divine, Professor of Law 

Esron McGruder Faris, Jr., Professor of Law 

Henry Conrad Lauerman, Professor of Law 

Robert E. Lee, Professor of Law 

James E. Sizemore, Professor of Law 

James A. Webster, Jr., Professor of Law 

Mrs. Vivian Lunsford Wilson, Law Librarian 

General Statement 

The Law School was established as a department of 
Wake Forest College in 1894, the first instructor being 
Professor N. Y. Gulley, who served as dean from 1905 
until his retirement from active administration in 1935. 
From the beginning, the school has steadily grown and 
developed until it now has a faculty of eight full-time 
teachers. 

The selection and treatment of the courses of study 
offered in the Law School, and the method of instruction 
employed are designed to afford comprehensive and 
thorough training in the broad field of legal education 
and to equip students to practice in any jurisdiction 
where the Anglo-American law system prevails. The 
achievement of these purposes necessitates, first, the 
requirement of adequate and appropriate preliminary 
education in order to assure an intellectual maturity 
and cultural background against which legal principles 
and problems can be understood in their social, economic 
and moral, as well as in their legal aspects; second, a 

* See Administration and Faculty sections for full information. 

258 



Law 



comprehensive study of the theories and doctrines of 
the Anglo-American system of law and their statutory 
modification. 

The Law School has as its objective, not only to 
train a student in legal principles and doctrines, but 
also to stimulate his reasoning powers, to prepare him 
to present legal propositions logically and analytically, 
and to develop in the student a profound sense of legal 
ethics, professional responsibility and the duty of the 
lawyer to society. 

The Law School is fully approved by all national and 
state accrediting agencies. It is a member of the As- 
sociation of American Law Schools, and is listed as an 
approved school by the American Bar Association, by 
the Board of Law Examiners and Council of the North 
Carolina State Bar, and by the University of the State 
of New York. 

The Law School has its separate building, new and 
modern in all respects and designed to accommodate 
the continued growth and future development of the 
School and the expansion of its program in the field of 
legal education. The law building, which is a handsome 
four-story structure, contains many attractive and useful 
features including air-conditioning. In addition to class- 
room and seminar room facilities, administrative and 
faculty offices, library, student lounge and faculty 
conference room, the building contains a combination 
moot court-assembly room which will seat 250 people 
and is adapted for the multiple purposes of the moot 
court program, Student Bar Association activities, and 
institutes in the field of continuing legal education. The 
Law Library is of extraordinary beauty and will accom- 
modate in excess of 100,000 volumes. Alcoves in the 
reading room and balcony provide individual study 
space for students. Additional study tables are available 

259 



Law 



in the reading room and in the three conference rooms. 
Typing carrells are located in the third floor stack area. 
The law building also provides a conference room for 
members of the Bar who wish to use the facilities of the 
Library for research. 

The Law Library contains approximately 36,600 
volumes, carefully selected to avoid unnecessary dupli- 
cation and to insure the greatest possible usefulness. 

Admission Requirements 

The academic requirements for admission to the 
School of Law, as a candidate for the J.D. degree, may 
be satisfied by any one of the following methods: 

(1) An academic degree from an approved college 
or university. 

(2) The completion of three years of academic work 
prescribed in the "Combined Course" in Wake Forest 
College. (See pages 118-119 for details.) 

Non-theory courses in military science, hygiene, 
domestic arts, physical education, vocal or instrumental 
music, practice teaching, teaching methods and tech- 
niques and similar courses are not acceptable under the 
above rule. "Required" non-theory work is acceptable 
up to ten per cent of the total credit offered for admission. 

The Law School does not admit applicants without 
an academic degree, except applicants from Wake 
Forest College who pursue the "Combined Course" 
plan of three years of acceptable academic work in 
Wake Forest College. 

The academic requirements set forth above are mini- 
mum requirements, and satisfaction of these require- 
ments does not necessarily entitle an applicant to ad- 
mission. The Law School requires for admission a 
scholastic average appreciably higher than a bare C 
average, and considers not only the scholastic average, 

260 



Law 



but also the nature and subject-matter of the courses 
taken by the applicant. In addition, an applicant for ad- 
mission is required to take the Law School Admission 
Test (hereinafter referred to) and to have his scores on 
such Test furnished this Law School. 

There is no rigidly prescribed pre-legal curriculum for 
admission to the School of Law. Since the law, in its 
application and as a subject of study, touches so many 
phases of life, it has been considered unwise to require 
an inflexible preparatory course. The School of Law 
merely recommends the inclusion of as many of the 
following courses as possible in any pre-law program of 
study: English Composition, History of the United 
States, History of England, European History, Con- 
stitutional History, Government of the United States, 
State and Local Government, Comparative Govern- 
ment, International Relations, Literature, Foreign Lan- 
guages, Speech, Psychology, Philosophy, Logic, Natural 
Sciences, Mathematics, Principles of Economics, Ac- 
counting, and Investments. 

The work of a law student is greatly facilitated if he can 
use a typewriter. 

Application for admission to the School of Law must 
be made in writing on a form furnished by the Dean of 
the School of Law. A small photograph of the applicant 
must be attached to the application form upon its 
return. The applicant must request the Registrar of 
each college or university that he has attended to send 
a complete transcript of his record direct to the Dean 
of the School of Law. The applicant must also have his 
scores on the Law School Admission Test reported to 
this Law School. When these items have been received 
by the School of Law, the applicant will be notified 
concerning his application. 

When an application has been accepted the applicant 



261 



Law 



must make a deposit of $25 with the Treasurer of the 
University. The deposit is applied on tuition or Uni- 
versity charges when the applicant enters the Law 
School. 

Beginning students are admitted to the School of Law 
at the opening of the fall session. In addition, for several 
years it has been the policy of the Law School to admit 
beginning students at the opening of the spring session, 
which enables such students by continuing without inter- 
ruption to complete the three-year course in two and one- 
half years consisting of five regular semesters and two 
summer sessions. The School will admit beginning stu- 
dents at the opening of the 1969 Spring Semester, and 
this policy of admitting beginning students at the open- 
ing of the spring session will continue until terminated 
by the Faculty. Advanced students may be admitted 
at the opening of the summer, fall or spring sessions. 
The Law School each year conducts two semesters of 
17 weeks each, and a summer session of nine weeks. 

Admission to Advanced Standing. A student from a law 
school which is a member of the Association of American 
Law Schools, who is otherwise qualified to enter this 
school, may in the discretion of the faculty be admitted to 
advanced standing for the J.D. degree. The student 
must be eligible for readmission to the law school from 
which he proposes to transfer. The last year of work on 
the basis of which the degree is granted must be taken 
in the Wake Forest University School of Law. 

Law School Admission Test 

This Law School requires all applicants for ad- 
mission to take the Law School Admission Test, a test 
administered by Educational Testing Service. The 
applicant's scores on the Test will be considered among 



262 



Law 



other factors in passing on his application for admission 
to this Law School. 

Applicants should write Law School Admission Test, 
Educational Testing Service, P.O. Box 944, Prince- 
ton, New Jersey, for application forms for taking the 
Test, and for the Bulletin of Information regarding the 
Test. The Test will be given at numerous locations 
throughout the nation, including Wake Forest Uni- 
versity. 

An applicant should request Educational Testing 
Service to report his scores on the Test to this Law 
School. 

Scholarships and Student Aid 

The Law School has a number of scholarships avail- 
able for each beginning class. Some of these scholarships 
are awarded on the basis of character, scholarship and 
financial need. Additional scholarships in a larger 
amount and covering full tuition are available for each 
beginning class and are awarded on the basis of char- 
acter and exceptional scholastic achievement without 
regard to financial need. Application forms for scholar- 
ships may be obtained from the Dean of the School of 
Law. Applications for scholarships should be filed by 
March 10th for the school year commencing the follow- 
ing September. 

The University has available loan funds for the benefit 
of students who are in need of financial aid and have 
satisfactorily completed at least a full semester. 

In addition, a number of law students are afforded 
limited employment as Law Library assistants and 
dormitory counselors but usually after the completion 
of their first year. 



263 



Law 



Degree of J.D. 

The degree of Juris Doctor (J.D.) will be awarded 
to the student who (1) has fulfilled the requirements 
for admission to the Law School as a regular student, 
(2) thereafter spends the equivalent of three academic 
years in resident study in the Law School, (3) suc- 
cessfully completes eighty-three semester hours of law, 
including all prescribed courses, and (4) attains a cumu- 
lative weighted average of 67 or more on all work 
required for graduation. 

A candidate for degree whose cumulative weighted 
average places him in the upper ten per cent of his 
graduating class will be graduated with the distinction 
cum laude and will be classified as a "Scholastic Honors 
Graduate." Any such person graduating with a cumu- 
lative weighted average of 85 or above will be graduated 
with the distinction magna cum laude. 

The Summer Session 
The School of Law operates a summer session of nine 
weeks, the work of which is carefully planned with 
reference to the curriculum of the regular academic year, 
and may be used either to supplement the regular curric- 
ulum or as a substitute for part of it. Courses are offered 
during the summer session for advanced students only. 

Further Information 
Descriptions of the system of grading and examina- 
tions, general scholastic regulations, student organiza- 
tions, prizes and awards, and the complete course of 
study are contained in a special Law School Bulletin, 
issued annually. Requests for this Bulletin, and other 
correspondence concerning the Law School, should be 
addressed to The Dean, School of Law, Wake Forest 
University, 7206 Reynolda Station, Winston-Salem, 
N. C. 27109. 

264 



BOWMAN GRAY SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 

Administrative Officers* 

James Ralph Scales, President 

M anson Meads, Vice President for Medical Affairs and 

Dean 
Robert L. Tuttle, Associate Dean 
Clyde T. Hardy, Jr., Associate Dean {Administration) 
G. Nash Herndon, Associate Dean {Research Development) 
Harry O. Parker, Controller 
Mrs. Erika Love, Librarian 

Origin and Development 

The School of Medicine was established at Wake 
Forest in 1902. It was renamed the School of Medical 
Sciences in 1937 and operated as a two-year medical 
school until 1941, when it was moved to Winston-Salem 
as a four-year medical school in association with the 
North Carolina Baptist Hospital. It was renamed The 
Bowman Gray School of Medicine of Wake Forest 
University in recognition of the benefactor who made 
the expansion possible. 

Facilities 

The main teaching hospital of the medical school is 
the North Carolina Baptist Hospital. It has 450 general 
hospital beds, an 80-bed progressive care unit, a 12-bed 
intensive care unit, and an outpatient department 
which serves 95,000 patient visits a year. 

The medical school and hospital buildings join to 
form a single unit, resulting in close correlation of clinical 
and basic medical science teaching programs. 



• See Administration and Faculty sections. For the complete faculty roster, see the 
special bulletin of The Bowman Gray School of Medicine, which may be obtained by 
request to The Office of Student Affairs, Bowman Gray School of Medicine, Winston* 
Salem, North Carolina 27103. 

265 



Medicine 

Construction is under way on buildings included 
in a $28-million expansion program which will virtually 
double the size of the medical center. The project will 
increase the number of teaching beds to 717 and will 
provide additional clinical, educational and research 
facilities. It is designed to permit a 37 per cent in- 
crease in medical student enrollment and a significant 
expansion of the graduate and postdoctoral programs. 

Major elements of the program include a 122,000- 
square-foot addition to the medical school on the north 
side of the 35-acre campus; a 14-story hospital and 
clinics building on the west side; expanded facilities for 
paramedical education; a 400-seat auditorium and a 
new medical center power plant. 

Standards 

The school is a member of the Association of Ameri- 
can Medical Colleges and is approved by the Liaison 
Committee on Medical Education of the Council on 
Medical Education of the American Medical Associa- 
tion and the Association of American Medical Colleges. 
Academic and professional standards comparable to 
other leading medical schools in the United States are 
maintained. 

Requirements for Admission 

The requirements for admission to the medical 
school are based on the premise that the program of 
training a physician is a continuous one shared by both 
the undergraduate college and the medical school. 
The responsibility of the undergraduate training pro- 
gram is thus not only to provide the prospective student 
with the technical information and skills which will 
make it possible for him to complete his course in 

266 



Medicine 

medical school but also to help him develop a broad 
background of experience and interest which will make 
it possible for him later to achieve a full realization of 
his potentialities as an individual and as a member of 
society. 

Although ninety semester hours are the minimum 
requirement, it is felt that, except in unusual circum- 
stances, the student should plan to complete a well- 
rounded four-year college course, comprising certain 
specific requirements, but with the emphasis on a 
broad educational program. 

In order for the student entering medical school to 
be prepared for his courses, he must have acquired 
certain basic scientific information. Such information 
is ordinarily obtained in the following undergraduate 
courses: 

2 semesters of general biology 

1 semester of advanced zoology 

2 semesters of general chemistry 
2 semesters of organic chemistry 

1 semester of quantitative analysis 

2 semesters of general physics 

Biology: Courses should provide a broad survey of 
the animal kingdom, an awareness of animal types 
and their classifications and a view of man as a part 
of the total biological picture. Such information is 
usually covered in one year of general biology. In 
addition, one course in advanced zoology is required. 
This may include such courses as embryology, genetics, 
comparative anatomy, or cytology. 

Chemistry: The student should have a working 
knowledge of chemical principles and of basic quanti- 
tative physico-chemical concepts; of the properties of 
chemical elements, ions, and organic compounds; of the 

267 



Medicine 

relationship of chemical properties to structure; and 
of the common techniques of organic chemistry and 
quantitative analysis. It is important that the student's 
chemistry experience include adequate time in the 
laboratory and familiarity with quantitative tech- 
niques. These requirements will normally be met by a 
minimum of one year of general chemistry, one year 
of organic chemistry, and one course in quantitative 
analysis. Most students would also profit by a course 
in physical chemistry. 

Physics: Knowledge of the fundamental principles 
of electricity, electromagnetic radiations, sound, heat, 
mechanics and optics is necessary and can usually 
be obtained in a one-year course in general physics. 

It should be emphasized that, in listing the above 
scientific requirements, it is not intended to minimize 
the importance of other less specific educational re- 
quirements. 

In addition to the material listed above, the student 
should acquire extensive knowledge of man as the 
product of his social, physical, and emotional en- 
vironment. The desired training is given in courses in 
Philosophy, Religion, Economics, Sociology, History, 
Literature, Mathematics, Language, and Psychology. 
The student is urged to acquaint himself as widely in 
these fields of knowledge as time and his inclination will 
permit. 

Admission 

Candidates desiring admission will, upon request to 
the Committee on Admissions of the Medical School, 
be furnished application blanks, which should be prop- 
erly filled out and returned to the Committee on Ad- 
missions together with an application fee of ten dollars. 

268 



Medicine 

On receipt of the application and transcripts of the 
applicant's pre-medical work, the credentials will be 
reviewed by the Committee on Admissions. Students 
whose applications are favorably considered will be 
invited to come to Winston-Salem for personal inter- 
views. Those applicants who are accepted are required 
to make a deposit of fifty dollars to reserve a place in 
the class for which they are accepted. The deposit will 
be credited on tuition and deducted from the payment 
due when the student matriculates. 

Students are selected on the basis of academic per- 
formance, character, and general fitness for the study of 
medicine. No student will be admitted who is ineligible, 
because of scholastic difficulties or misconduct, to 
re-enroll in a school previously attended. Students more 
than twenty-six years of age are not encouraged to 
apply. 

Graduate Studies 

Opportunities are provided for qualified students to 
obtain advanced instruction and research training in 
the medical sciences. Course work is offered leading 
to the Master of Science degree and Doctor of Phi- 
losophy degree with a major in Anatomy, Biochemistry, 
Microbiology, Pharmacology and Physiology. A pro- 
gram leading to the Master of Science degree is offered 
in the Department of Laboratory Animal Medicine 
for students who hold the D.V.M. degree. The Master 
of Science degree in Medical Sciences is offered to 
qualified students including medical students and 
persons holding the M.D., D.V.M. or D.D.S. degrees. 
This graduate program may be carried out in any 
department or section of the medical school with the 
approval of the Committee on Graduate Studies. 

Detailed information concerning the graduate pro- 

269 



Medicine 



gram can be obtained by writing to the Office of Gradu- 
ate Studies, The Bowman Gray School of Medicine, 
Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27103. 



Further Information 

For detailed information concerning enrollment in 
The Bowman Gray School of Medicine, admission to 
advanced standing, and other matters, address The 
Committee on Admissions, The Bowman Gray School 
of Medicine, Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27103. 



270 



THE 1968 SUMMER SESSION 

Two Six-week Terms 

The first of two six-week terms will begin with 
registration on Monday, June 10, 1968, and will extend 
through July 16. The second term will begin with 
registration on Thursday, July 18, and will extend 
through August 23. 

Class work will be confined to the mornings, except 
for courses in swimming and choir which will meet in 
the afternoons. Periods will be seventy-five minutes in 
length, and classes will meet daily, Monday through 
Friday, and on the first, third, and fifth Saturday of 
each term. 

Courses in the sciences carry four semester hours 
credit each, and those in swimming, choir and golf one 
semester hour each. All other courses carry three semester 
hours credit. The normal load for a student is six se- 
mester hours, and the maximum load is seven hours. 

Courses will be offered which are designed to meet 
the needs of regular Wake Forest students, incoming 
freshmen, visiting students from other colleges, and pub- 
lic school teachers needing renewal of certificates. 
There will be courses in Biology, Chemistry, Education, 
English, History, Mathematics, Modern Languages, 
Music, Philosophy, Psychology, Physics, Physical Edu- 
cation, Religion, Sociology and Anthropology, Speech, 
and Business Administration. 

In the Summer Session of 1968 graduate courses 
leading to the Master of Arts degree will be offered in 
the departments of Biology, English, History, Physical 
Education, Psychology, Sociology and Anthropology. 
Opportunities for research toward the Master of Arts 
degree, but not graduate courses, will be provided 

271 



Summer Session 



in the departments of Chemistry, Mathematics, and 
Physics. 

For information concerning graduate study in the 
Department of Education see the Summer Session 
Bulletin, which may be obtained by addressing Dean 
of the Summer Session, Wake Forest College, Box 7293, 
Reynolda Station, Winston-Salem 27109. 



272 



DEGREES CONFERRED 



18 



COMMENCEMENT EXERCISES AND DEGREES 

1967 

The Program 

Sunday, June 4 

2:00 p.m. Senior Orations (for the Ward Medal) 

William Michael Andrew "The Problem of 

Democratic Education" 

Sandra Leigh Myers "The Importance of 

Christian Training as a Part of Total Education" 

Vicki Lu Tolar "Time and the Student" 

Richard Carter Fallis "Light in a Dark Land" 

3:00 p.m. Commencement Recital 

4:00 to 5:30 p.m. Reception by President and Mrs. Tribble 
honoring members of the graduating classes and their 
visitors. 

7:30 p.m. The Baccalaureate Sermon 

The Reverend A. Douglas Aldrich 
Pastor, The First Baptist Church 
Gastonia, North Carolina 

Monday, June 5 

9:30 a.m. Graduation Exercises 
Address 
Dr. Harold W. Tribble 
President, Wake Forest College 

Awards and Honors 

1 . From the School of Arts and Sciences 
Graduating with Honors in: 

Biology: Warner Miller Burch, Jr., Patricia Anne 

Patrick, Elizabeth Pilgrim Schulenburg 
English: Walter Henry Beale, III 
German: Elizabeth Anne Cheves 
History: Larry Lee Brock, Thurman Barrier Clenden- 

in, Jr., Richard Garland Harris, Milton Lyman 

Henry, Jr., Sarah Louise Jenkins, Martha Ball 

Umberger 
Political Science: William Michael Andrew, Jayashree 

Balkrishna Gokhale 
Romance Languages: Charlotte Elayne Farlow 

274 



Commencement Exercises 



Graduating with Honors in Arts and Sciences: 

Richard Carter Fallis 
A.G.G. Award for excellence in Scholarship and 

Athletics: 

Kenneth Robert Hauswald 

Seniors Elected to Phi Beta Kappa — Spring 1967 

Sherman Michael Anderson Charlotte Elayne Farlow 

William Michael Andrew James Bryan Fitzgerald, III 

Walter Henry Beale, III Jayashree B. Gokhale 

Edward Everett Boone Jesse Christopher Griffin, III 

Meredith Lynn Bratcher Martha Rose Hamrick 

Larry Lee Brock Richard Larry Hardin 

Jean Dianne Fields Broyles Suzanne Harris 

Anne Ballentine Buchanan Sara Adele Hendricks 

Beverly Anne Burch Sarah Louise Jenkins 

Warner Miller Burch, Jr. Lovina Harvel Joines 

Mary Kathryn Burchette Jean Carol Manning 

Paul Glenn Canady Linda Diane Mitchell 

Patricia McCall Carlton Patricia Anne Pond 

Elizabeth Anne Cheves Jerry Lee Pruitt 
Thurman Barrier Clendenin, Jr. Martha Ann Seawright 

Julia R. Combs Judith K. Shelhorse 

Dale West Greighton Jane Garner Sherrill 

Mary Sue Elledge Carol Ann Snead 

Vicki Lu Tolar 

2. From the School of Business Administration 

Delta Sigma Pi Scholarship Key — William Earl Dale 
Alpha Kappa Psi Scholarship Key — William Earl Dale 
Lura Paden Baker Award — Betty Bernice Harris 
N. C. C. P. A. Association Award — Lloyd Russell 

Daniel, Jr. 
A. M. Pullen Company Award — Max August Holcher 
Wall Street Journal Award — James David Long, Jr. 

Seniors Elected to Beta Gamma Sigma 
William Earl Dale Ronnie Stephen Elliott Betty Bernice Harris 

3. From the School of Law 

Lawyers Title Insurance Corporation Award — 
Donald Arthur Donadio 
North Carolina National Bank Prize: 

First Prize — (State Wide) — Charles Brandt Winberry 
First Prize — (Wake Forest) — Charles Brandt Win- 
berry 

275 



Commencement Exercises 



Second Prize— (Wake Forest) — John H. Vernon, III 
The Warren A. Seavey Award — Max Daniel McGinn 

4. From the Bowman Gray School of Medicine 
Roche Awards — Rufus McPhail Herring; John Atlas 

Phillips 
Faculty Award — John Ward Yarbrough 
Best Student Paper Awards — 

First prize, Earl Franklin Tulloch, Jr. ; 

Second prize, David Arlo Russell; 

Third prize, Gerald Thomas Golden 
National Foundation Award — Howard E. Stone, Jr. 
Pediatric Merit Award — Stephen Jan Eberhard 
Obstetrics-Gynecology Award — Earl Franklin Tulloch, 

Jr. 
Annie J. Covington Memorial Award — John Carl 
Hamrick, Jr. 

Senior Members of Alpha Omega Alpha 

James L. Biesecker John A. Thompson, Jr. 

John Carl Hamrick, Jr. E. Franklin Tulloch, Jr. 

Gerry D. Martin Wilson K. Wallace 

William Anthony Smithson J°hn Ward Yarbrough 

5. From the Department of Military Science 
President's Trophy — Cadet Lieutenant Colonel Hoke 

B. Smith, III 
ROTC Certificate of Meritorious Leadership — Cadet 

Colonel George F. Sheaffer, III 
Superior Cadet Decoration — Cadet Lieutenant Colonel 

Hoke B. Smith, III 
Professor of Military Science Award — Cadet Captain 

Joseph Sepic, Jr. 
American Legion Award — Cadet Major Donald C. 

Wilson 
Reserve Officers' Association Medal — Cadet Lieutenant 

James B. Fitzgerald, III 
Armed Forces Chemical Award — Cadet Captain Ken- 
neth E. Hendry cy 
Minute Man Medal — Cadet Lieutenant Colonel Daniel 

M. Ferezan 

6. Graduation Distinctions 

Summa Cum Laude 

Anne Ballentine Buchanan Linda Diane Mitchell 

Jesse Christopher Griffin, III Jerry Lee Pruitt 

Sarah Louise Jenkins Martha Ann Seawright 

276 



Commencement Exercises 



S. Michael Anderson 
William Michael Andrew 
Walter Henry Beale, III 
Meredith Lynn Bratcher 
Edward Everett Boone 
Sandra Cheryl Brann 
Diane Fields Broyles 
Beverly Anne Burch 
Mary Kathryn Burchette 



Magna Cum Laude 

Patricia Helen McCall Carlton 

Dale West Creighton 

Mary Sue Elledge 

Jayashree B. Gokhale 

Suzanne Harris 

Thaddeus Kinga 

Judith Kemper Shelhorse 

Jane Garner Sherrill 

Vicki Lu Tolar 



Elizabeth Diane Barker 
Kenneth Earl Barnes 
Diane Rozier Brantley 
Steven Charles Beuttel 
Larry Lee Brock 
Warner Miller Burch, Jr. 
Robert Earl Campbell 
Paul Glenn Canady 
Elizabeth Ann Cheves 
Thurman Barrier Clendenin, 
Rebecca Hudson Conner 
Ferd Leary Davis, Jr. 
Donald Arthur Donaldio, Jr. 
Mary Jean Ellis 
Richard Carter Fallis 
Charlotte Farlow 
James Bryan Fitzgerald, III 
Frances Laramore Flynn 
Jane Ellen Glenn 
Richard Stewart Gordon 
Martha Rose Hamrick 
Richard Larry Hardin 
Betty Bernice Harris 
Richard Garland Harris 
Jenny Whitaker Henderson 
Sara Adele Hendricks 
Milton Henry 
Jane Herlocher 

Ashley 



Cum Laude 

Robert Battle Hocutt 

Fred Michael Hooper 

Nancy Hughes 

James Ellegood Humphrys, Jr. 

Mary Jill Isley 

Lovina Harvel Joines 

John Charles Hugh Laughlin 

Naomi Lesko 

Georgia Nell Looney 
Jr. Jean Carol Manning 

John Lyons Marshall 

Max Daniel McGinn 

Wilba Jean Parrish 

Patricia Anne Patrick 

Patricia Anne Pond 

Barbara Price 

Joseph W. Schafer 

Elizabeth Pilgrim Schulenberg 

Linda Diane Scorgie 

George Franklin Sheffer, III 

Carol Ann Snead 

Karin Elaine Strasser 

Robert Warren Sumner 

Connie Todebush 

Martha Ball Umberger 

Carol Ward 

Wallace Bailey Watson 

Joe Durwood Whisnant 
Eakes Whitfield 



277 



DEGREES CONFERRED 



Bachelor of Science 



Nancy Rae Aycock 
Edlow Garrett Barker 
Paul Edwin Beavers 
Richard Allen Beavers 
Mary Sampson Bennett 
Harold Lee Bettis 
Stephen Charles Beuttel 
Marcia Lynn Black 
Peter J. Bondy 
Edward Everett Boone 
Ellen Mildred Brittingham 
Warner Miller Burch, Jr. 
Mary Kathryn Burchette 
David Stewart Caldwell 
Lawrence McClure Caldwell, II 
Lynn Thomas Callahan, III 
Elizabeth Harding Carter 
Edd Price Chariker 
Lorraine Marilyn Cowall 
Channing Howard Cox, Jr. 
Larry Clarke Crawford 
Victor Michael Cresenzo, Jr. 
Edward Turner Dalton 
Donald Wayne Davis 
Ronald Green Dennis 
Michael Vinson Duncan 
Alice Mary Elste 
Lora Lake Faley 
James Willard Felts 
Edyth Hazel Flora 
Thomas Reherd Flory 
Harry Weisiger Flynn, Jr. 
Thomas R. Graham 
Barbara Jean Griffin 
Jesse Christopher Griffin, III 
Thomas Jack Griffin, Jr. 
Garret Frank Harnett 
Suzanne Harris 
Kenneth Robert Hauswald 
Sara Adele Hendricks 
Kenneth Edward Hendrycy 
Flora Anne Hoffman 



Nancy Kathryn Hughes 
John Dempsey Ivey, Jr. 
Susan Walke James 
Richard Thomas Jamback 
Talmage Moton Jobe, Jr. 
Lovina Harvel Joines 
Daphne Gayle Keith 
Alton David Kline 
James Stratton Knight, III 
Edgar Winslow Lane, III 
Elliot F. Lasky 

Lawrence Bradley Leatherwood 
Georgia Nell Looney 
Alexander Dermet McConnell 
Philip Hunter McCorkle, Jr. 
Henry Bettis Malone, III 
John Lyons Marshall 
Jeffrey Allan Milberg 
Linda Diane Mitchell 
Leslie Morgan Morris, Jr. 
Mary Joanna Morrison 
Mary Anna Napier 
Jade Elizabeth Norris 
William Boyd Owen, Jr. 
Henry Thomas Parrish 
Wilba Jean Parrish 
Patricia Anne Patrick 
Robin Cheryl Preissner 
Ann Elaine Prentice 
Jerry Lee Pruitt 
George Montague Puryear 
Julian C. Rainwater 
Martha Ann Roberson 
Judith A. Robertson 
Harriet Faye Robinson 
Charles Edwards Ross 
Paul Good Schneider 
Elizabeth Pilgrim Schulenburg 
Martha Ann Seawright 
Gertrude Carolyn Shaw 
Joseph O. Shaw, III 
Robert Elmer Shaw 



278 



Degrees Conferred 



Judith Kemper Shelhorse 
Robert Richard Shouse 
Ronald James Smith 
Lee Preston Somers, III 
Charles Carmen Stott, Jr. 
Karin Elaine Strasser 
Linda Harris Sutton 
Leroy Edwards Thompson 
Connie Dyckman Todebush 
Vicky Lynn Tredway 

L. Dwigh 



Reginald Edward Tweedy, Jr. 
Stuart Selden Verch, II 
Carol Cherry Ward 
Phyllis Jane Warrick 
Joseph Durwood Whisnant 
Thomas Walker White, III 
Sarah Ann Wiggins 
Sidney Herbert Williams 
Sylvia Jane Wilson 
Edward Victor Wisneski 
t Wooster 



Bachelor of Arts 



S. Michael Anderson 
William Michael Andrew 
Michael Wayne Andrews 
Pamela Joyce Austin 
William Russell Ayers 
Elizabeth Diane Barber 
Susan Barlow 
Kenneth Earl Barnes 
John Sykes Barr 
Anne-Marie Batac 
Walter Henry Beale, III 
David Charles Bean 
Nancy Lynn Bell 
Beverly Burroughs Benfield 
Thomas Edney Benfield 
Richard Marlin Bergey 
Alan Thomas Bernhardt 
Patricia Anne Beshears 
Winfield Allen Boileau 
James Stewart Boshart, III 
Mary Suzanne Bowles 
Blake Patrick Boyle 
Sandra Cheryl Brann 
Diane Rozier Brantley 
Meredith Lynn Bratcher 
Roger Dale Bridges, Sr. 
Larry Lee Brock 
Victoria Lynne Brown 
Jean Diane Fields Broyles 
Anne Ballentine Buchanan 
Ned Arnold Buckner 
Beverly Anne Burch 



Oliver Taylor Burgess, Jr. 
Thomas Jordan Burns, Jr. 
Stephen Merritt Burns 
Catherine Hanna Campbell 
Paul Glenn Canady 
Marsha Allita Cannada 
John Douglas Cannon 
Patricia Helen McCall Carlton 
Elizabeth Anne Cheves 
John Wade Christensen 
Thurman Barrier Clendenin, Jr. 
Henry Irwin Coffield, III 
Gary Turner Collins 
Thomas Robert Collins 
Rebecca Hudson Conner 
John Watson Cooper 
Brenda Kay Corriher 
Dale West Creighton 
Ruth Shipp Cromartie 
Amos Gilmore Crumpler, Jr. 
Karen Avis Dahlstrom 
Tony Lee Darnell 
Lawson Alexander Deaton, Jr. 
Graham Williams Denton, Jr. 
James Russell Dorr 
Jack Douglas Downard 
George Clovis Duncan, Jr. 
Suzanne Schmidt Eddinger 
Mary Sue Elledge 
Mary Jean Ellis 
Richard Carter Fallis 
Charlotte Elayne Farlow 



279 



Degrees Conferred 



Robert Walter Feeman 
James Bryan Fitzgerald, III 
Frances Laramore Flynn 
Fletcher Smith Flynn, II 
Claire Lockhart Follin 
Beverly Jo Freeman 
William Halsey Freeman 
Sharon Dayne Gambill 
George David Gifford 
Royce Lee Givens, Jr. 
Samuel Templeman Gladding 
John Joseph Glasheen, Jr. 
Jane Ellen Glenn 
Robert Malcolm Goetting 
Jayashree B. Gokhale 
Arthur Howard Goodwin, Jr. 
Barbara Ann Gordon 
Richard Stewart Gordon 
Marilyn Frances Goss 
Stefanie Graef 
Vicki Currin Graham 
Harold Carter Griffin 
Margaret Love Griffin 
John Howard Hall 
Sandra Cathy Hall 
Martha Rose Hamrick 
Esten Harriet Hardee 
Richard Larry Hardin 
Richard Allen Harper 
Abigail Lynn Harris 
Richard Garland Harris 
Wade Brian Haubert 
Edward Boyette Hawes, Jr. 
Jeffrey Russell Hayes 
Royster Cromwell Hedgepeth 
H. Clay Hemric, Jr. 
Jenny Whitaker Henderson 
Judith Lynn Hendrix 
Milton Lyman Henry, Jr. 
Jane Herlocker 
Anne Hall Herring 
Daniel Edward Herring, Jr. 
Lloyd Hise, Jr. 

John Montgomery Hogewood 
Frederic Michael Hooper 
Edgar Overton Hubbard, III 



Susan Carol Hultin 
Sue Ellen Humphrey 
Gerald Lynn Hunter 
Ernest Keith Hutcherson 
Mary Jill Isley 
Johnnie Morgan Jackson, Jr. 
Richard Joseph Jacobs 
William Thomas Jeffries 
Charles Laurence Jenkins, Jr. 
Sarah Louise Jenkins 
Twyla Lee Jenkins 
Sarah Morris Johnson 
Douglas Steele Jones 
Stuart Hunt Jones 
Turner H. Jones, Jr. 
James Ford Kelley, II 
Elizabeth Anne Kennedy 
Glenda Ann Kilby 
Thaddeus F. S. Kinga 
Glenda Dayle Kirby 
Edmund Kirby-Smith 
Sara Frances Kirk 
Mary Anne Kirkpatrick 
Roger Hartley Kramer 
John Wesley Lambert, Jr. 
Joy Elvey Lamm 
John Charles Hugh Laughlin 
Grieg Leonard 
Naomi Ruth Lesko 
Michael Joseph Lewis 
James Howard Logan 
Roberdeau Allison Ludwig 
Helen Margaret McBee 
William Henry McElwee, III 
Charlie Smith Mclntyre, Jr. 
Susan Catherine McLean 
Donald Richard McMurry 
Edward Allen MacDuffie, Jr. 
Bennett Alston Macon, Jr. 
Elizabeth Ann Malbon 
John Aaron Mann 
Jean Carol Manning 
Celeste Adams Mason 
Teri Dean Morgan 
Ronnie Walter Morris 
Lynda Louise Murchison 



280 



Degrees Conferred 



Charles Laughon Myers 
Sandra Leigh Myers 
Roger Conrad Niblock, Jr. 
Barry Chivous Padgett 
Jim Pittman Partin, Jr. 
Warren Leonard Pate 
John Rodwell Penry, Jr. 
Clifford Woodward Perrin, Jr. 
Richard Eric Peterson 
Patricia Anne Pond 
Barbara Price 
Sylvia Elizabeth Pridgen 
Rosemary Greenwood Pulliam 
Susan Capell Rabenhorst 
Michael Ray Rankin 
Philip Robert Rapp 
Nancy Ellen Reece 
Wonnie Carolyn Reeder 
Ivan Jack Rice 
John Morris Rich 
Everette L. Richardson, Jr. 
Donald Gray Roberson 
Mark Robinson 
Jon William Rosborough 
GlendaJoRuff 
Robert Lane Russell 
James W. Schafer 
William Goodwin Schlossberg 
Linda Diane Scorgie 
Richard Arthur Sedgley 
Faye Marie Setzer 
Virginia Shankle 
George Franklin Sheffer, III 
Jane Lemons Shepherd 
Jane Garner Sherrill 
William Walter Sherrod 
Dan Myles Shive 
Sheryl Lorene Shoaf 
Robert Jay Sigel 
Paul Allen Sinai 
George Ronald Sipe 
Archie Leake Smith, Jr. 



Hoke Baird Smith, III 
Carol Ann Snead 
John Joyner Snow, Jr. 
James Eugene Snyder, Jr. 
Edwin Marion Speas, Jr. 
Willard Irving Staples, III 
Brian Douglas Stenfors 
Robert Clifton Stephens, Jr. 
Sarah Lee Hill Stepp 
Richard G. Stoneburner, Jr. 
Robert Warren Sumner 
David Glover Tinsley, Jr. 
Vicki Lu Tolar 
Jeannette Elizabeth Turner 
John Edwin Turlington 
Martha Ball Umberger 
John Meade Vantrease, Jr. 
Charles Allison VanWagner, II 
Katy Jo Vargo 
William Laurance Vernor 
Albert Byron Viehman 
Donald Milton VonCannon 
Edith Delayne Wall 
James Albert Wall, Jr. 
Bonnie Juliette Walthall 
Milton Clay Warf 
Sherrill Royster Washington 
Sherrill Gurley Whitaker 
Ashley Eakes Whitfield 
Liston Harold Whiteside, II 
Sharwynne Gail Wilkins 
Maude Susan Monroe Williams 
Walter Frederick Williams, Jr. 
Robert John Wills 
Daniel Grey Wilshin 
Jon Martin Wilson 
Nancy Elaine Wilson 
John Sidney Womble 
William Donald Woodall 
Ronald Burton Worthington 
Bonnie Conway Wright 
Susan Marie Wright 



David Cheshire Wyche 



281 



Degrees Conferred 



Bachelor of Business Administration 



John Allan Acton 
Nathan Edward Alberty 
Reuben Lynwood Baldwin, III 
Paul Davis Breedlove 
John Henry Buczek 
Leonard Roy Chappell 
William R. Crothers 
Loyd Russell Daniel, Jr. 
Rob Vernon Fiser, Jr. 
Stephen Alexander Geigle 
Douglas Vernon Golightly 
Preston Ledford Hall, Jr. 



Betty Bernice Harris 
Max August Holcher 
Frank Bleecker Koues, III 
James David Long, Jr. 
Paul Richard Long 
Frank Joseph Mohap, Jr. 
John Raymond Moore 
Robert Rhodes Plonk • 

John Michael Ray 
Kaye Louise Sergeant 
Edward Joseph Sizemore, Jr. 
Jack Kendrick Talbert 



Juris Doctor 



James Pressly Ashburn 
Jerrold Mark Ball 
John Thomas Bashore 
John Franklin Bost, III 
James Mashburn Bowen 
William Eugene Buyrn 
Robert Earl Campbell 
Jac Arnold Carrick 
Joe Brown Chandler, Jr. 
Frank Douglass Cherry, Jr. 
Milton Bed Crotts 
Ferd Leary Davis, Jr. 
Wade Leon Davis 
William Frederick Dickens, Jr. 
Donald Arthur Donadio 
Abram Doyle Early, Jr. 
Clifton White Everett, Jr. 
Wilbert Mills Faircloth 
James Melford Gaither, Jr. 
James Lee Graham 
Laurence Starr Graham 
Bobby Harold Griffin 
John William Griffis, Jr. 
Robert Battle Hocutt 
James Ellegood Humphreys, Jr. 
Charles McFarland Hunter 
Jefferson Deems Johnson, III 
John Steven Kisiday 
Charles Floyd Lee 



William Horace Lewis, Jr. 
James Shields Livermon, Jr. 
Stephen Loder-Lane Lovekin 
Edward Walter Ludemann 
Joe Pearson McCollum, Jr. 
Max Daniel McGinn 
Lloyd Daryl McGuire 
Don Maddox 
Joseph Gordon Maddrey 
Alfred Ray Marley, Jr. 
James Thayer Martin, Jr. 
John Charles Martin 
Jerry Douglas Moore 
William Frank Moser 
Herbert Taylor Mullen, Jr. 
Henry Harrison Mummaw 
Carlos William Murray, Jr. 
Mark Braswell Perry 
Larry William Pitts 
Douglas Floyd Powell 
Edward Lee Powell 
Robert Blum Rascoe 
James Yewell Reed, Jr. 
Jonathan Drake Reiff 
Paul Louis Rifkin 
William Reese Serber, III 
Everette Ceburn Sherrill 
James Robert Slate 
James Thomas Stroud, Jr. 



282 



Degrees Conferred 



Jeffrey Charles Thier 
John Henry Vernon, III 
Wallace Bailey Watson 
Frank Lee Weaver 
Barbara Carol Westmoreland 
Robert Ellis Wilson 



Charles Bryant Winberry, Jr. 
Thomas Robert Wright 
Panos Andrew Yeapanis 
Robert William Yelton 
David Maier Zacks 
Herman W. Zimmerman, Jr. 



Doctor of 

Charles Gilmer Ange, Jr. 
Wilbur Sherwood Avant, Jr. 
Jerry Lee Bennett 
James Leonard Biesecker 
Thomas Larry Brown 
John Allen Caudle 
John Albert Doerner 
Francis Bernard Dove, Jr. 
Stephen Jan Eberhard 
Rodger Henry Eidson 
Thomas Carl Eshelman 
John Charles Faris 
David Walter Fieselman 
Henry Wesley Garbee 
John Wycoff Godsey 
Gerald Thomas Golden 
John Carl Hamrick, Jr. 
Carl White Hoffman 
William Richard Hooper 
Paul Edwin Johnson 
Theodore Allen Keith 
Eleanor Jeannette Kellenberger 
John Hume Killian 
Ronel Lee Lewis 
Gary Lionell Mangum 



Medicine 

Gerry David Martin 
Douglas Richard Maxwell 
Robert William Meldrum 
Virgil Marvin Messer 
Philip Raiford Miller, Jr. 
Donald Kenlon Nicolson 
Frank Bernard Osteen 
Richard Randolph Peyton 
Peter Hamlin Rowe 
John Charles Rozier, Jr. 
David Arlo Russell 
Philip Bryan Sapp 
John Layne Scott 
Michael Anthony Sisk 
William Anthony Smithson 
Susanne Stanley 
James Fulton Starling, Jr. 
John Samuel Stevenson 
Howard E. Forsstrom Stone, Jr. 
John Albert Thompson, Jr. 
Gary Price Todd 
Earl Franklin Tulloch, Jr. 
Wilson King Wallace 
George Harper West 
John Ward Yarbrough 



Master of Science 

Riley Arrington Davis James Bernard Gill, Jr. 

Preston Hackney Dorsett Nils Ivar Kjosnes 

Thomas Doyal Franklin, Jr. Nancy Greer Weiland 



Ray Rexford Bowie 
Charles Irving Brooks 
John Henry Crowe 
Ralph George Dillon 



Master of Arts 

George Walter Dinolt 
Stuart Gordon Fisher 
Barbara Bingham Garrison 
Norman Eugene Garrison 

283 



Degrees Conferred 



E. Franklin Harris Jim A. Stikeleather 

Betsy Home Little Diane Lackey Thomas 

Sarah Jane Noland John Ezra Trainer, Jr. 

Carolyn King Orrell Rachael Ann Wentz 

Sara Helen Parkey Barbara May White 

Samuel Quincy Powell, Jr. Francis Fries Willingham, Jr. 

Darlena Sizemore Cheung Cheun Wong 



HONORARY DEGREES 

Doctor of Divinity 
Allan Douglas Aldrich 

Doctor of Humanities 
Nancy Reynolds Verney 

Doctor of Laws 

Archibald K. Davis 
E. Bruce Heilman 

Doctor of Literature 
Clement Eaton 



284 



DEGREES CONFERRED JANUARY 25, 1967 



Bachelor of Science 



Charles Bradford Cooper 
James Clarke Doster 
Mary McCollum Drye 
Ann Shelbourne Everett 



Doyt K. Hoffman 
Marcus L. Home, Jr. 
Lucy Farris Martin Nelms 
George Dantzler Page, Jr. 



Bachelor of Arts 



Joseph Thomas Berra, III 
Inell Henman Nelson Clark 
Earl Wilson Coleman, Jr. 
Henry Sebron Dale 
Josephine H. Dobbins 



D. Stephen Hall 
Barbara Kate Harris 
Joseph Harry Kraus, Jr. 
Teri Dean Morgan 
John Bruce Neal 



Vann Ashley Wilder 



Bachelor of Business Administration 



Charles Neal Cisne, Jr. 
Robert Burton Hudson, Jr. 
Michael Ward Kirkpatrick 
Joseph Clay Powell, Jr. 



Larry Sherman Renegar 
Larry Wayne Sapp 
David W. Skamarak 
Conrad Gene Stone 



Master of Science 
Robert E. Fulp 



Felix Neal Howard, Jr. 
John Everett Huggins 



Master of Arts 



Marjorie Holton Prim 
Steven William Scott 



GRADUATION DISTINCTIONS 

Cum Laude 
Diane Lynne Rozier 



285 



SUMMER DIVISION OF THE CLASS OF 1967 

Friday, August 25 

DEGREES CONFERRED 



Bachelor of Science 



Michael Alcala 
Stanley Thomas Bahnsen 
William Maddox Cobb, Jr. 
Gerald Eugene Costello 
James B. Cruickshank 
Robert V. Ford, Jr. 
Samuel Brooks Green 
James Otis Grimsley 



Andrea Lee Gunn 
William Harvey Huffstetler 
James Arlie Law 
Dave Leonard Moseson 
Leonard Francis O'Hare 
John Polk Royster, III 
Herbert Franklin Pike 
Robert Leslie Taylor, III 



Forest Adam Wiest 



Bachelor of Arts 



Thomas Benjamin Anderson 
Thomas Yates Baker, III 
Conrad Alan Barrows 
William Thomas Bertrand 
Ruth Christine Bohn 
Lee Edward Bright 
John Elam Carriker 
Alan Lamar Clark 
Charles Morrison Creech, Jr. 
William Robert Cresenzo 
Margaret Ann Everhart 
Jackson Lattimore Falls 
William Wallace Finlator 
Jerry Wayne Fowler 
Linda Anne Hood 
Joel Richard Howie, Jr. 
Mary Julia I pock 
Richard Peter Jania 
James Walter Kausch 
Jimmy Leroy Kennedy 
Carol Sisk Koontz 



Ralph Binford Lake 
Caleb Maynard Layman, Jr. 
See Woo Lee 

Thomas Marshall Little, Jr. 
Betty Hill Maddrey 
Ronda Kay May 
Robert Patrick Moser 
Milton Preston Pasquith 
Horace Dudley Payne, Jr. 
Albert W. Pollard, Jr. 
Gary James Pressley 
Richard James Quillen 
Vickey R. Reaves 
Polly Jones Rust 
Ronald Doyle Scheetz 
Terry Scott Startsman 
Mary Henly Hankins 

Thompson 
Margaret Brown Tucker 
Donneise Hazel Gordon 

Weisner 



286 



Graduation Distinctions 



Bachelor oj Business Administration 



David Carroll Cook 
Larry Douglas Cooke 
William Earl Dale 
John E. E hedge 
Ronnie Stephen Elliott 
Mack William Gaddy 
Arnold Gray King 



William Walter Kitchin 
Philip Case Miner 
Richard Michael Nargiz 
Fred Warner Reed 
Stephen R. Rotroff 
Frederick Richard Steinle 
Philip H. Wainwright 



Master oj Science 
Donald Frederick Garver, Jr. 



Master oj Arts 



Charles Howard Bennett 
John Robert Berschied, Jr. 
Danny Lee Boyter 
Martha Elizabeth Ballou 

Clauset 
Mary Susan Collins 
John W. Daniel, Jr. 
Marcus Henry Deal 
Johnny Dean DeLaigle 
Robert Stewart Douglas 
David Britton Funderburk 
John David Gillespie 
Levi Gillikin, Jr. 



Yukihito Hijiya 
Roy Linwood Hughes, Jr. 
Oh Yaw Tatt 
Richard William Pavlis 
Frederick C. Rochte 
Richard Clark Schoening 
Martha Kay Shaw 
James Ronald Sutterer 
Jimmy W. Viers 
William Ronald Wachs 
William Rainey Warren 
Carol Corn Whisnant 
Alice Llewellyn White 



Gene Louis Colborn 



Doctor oj Philosophy 

Richard Lou Witcofski 



GRADUATION DISTINCTIONS 

Cum Laude 



William Earl Dale 
Margaret Ann Everhart 
William Wallace Finlator 



Linda Anne Hood 
Vickey R. Reaves 
Margaret Brown Tucker 



287 



ROTC GRADUATES COMMISSIONED IN THE 
UNITED STATES ARMY RESERVE 

December 1966 
William H. Stracener, Jr. 



Joseph T. Berra, III 
Inell N. Clark 
Charles B. Cooper 
James C. Doster 



January 1967 

William S. Fulcher 
David S. Hall 
Marcus L. Home, Jr. 
Joseph C. Powell 



February 1967 
Earl W. Coleman, Jr. 



John A. Acton 
Graham W. Denton, Jr. 
James B. Fitzgerald, III 
Royce L. Givens, Jr. 
Samuel T. Gladding 
John J. Glasheen, Jr. 
Douglas V. Golighdy* 
Thomas R. Graham 
Kenneth E. Hendry cy* 
Jeffrey R. Hayes 
Richard T. Jamback 
William T. Jeffries 



June 1967 

Alton D. Kline 
Edward A. MacDuffie, Jr. 
Warren L. Pate 
Everette L. Richardson, Jr. 
Charles E. Ross 
Richard A. Sedgley 
Joseph O. Shaw, III 
George F. Sheffer* 
HokeB. Smith, Illf 
George R. Sipe 
William L. Vernor 
Daniel G. Wilshin 
Richard Peterson 



July 1967 
Conrad A. Barrows 



John E. Carriker* 



August 1967 

Albert W. Pollard, Jr. 



September 1967 
John P. Royster 



• Distinguished Military Graduates. 

t Distinguished Military Graduates Commissioned in Regular Army. 

288 



SUMMARY— FALL 1967 

Men Women Totals 
Graduate School: 

Wake Forest College: 

Regular 90 34 124 

Unclassified 20 23 43 

Bowman Gray School 

of Medicine 37 11 48 

147 68 215 
Wake Forest College: 

Seniors 333 135 468 

Juniors 385 182 567 

Sophomores 417 211 628 

Freshmen 511 202 713 

Unclassified 17 13 30 

1,663 743 2,406 
School of Business Administration: 

Seniors 56 2 58 

Juniors 62 3 65 

118 5 123 
School of Law: 

Third Year 60 3 63 

Second Year 53 ... 53 

First Year 79 1 80 

192 4 196 
School of Medicine: 

Fourth Year 52 1 53 

Third Year 53 4 57 

Second Year 48 3 51 

First Year 60 2 62 

213 10 223 

Grand Totals 2,333 830 3,163 



215 



2,406 



123 



196 



223 



3,163 



19 



289 



Summer Session of 1967 

Men Women Totals 
First Term: 

Graduate Students 

Regular 59 16 75 

Unclassified 51 71 122 

Undergraduates 

Regular 500 116 616 

Unclassified 127 178 305 

Law Students 25 ... 25 



Second Term: 

Graduate Students 

Regular 43 16 59 

Unclassified 11 9 20 

Undergraduates 

Regular 343 87 430 

Unclassified 75 105 180 

1,234 598 1,832 

Duplicates, attended 

both Terms 345 136 481 

889 462 1,351 

Duplicates, Summer 
School and Regular 
Session 521 149 670 



368 313 681 681 

3,844 



290 



Registration 



Registration by Departments 



Biology 866 

Chemistry 372 

Classical Languages: 

Greek 82 

Latin 412 

Education 394 

English 1,642 

German 355 

History 1,516 

Mathematics 1,215 

Military Science 365 

Music 317 

Philosophy 465 

Physical Education 1,048 

Physics 277 

Political Science 550 

Psychology 612 

Religion 670 

Romance Languages: 

French 496 

Russian 22 

Spanish 374 

Sociology and Anthropology 747 

Speech 261 



291 



Geographical Distribution 



Counties in North Carolina 



Alamance 38 

Alexander 3 

Alleghany 2 

Anson 3 

Ashe 5 

Avery 3 

Beaufort 6 

Bertie 1 

Bladen 3 

Brunswick 2 

Buncombe 24 

Burke 16 

Cabarrus 29 

Caldwell 9 

Camden 

Carteret 10 

Caswell 2 

Catawba 30 

Chatham 6 

Cherokee 3 

Chowan 5 

Cleveland 27 

Columbus 9 

Craven 14 

Cumberland 24 

Currituck 1 

Davidson 68 

Davie 6 

Duplin 7 

Durham 19 

Edgecombe 12 

Forsyth 365 

Franklin 1 

Gaston 47 

Gates 1 

Granville 6 

Greene 2 

Guilford 131 

Halifax 11 

Harnett 12 

Haywood 8 

Henderson 9 



Hertford 19 

Hoke 4 

Iredell 26 

Jackson 3 

Johnston 13 

Jones 1 

Lee 5 

Lenoir 15 

Lincoln 6 

McDowell 3 

Macon 

Madison 2 

Martin 4 

Mecklenburg Ill 

Mitchell 1 

Montgomery 7 

Moore 5 

Nash 16 

New Hanover 11 

Northampton 5 

Onslow 3 

Orange 8 

Pasquotank 4 

Pender 3 

Person 11 

Pitt 17 

Randolph 27 

Richmond 12 

Robeson 15 

Rockingham 32 

Rowan 40 

Rutherford 16 

Sampson 21 

Scotland 10 

Stanly 11 

Stokes 7 

Surry 33 

Swain 1 

Transylvania 6 

Union 20 

Vance 6 

Wake 67 



292 



Geographical Distribution 



Warren 2 Wilkes 24 

Washington 1 Wilson 

Watauga 5 Yadkin 13 

Wayne 12 Yancey 1 



States 



Alabama 8 

Arizona 1 

Arkansas 1 

California 14 

Colorado 5 

Connecticut 28 

Delaware 23 

District of Columbia 9 

Florida 106 

Georgia 65 

Hawaii 2 

Illinois 39 

Indiana 5 

Iowa 1 

Kansas 2 

Kentucky 19 

Louisiana 3 

Maine 1 

Maryland 127 

Massachusetts 36 

Michigan 12 

Minnesota 4 



Missouri 3 

Nebraska 2 

New Hampshire 5 

New Jersey 159 

New Mexico 1 

New York 86 

North Dakota 7 

Ohio 54 

Oklahoma 4 

Pennsylvania 112 

Rhode Island 1 

South Carolina 82 

Tennessee 49 

Texas 11 

Utah 1 

Vermont 3 

Virginia 306 

Washington 4 

West Virginia 47 

Wisconsin 3 

A.P.O. & F.P.0 6 

Canal Zone 1 



Foreign Countries 



Afghanistan . 
Argentina . . 
Belgium. . . . 

Brazil 

Canada . . . . 
Colombia . . 
Cyprus .... 
Finland 
Germany. . . 



Hong Kong 2 

India 3 

Iran 1 

Italy 1 

Mexico 2 

Nigeria 1 

Phillipines 1 

Sweden 1 

Switzerland 2 



Taiwan . 



293 



INDEX 



Absences 98 

Academic Requirements, 

Minimum 101 

Accounting 245, 248 

Accreditation 7 

Administration 9 

Admission Requirements 51 

Advanced Placement. . . 54 
Advanced Standing 

Admission 54 

Advisers 96, 115 

Anthropology 233 

Application Fee 52, 59, 60 

ArmyR.O.T.C 178 

Army R.O.T.C. 

Commissions 179, 288 

Art 

History and Ap- 
preciation 161 

Museum 50 

Asian Studies Program . . 238 
Athletics 

Equipment 44 

Intercollegiate 94 

Attendance Require- 
ments 98 

Auditing 97 

Awards 90, 274 

Basic Course Require- 
ments 112 

Biology 41 

Board 64 

Buildings, Academic. ... 42 

Buildings, Residence. ... 45 

Buildings and Grounds . . 41 

Business Administration. 240 

Calendar 3 

Chapel Service 36 

Charges 55 

Chemistry 1 37 

Choir Work Grants 83 

Class Schedule 126 

Classical Languages. ... 141 

Classification 96 

College Union 94 

Commencement Exer- 
cises 274 

Committees of the 

Faculty 28 

Course Conditions 

Removal Procedure. . 105 

Seniors 105 



Courses of Instruction 
Business Administra- 
tion 248 

College 126 

Credit Hours Defined. . . 126 

Dean's List 106 

Debate and Speech 87 

Degrees 

Bachelor of Arts 110 

Bachelor of Business 

Administration 243 

Bachelor of Science. . . 110 

Doctor of Medicine. . . 265 

Juris Doctor 264 

Master of Arts 256 

Degrees Conferred 278 

Dentistry 121 

Deposits 52, 59, 61, 62 

Dormitories 45 

Rules 64 

Dramatics 236 

Economics 144, 244, 250 

Education 144 

Endowment 38 

Engineering 122 

English 152 

Enrollment Summary. . . 289 

Examinations 103 

Experiment in Int'l 

Living 108 

Faculty 14 

Fees 55 

Finance 252 

Forensics 87 

Forestry 124 

Fraternities 91 

French 222 

Geographical Distribu- 
tion 292 

German 162 

German Exchange 

Scholarship 82 

Grading System 103 

Graduate School 59, 256 

Graduation 

Distinctions 106, 276 

Fee 60,61 

Requirements 110 

Greek 141 

Hindi 225 

Historical Sketch 31 

History 165 



295 



Index 



Honor Societies 92 

Honor System 85 

Honors Program 

Departmental 129 

Biology 131 

Economics 244 

English 153 

German 1 62 

History 165 

Interdisciplinary 127 

Mathematics 172 

Music 183 

Physical Education ... 1 98 

Physics 201 

Political Science 204 

Psychology 210 

Religion 215 

Romance Languages . 221 
Sociology and Anthro- 
pology 229 

Speech 236 

Housing 64 

Introductory Statement. 7 

Journalism 160 

Latin 142 

Law 118, 258 

Libraries 27, 46 

Loan Funds 78 

Majors 115 

Management 252 

Marketing 253 

Mathematics 172 

Medals 90, 274 

Medical Sciences 119 

Medical Technology .... 1 20 

Medicine 265 

Men's Judicial 

Board 86 

Military Science 178 

Ministerial Students .... 78, 82 

Music 182 

Navy R.O.C. Program. . 109 

Phi Beta Kappa 92, 275 

Philosophy 192 

Physical Education 

Courses 195 

Equipment 44 

Physics 200 

Placement Office 108 

Political Science 204 



Probation 103 

Psychological Center. .. . 108 

Psychology 210 

Public Administration.. 254 

Publications 90 

Purposes and Objectives. 35 

Quality Points 101 

Radio Station 89 

Readmission 102 

Recitations Per Week. . . 97 

Recreational Activities . . 93 
Registration 

Dates 3 

Procedure 96 

Regulations 68, 98 

Religion 215 

Religious Program 36 

Reports 106 

Requirements, Academic 101 

Romance Languages .... 221 

Room Regulations 68 

Russian 225 

Salem College Courses. . 239 

Scholarships 71 

Senior Orations 87 

Senior Testing Program. 117 
Sociology and Anthro- 
pology 229 

Spanish 226 

Spanish Exchange 

Scholarship 82 

Speech 235 

Speech Institute 88 

Student Employment. . . 83 

Student Government. . . 85 

Study Abroad 107 

Summer Session 

Elsewhere 107 

Summer Term 271 

Teacher Certificate 

Requirements 145 

Theater 89 

Transcripts 63, 107 

Trustees 8 

Tuition 57 

Upper Division 115 

Veterans 109 

Withdrawal 

From College 100 

From Course 99 



296